Zone-Based Regulations, §§ 21.04.0010—21.16.600
(Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 2652; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3153; Ord. 3153)
A. Zones.
1. Purpose. The purpose of establishing zones is to:
a. Provide a pattern of land use that is consistent with and fulfills the vision of Redmond’s Comprehensive Plan;
b. Maintain stability of land uses and protect the character of the community by encouraging groupings of uses that have compatible characteristics;
c. Provide for appropriate, economic, and efficient use of land within the city limits; and
d. Provide for coordinated growth and ensure that adequate public facilities and services exist or can be provided in order to accommodate growth.
2. Establishment of Zones. Zoning districts in the City of Redmond are hereby established as follows:
•Conservation Open Space – COS
•Urban Recreation Zone – UR
•Semi-Rural Zone – RA-5
•Neighborhood Residential Zone – NR
•Neighborhood Multifamily Zone – NMF
•Neighborhood Mixed-Use – NMU
•Corridor Mixed-Use – CMU
•Urban Mixed-Use – UMU
•Business Park Zone – BP
•Manufacturing Park Zone – MP
•Industry Zone – I
•Marymoor Core (MMC), Marymoor Edge (MME), Marymoor Manufacturing (MMM)
•Downtown Core (DTC), Downtown Edge (DTE), Town Center (TWNC)
•Overlake Village (OV), Overlake Business and Advanced Technology (OBAT), Overlake Urban Multifamily (OUMF)
B. Interpretation and Application.
1. How Terms Are Defined. For the purpose of this title, certain terms, phrases, words and their derivatives shall have the meanings set forth in this title. Where terms are not defined, they shall have their ordinarily accepted meanings within the context with which they are used. Webster’s Third New International Dictionary of the English Language, Unabridged, copyright 1986 and as subsequently amended, shall be considered as providing ordinarily accepted meanings. Words used in the singular include the plural and the plural the singular. Words used in the masculine gender include the feminine and the feminine the masculine.
2. Conflict With Other Code Sections. In the event of a conflict between provisions within this title, the provision imposing the greater restriction shall control, unless otherwise provided.
3. General Interpretation and Application Rules. In the interpretation and application of this title, the provisions set out shall be held to be minimum requirements. It is not intended by this title to repeal, abrogate, annul or in any way impair or interfere with any other provisions of law or ordinance or any regulations or permits adopted or issued pursuant to law. (Ord. 2614; Ord. 2753; Ord. 2883; Ord. 2951; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.010)
A. Establishment of Zoning Map. The designation, location and boundaries of the zones established by RZC 21.04.0010.A.2 are as shown and depicted on the Zoning Map(s) of the City, which shall be maintained as such and which are hereby incorporated by reference in this section and maintained electronically in the City’s geographic information system and displayed on the City’s website and other locations. Zoning for all land within the City of Redmond is established as shown on the Official Zoning Map.
B. Zoning Map Interpretation. Where uncertainty exists as to the location of any boundaries of the zones as shown in the Official Zoning Map, the following rules shall apply:
1. Where boundaries are indicated as following approximately the centerline of the streets, alleys, highways, railroads or watercourses, the actual centerlines shall be considered the boundaries;
2. Where boundaries are indicated as following approximate lot lines and are map scaled at not more than 20 feet from the lines, the actual lot lines shall be considered the boundaries;
3. Where the land is not subdivided or where a zone boundary divides a lot, the boundary shall be determined by map scaling unless the actual dimensions are noted on the map;
4. Where boundaries are indicated as following lines of ordinary high water, government or meander line, the lines shall be considered to be the actual boundaries, and, if they should change, the boundaries shall be considered to move with them;
5. Where a public right-of-way is vacated, the vacated area shall have the zone classification of the adjoining property that it merges with;
6. Where an area with one owner is divided into more than one zone, each portion of the property shall have the zone designation indicated, unless RZC 21.04.0020.B.2 applies.
7. Where a single parcel is split between two zones and a portion of the parcel is zoned NR and contains critical areas, the outermost boundary of the critical area buffer shall be considered the boundary between the two zones.
C. Overlay Zones and Special Districts. Overlay zones impose restrictions on a specific geographic area within an existing zone; special districts (see RZC Chapter 21.05) may apply any combination of restrictions, allowances, and incentive. Property in these areas remains subject to the restrictions and limitations of the underlying zone and the overlay regulations act to supplement but not replace the regulations of the underlying zone.
D. Concomitant Zoning Agreements and Development Agreements. Concomitant zoning agreements and development agreements impose conditions on the development of specific parcels, such as use restrictions, mitigation measures, and infrastructure requirements. Properties that are subject to concomitant zoning agreements or development agreements are indicated on the Official Zoning Map. Copies of such agreements may be obtained from the Planning Department.
E. Classification of Newly Annexed Territory. All newly annexed territory shall be designated Semi-Rural (RA-5) unless other preannexation zoning has been established. If no preannexation zoning is established, RA-5 zoning would remain in effect until RZC 21.04.0020, Zoning Map, is amended and the annexed territory is classified in conformance with the Comprehensive Plan. All territory annexed to the City shall become subject to the regulations contained in the RZC.
F. Unclassified Property. All property not classified by RZC 21.04.0020, Zoning Map, is designated RA-5 until the Zoning Map is amended in conformance with the Comprehensive Plan.
*The Zoning Map can be viewed in full as a PDF file here.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.020)
A. Generally. The use tables show the permitted uses within each zone. Please refer to the table notes for special use requirements or limitations. Additional restrictions and requirements may apply, as shown in the following:
•For temporary uses refer to RZC 21.04.4000.
•For uses in the shorelines refer to RZC Chapter 21.68.
•For uses in the critical aquifer recharge area, see RZC 21.64.050.
•For existing nonconforming uses and structures see RZC 21.04.5000.
B. Use Permissions.
1. The permissions of use classes are indicated with the following:
•“P” where a use class is permitted;
•“L” where a use class is limited by special regulations;
•“C” where a conditional use permit (CUP) is required; and
•“N” where a use class is not permitted.
2. Uses that are not listed below nor within the associated definition of the individual use category or class shall be classified by the Administrator for applicability based on the purpose and intent of the zone within which the use is proposed.
3. Limited (“L”) refers to the use permissions when a use category or class is limited in one or more of the following ways:
a. A broad use category or class is limited to allow or prohibit one or more specific uses within the category;
b. Use is limited to a geographic area or specific location;
c. Special limitations apply such as size limitations, spacing, etc.
C. Interpretation of Comprehensive Allowed Use Charts by the Administrator.
1. Director’s Authority. In the case of a question as to the inclusion or exclusion of a particular proposed use in a particular use category, the Administrator shall have the authority to make the final determination. The Administrator shall make the determination according to the characteristics of the operation of the proposed use and based upon the Administrator’s interpretation of the Standard Land Use Coding Manual, the Standard Industrial Classification Manual and the North American Industry Classification System.
2. Conflict. In the case of a conflict between RZC 21.64.050, Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas, and the Comprehensive Allowed Use Charts in RZC 21.04.0100 and 21.04.0200, RZC 21.64.050 shall prevail.
3. Appeal. An applicant may appeal the final decision of the Administrator pursuant to RZC 21.76.070.D, Administrative Interpretation, and the procedures set forth in RZC Article VI. (Ord. 2652; Ord. 2744; Ord. 2753; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2836; Ord. 2883; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2951; Ord. 3053; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3154; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.030)
Residential and Lodging Uses by Zone P = A use class is permitted L = Limited use, see note number(s) indicated C = A conditional use permit (CUP) is required N = Not permitted | Neighborhood Zones | Citywide Mixed-Use Zones | Marymoor Village Zones | Downtown Zones | Overlake Zones | Nonresidential Zones | Notes and References | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NR | NMF | NMU | CMU | UMU | MME | MMC | MMM | DTE | DTC | TWNC | OV | OBAT | OUMF | BP | MP | I | UR | RA-5 | COS | ||
Residential | |||||||||||||||||||||
Dwelling unit, detached | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 7 | P | N | See RZC 21.04.1160 for manufactured homes |
Dwelling unit, attached | P | P | P | P | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | |
P | P | P | P | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | N | See RZC 21.04.1110 | |
P | P | P | P | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 4 | P | N | See RZC 21.04.1110 | |
Dwelling unit, multifamily | N | P | P | P | L 3 | P | L 3 | N | P | P | P | L 3 | L 3 | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | See RZC 21.57.010 | |
N | L 5 | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
L 8 | P | P | L 8 | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | L 3 | L 3 | L 3 | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
P | P | N | N | N | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | P | N | ||
N | C | N | N | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
C | C | N | N | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | C | N | ||
P / C 6 | P / C 6 | N | N | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | N | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | N | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
Lodging | |||||||||||||||||||||
Bed and breakfast inn or boarding house | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | P | P | N | N | P | P | N | P | N | N | N | N | N | P /C | L 2 | N | A CUP is required for bed and breakfast inns with three or more bedrooms |
Hotel or motel | N | N | N | P | P | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | |
Notes and Limitations:
1Affordable housing developments are allowed in all land use districts where faith-based uses are allowed, so long as that affordable housing development is located on real property owned or controlled by a faith-based or religious organization at the submittal of a complete building permit application. For affordable housing developed on property owned by a faith-based or religious organization, density bonuses may apply, subject to RZC 21.20.060.D.
2Limited to bed and breakfast inns: No more than eight rental rooms are permitted.
3Limited to mixed-use developments: Not permitted as a stand-alone use. Administrator may approve an exception where:
a. Site conditions (including but not limited to parcel size and/or slope) substantially limit mixed-use viability; or
b. The street frontage is to a neighborhood street (see RZC 21.12.510); or
c. Ground floor residential is allowed.
4One tiny home is allowed for each allowed dwelling unit. Where only one primary dwelling is on a lot, two tiny homes are allowed.
5Maximum commercial square feet per Table 21.08.200.B.
6If a development is not to be subdivided or sold as a condominium, then a conditional use permit shall be required for the retirement residence rather than a subdivision or binding site plan.
7Permitted use only for dwelling units occupied by those engaged in crop production on the property or operating a stable on the property and accessory dwelling units.
8Limited to developments with six or more dwelling units per lot. Not permitted for developments with less than six dwelling units per lot.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.100)
Nonresidential Uses by Zone P = A use class is permitted L = Limited use, see note number(s) indicated C = A conditional use permit (CUP) is required N = Not permitted | Neighborhood Zones | Citywide Mixed-Use Zones | Marymoor Village Zones | Downtown Zones | Overlake Zones | Nonresidential Zones | Notes and References | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NR | NMF | NMU | CMU | UMU | MME | MMC | MMM | DTE | DTC | TWNC | OV | OBAT | OUMF | BP | MP | I | UR | RA-5 | COS | ||
N | N | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | L 1, 2, 3A, 3B, 3C | N | N | N | Gasoline sales require a CUP. For kiosks and other temporary uses see RZC 21.04.4000 For animal sales, see RZC 21.04.2040 For vehicle sales, see RZC 21.04.2220 | ||||||||||
N | N | N | P | P | N | N | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | L 15 | N | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2070 | |
N | N | L 1 | P | P | P | P | L 7J | P | P | P | L 3E / C | L 3E | L 1, 3A, 3B, 3C, 3E | L 21 | N | N | N | A CUP is required for auto rental and animal sales and services | |||
N | N | L 1 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | L 4 | P | N | N | N | For food carts, food trucks, and other temporary uses see RZC 21.04.4000 | ||||||
Food truck, pop-up retail court | N | L 1 | L 1 | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | N | P | P | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2140 |
N | N | N | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | N | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2090 | |
N | N | N | P | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | N | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | N | N | L 15 | N | L 15 | C | N | See RZC 21.04.2040 | |
Arts, Entertainment, and Recreation | |||||||||||||||||||||
L 1 / C | P | P | P | P | C | P | P | P | P | P | L 22 | P | N | C | C | C | A CUP is required for athletic, sports, and play fields, marine recreation, and commercial swimming pools. See RZC 21.04.2210 and 21.04.2050 For special regulation for uses in the UR zone see RZC 21.04.2210 | ||||
L 2 / C | L 2 / C | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 / C | L 2 / C | N | See RZC 21.04.2210 | |
P / C | P / C | C | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P / C | C | A CUP is required for commercial facilities. See RZC 21.04.2210 | |
N | N | N | N | C | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | C | C | C | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2030 | |
Education, Public, Health, and Other Institutions | |||||||||||||||||||||
Education, government, health care and other institution | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | N | N | L 26 / C | N | A CUP is required for educational facilities with capacity > 150 full-time-equivalent students. A CUP is required in the RA-5 zoning district. | |
L 13 / C | L 13 / C | L 13 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | L 15 | N | N | N | N | A CUP is required in NR and NMF. See RZC 21.04.2080 | |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | P | P | See RZC 21.04.1150 | |
P / C | P / C | N | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | N | N | N | N | A CUP is required for uses with over 250 seats. See RZC 21.04.2130 | |
P / C | P / C | N | N | P | N | P | P | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | N | N | P / C | N | N | N | N | A CUP is required for uses with over 250 seats. See RZC 21.04.2130 | |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | C | C | C | N | N | N | See RZC 21.76.070.M | |
N | N | N | N | L 2 | N | N | N | N | L 3D | L 3D | N | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2170 | |||
Artisanal manufacturing, retail sales, and service | N | N | L 1 | L 1 | P | L 1 | P | P | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | N | P | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | |||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2070 | |
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities | |||||||||||||||||||||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | P | N | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | N | L | N | P | N | N | P | P | N | N | N | P | N | N | N | N | N | ||
Truck and freight transportation | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2220 |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2220 | |
N | N | N | N | P | L 1 | L 1 | P | N | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | N | N | N | ||
L 9 / C | L 9 / C | N | N | P | N | C | C | N | N | N | N | N | N | C | C | C | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | P | P | L 14 | P | P | P | P | P | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | L 14 | L 14 | L 14 | N | N | N | ||
P | P | L 1 / C | P | P | L 1 / C | P | P | L 1 / C | P | P | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | See RZC 21.04.2230. A CUP is required for large satellite dishes; amateur radio tower; antenna array, base station, and support structures | |
P | P | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P | P | P | P / C | P / C | P / C | P | P | P | N | P | P | A CUP is required if 40 feet in height or greater | |
L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P | P | P | N | C | C | A CUP is required if 40 feet in height or greater | |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2160 | |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 / C | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2160 | |
Water extraction well | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 | N | N | |
Agriculture | |||||||||||||||||||||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 11 | L 11 | N | See RZC 21.04.2040 | |
P | P | P | N | N | P | N | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | P | P | N | ||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2070 | |
L 12 /C | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | N | See RZC 21.04.2040 | |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | P | P | N | ||
Other | |||||||||||||||||||||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | N | N | N | N | P | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | ||||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2/C | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2180 | |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | P | ||
Notes and Limitations
1Shall not be materially detrimental in terms of noise, truck traffic, vibrations, odors, and other potential operational impacts with neighborhood units or nearby mixed-use/residential developments. Application of this note is limited in the MMC and MMM zoning districts to new structures permitted after June 17, 2017.
3Uses Not Permitted.
a. Gasoline service;
b. Outdoor automobile sales, rental or service;
c. Rental storage and mini-warehouses;
d. Warehouse and storage services;
e. Outdoor storage.
4Limited to less than 75,000 square feet gross floor area in a single use.
5Membership wholesale/retail warehouse limited to showroom only with a maximum size of 75,000 square feet gross floor area.
6Administrative office/business functions only.
7Is limited to:
a. Athletic, sports, and play fields.
d. Education facilities allowed in MP zones outside of MP Overlay but limited to technical, trade, and other specialty schools only.
e. Animal kennels.
f. Real estate services limited to mini-warehouse/self-storage only.
g. Professional services limited to research and development services and other uses that support another permitted use within the MP zone only.
h. Administrative services limited to corporate headquarters and regional offices associated with manufacturing and wholesale trade uses within an MP zone.
i. Athletic club or fitness center.
j. Repair and rental of goods.
8Includes noncommercial indoor recreation uses, such as community clubhouses, indoor swimming pools, and other similar facilities.
9Permitted only abutting Lake Sammamish. Excludes medical airlift.
10Limited to mixed-use developments. Not permitted as a stand-alone use.
11All commercial livestock, dairy and fowl enterprises limited to lots 35,000 square feet in size or larger, and must meet Seattle-King County Health Department regulations and the regulations of Redmond’s Municipal Code. Personal, noncommercial livestock, dairy, and fowl activities are considered an accessory use and are allowed; provided, that all Health Department and Municipal Code requirements are met.
12Limited to lots 35,000 square feet or larger.
13Day care uses are only permitted in a building or building complex used for other uses, such as a school, church, meeting hall, or some other building used for more than one purpose.
14Shall not be located on a parcel that abuts a Neighborhood Residential or Neighborhood Multifamily zone.
15Only allowed in the MP Overlay (see note 7D for educational facilities).
16Limited to MP Overlay only: pet and animal sales or services (except veterinary), ambulatory and outpatient health care services, health and personal care, and finance and insurance.
17Shall be located in multi-tenant buildings or a single building in a multibuilding, multi-tenant complex.
18Fifty-person seating capacity, except when associated with manufacture of food or kindred products. In that case, maximum is 100-person seating capacity, so long as the seating area does not occupy more than 25 percent of combined gross floor area. The seating limit does not apply when the use is secondary to a winery or brewery, but the 25 percent limit continues to apply.
19Hours of operation limited to:
a. 6:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m. in the MMM and MP zoning districts.
b. 6:00 a.m. – 10:00 p.m. in the BP and I zoning districts.
20Not permitted north of NE 90th Street and west of Willows Road.
21Finance and insurance, convenience use, and personal services uses:
a. Permitted in Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood north of NE 95th Street only.
b. Must be closed a minimum of four hours in any 24-hour period.
c. Minimum size per tenant is 1,000 square feet gfa.
d. Maximum size per tenant is 20,000 square feet gfa.
e. Shall be secondary use in multi-tenant building; shall not be located in separate building containing only convenience uses.
23For automobile sales, service, or repair:
a. May occupy up to 25 percent of the combined gross floor area.
b. Vehicle display area shall be outside of required parking and landscape areas.
c. Vehicles shall be stored on paved surfaces.
d. Advertising signs are not permitted on the outside of vehicles. Signs providing information about the vehicle, such as year, make, model, etc., may be displayed on the outside of or in the windows of vehicles.
24Outdoor loudspeaker systems are prohibited.
26Limited to government and administration uses only.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.200)
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.300)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the accessory dwelling unit (ADU) and tiny home provisions is to:
1. Provide a housing type that responds to changing needs and lifestyles (e.g., small families, retired couples) and that allows persons of all ages and incomes to live in a neighborhood by promoting diversity in the size, type, and price of new single-family development;
2. Enhance opportunities for ownership housing;
3. Better utilize existing infrastructure and community resources;
4. Add to Redmond’s stock of affordable dwelling units; and
5. Ensure that ADUs and tiny homes are compatible with surrounding land uses by appropriately regulating their bulk, size and scale.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to all accessory dwelling units and tiny homes.
C. Requirements.
1. Number of ADUs. Two ADUs or tiny homes shall be allowed on each residential lot.
2. Location.
a. An ADU may be added to or included within the primary unit, or located in a detached structure on the same lot as the primary dwelling unit.
b. Detached ADUs and the primary dwelling unit must each conform to all lot coverage restrictions and any other standards or regulations required of a detached dwelling unit in a residential zone. Detached ADUs may be sited immediately abutting a lot line if the lot line abuts a public alley or right-of-way, overriding other setback regulations.
c. Tiny homes located within public view shall provide landscaping to fully screen the tandem axle trailer or similar configuration of trailer base.
3. Size/Scale.
a. The total square footage of an ADU shall not exceed 1,000 square feet.
b. If an ADU occupies an entire single floor of the primary dwelling unit, the Administrator may allow for an increase in the allowed size of the ADU in order to efficiently use all of the floor area, so long as all other standards of this section are met.
c. If the site size is larger than 10,000 square feet, the Administrator may allow for an increase in the allowed size of the ADU so long as all other standards of this section are met and the following criteria are met:
i. The ADU is an affordable housing unit; or
ii. A public benefit is provided as deemed appropriate by the Administrator.
4. Home business shall be allowed, subject to existing regulations, in both the ADU and the primary unit.
5. Affordability Requirement. ADUs shall not be used to meet any requirement to provide affordable dwelling units per RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing.
6. Applicable Codes – ADUs. The portion of the dwelling in which the accessory dwelling unit is proposed must comply with all standards for health and safety contained in all applicable codes, with the exception of the ceiling height requirements of the International Building Code. The Building Official may waive the ceiling height requirements of this chapter if it is determined that the structure was built in compliance with past building code requirements. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the accessory structures provisions is to allow for the opportunity to add additional structures to residential property for the purpose of increased storage space, work space, or other uses that would not qualify it as a dwelling unit.
B. Applicability. Accessory structures are allowed in all neighborhood zones of the City as an accessory use to an existing dwelling unit.
C. Requirements.
1. Height. Accessory structures may not exceed 22 feet in height, with the exception of accessory structures that contain accessory dwelling units, which shall not exceed the height maximum of the underlying zone.
2. Size.
a. Total square footage for the footprint of the accessory structures may not exceed 60 percent of the footprint of the living area on the ground floor (excluding garage) of the primary dwelling unit.
b. In no case shall the total square footage of the accessory dwelling unit portion of an accessory structure exceed 1,000 square feet.
3. Building Separation. Unless the International Building Code or International Fire Code dictates otherwise, there shall be no minimum building separation for accessory structures.
4. Location. Accessory structures are prohibited within the front yard setback, with the exception of garages where lot size or lot configuration are not supportive of lessening the dominant appearance of a garage, such as where lot width measured at the front street is less than 50 feet, where steep grades are present, or when compliance with this section would endanger or impair pedestrian and vehicular safety.
5. Accessory Structure Setbacks. Side interior and rear setbacks (but not side street) for accessory structures in the Neighborhood Multifamily zone are five feet. In the Neighborhood Residential Zone and the Neighborhood Mixed-Use Zone, accessory structures shall comply with the underlying setback regulations of the zone.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the conversion provisions is to facilitate the conversion of existing buildings that are zoned for commercial or mixed-use uses to residential uses, for the purpose of creating new housing units in existing buildings. These provisions support serving the City’s housing needs and compliance with state requirements. The intent of these provisions is to fully comply with state requirements (RCW 35A.21.440, 43.21C.450, and 19.27A.270) related to conversions of existing buildings to residential uses.
B. Applicability. Existing buildings constructed for commercial or mixed-use uses. For the purpose of this section, “existing building” means a building that received a certificate of occupancy at least three years prior to the permit application to add housing units. “Existing building” has the same meaning as explained in RCW 35A.21.440, and as thereafter amended.
C. Special Allowances. For compliance with state requirements, for applications related to the conversion of existing buildings that are constructed for commercial or mixed-use uses to residential uses, the City review process shall not restrict or impose the following:
1. A restriction on housing unit density that prevents the addition of housing units at a density up to 50 percent more than what is allowed in the underlying zone if constructed entirely within an existing building envelope in a building located within a zone that permits multifamily housing; provided, that generally applicable health and safety standards, including but not limited to building code standards and fire and life safety standards, can be met within the building;
2. Impose parking requirements on the addition of dwelling units or living units added within an existing building; however, cities may require the retention of existing parking that is required to satisfy existing City residential parking requirements and for nonresidential uses that remain after the new units are added;
3. With the exception of emergency housing and transitional housing uses, impose permitting requirements on the use of an existing building for residential purposes beyond those requirements generally applicable to all residential development within the building’s zone;
4. Impose design standard requirements, including setbacks, lot coverage, and floor area ratio requirements, on the use of an existing building for residential purposes beyond those requirements generally applicable to all residential development within the building’s zone;
5. Impose exterior design or architectural requirements on the residential use of an existing building beyond those necessary for health and safety of the use of the interior of the building or to preserve character-defining streetscapes, unless the building is a designated landmark or is within a historic district established through a local preservation ordinance;
6. Prohibit the addition of housing units in any specific part of a building except ground floor commercial or retail that is required by RZC standards, unless the addition of the units would violate applicable building codes or health and safety standards;
7. Require unchanged portions of an existing building used for residential purposes to meet the current energy code solely because of the addition of new dwelling units within the building; however, if any portion of an existing building is converted to new dwelling units, each of those new units must meet the requirements of the current energy code;
8. Deny a building permit application for the addition of housing units within an existing building due to nonconformity regarding parking, height, setbacks, elevator size for gurney transport, or modulation, unless the Administrator makes written findings that the nonconformity is causing a significant detriment to the surrounding area; or
9. Require a transportation concurrency study under RCW 36.70A.070 or an environmental study under RCW Chapter 43.21C based on the addition of residential units within an existing building.
D. Life Safety Standards. Nothing in this section shall require the City to approve a building permit application for the addition of housing units constructed entirely within an existing building envelope in a building located within a zone that permits multifamily housing in cases in which the building cannot satisfy life safety standards. (Ord. 3220)
Reserved. (Ord. 3220)
Reserved. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the home business regulations is to allow for limited commercial activity within dwelling units while ensuring that commercial activity remains incidental to the primary use and does not create disproportionate levels of noise, traffic, safety hazards, or other public nuisances.
B. Applicability. Home businesses are allowed in all neighborhood, mixed-use and center zones of the City as an accessory use to an existing dwelling unit. A business license is required for all home businesses. In addition, the Administrator may impose conditions to mitigate any potential adverse impacts on surrounding uses and may consider the need to limit the hours of operation of a home business.
C. Requirements. The following standards shall apply to all home businesses. An applicant wishing to apply for a business license for a home business must demonstrate compliance with these standards prior to obtaining a business license:
1. Number. Any number of home businesses may be conducted within any single dwelling unit, including an accessory dwelling unit and all accessory structures; provided, that the combined impacts of any and all businesses do not exceed the limits set forth in this section.
2. Size. No more than 49 percent of the gross floor area of the principal dwelling unit may be used for the home business. In the case of home businesses being conducted within accessory structures or detached accessory dwelling units, there shall be no size restriction placed upon the usable area for the home business.
3. Residency. A home business must be conducted by a person who resides in the dwelling unit. Floor space in either the primary dwelling unit or an accessory structure may not be rented out to persons not residing within the primary dwelling unit or accessory dwelling unit for business purposes.
4. Home businesses shall not be materially detrimental in terms of noise, traffic, vibrations, odors, and other potential operational impacts to neighboring residential units or nearby mixed-use/residential developments. No toxic, explosive, flammable, combustible, corrosive, etiologic, radioactive, or other restricted materials shall be used or stored on the site.
5. Business Traffic.
a. Vehicle Trips. No combination of visitors, customers, and/or deliveries may exceed a total of 40 vehicle trips per day.
b. Visitors, customers, and deliveries to home businesses shall be prohibited before 7:00 a.m. and after 8:00 p.m. unless authorized by the Administrator.
6. Vehicles.
a. Vehicles larger than 10,000 pounds gross weight shall not be operated out of the premises or park on the property or adjacent streets. No more than one vehicle used in the business may be parked on the premises or operated out of the premises when the business is located in a Neighborhood Residential zone.
b. Home businesses operated in multifamily and mixed-use zones shall be prohibited from parking or storing vehicles other than personal vehicles permitted on site by the underlying zone or authorized by a mobility management program.
7. Parking. The home business shall not displace or impede the use of required parking spaces for primary or accessory dwelling units.
8. Utility Demand. Utility demand (water, sewer, or garbage) shall not exceed normal residential levels.
9. Applicable Codes. Structures must meet City building, construction, fire and land use regulations.
10. Motor Vehicle-Related Home Businesses.
a. Office-only activities for motor vehicle-related uses may be allowed as home businesses, provided all other requirements of this section are met.
b. Office-only motor vehicle-related home businesses and stock-in-trade within the residence may be allowed; provided, that the following activities related to the office use are performed at other locations: washing and waxing, paint striping and detail application, window repair or replacement, and repairing and tuning of boats.
c. Except as provided in RZC 21.04.1150.C.7 and C.10.b and for businesses legally licensed as such within the City of Redmond as of June 14, 1995, no motor vehicle-related businesses shall be allowed as home businesses, including, but not limited to: auto, truck, or heavy equipment repair; body work, welding, detailing, or painting; or taxicab, van shuttle, limousine, or other transportation services.
11. Family Day Care Providers.
a. Family day care providers are permitted as home businesses as permitted or limited by the underlying zone.
b. Family day care providers shall obtain a business license and maintain the City of Redmond license as long as the use operates.
c. The family day care provider shall not care for more than 12 children at any time or as licensed pursuant to a waiver granted by the Washington State Department of Children, Youth, and Families per RCW Chapter 43.216 and WAC Chapter 110-300, now or as hereafter amended.
i. Family day care providers are encouraged to request from the City of Redmond preapplication review of proposed waivers to the number of children to be cared for at any time in advance of application to the state.
d. Family day care facilities are required to adhere to all standards prescribed in this section for home businesses, except that:
i. Family day care facilities are exempt from the limitations on business traffic to and from the facility as specified in RZC 21.04.1150.C.5.
ii. The amount of gross floor area within the principal dwelling unit that may be devoted to the family day care business shall be the minimum number of square feet required by the state.
iii. Family day care providers may have two additional employees on the premises at a time outside the family group that reside on the premises engaged in the family day care home business.
A. Family day care providers may exceed two additional employees outside the family group up to the number of employees required to comply with the terms of the waiver issued by the state.
e. Family day care providers may operate from 5:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
f. Family day care providers shall comply with all building, fire, safety, and health codes. Family day care providers that receive a waiver from the state to increase the number of children permitted under the terms of their license shall request an inspection from the City of Redmond, and any other agencies with jurisdiction, to confirm that operations comply with all building, fire, safety, and health codes. This inspection shall be performed, and compliance with applicable building, fire, safety, and health codes shall be confirmed in advance of the operation receiving an updated business license.
g. Family day care providers shall obtain all required state approvals. The state shall certify that the proposed family day care provider will have a safe passenger-loading area. The family day care provider shall provide the City with a copy of the state license.
12. Cannabis-Related Home Businesses. No cannabis production, cannabis processing or cannabis retail sales shall be allowed as a home business. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of regulations related to designated manufactured homes, manufactured homes, and mobile homes is to allow for opportunities for reduced building and infrastructure costs for households interested in affordable housing options.
B. Applicability. Designated manufactured homes may be sited on individual residential lots in the same manner and to the same extent as a detached single-family dwelling unit. Manufactured homes and mobile homes may be sited only within manufactured home parks or mobile home parks. Manufactured home parks and mobile home parks are allowed through the subdivision and binding site plan processes in zones RA-5, NR, and NMF.
C. Requirements for Designated Manufactured Homes. Designated manufactured homes must be attached to a foundation in accordance with state regulations. Designated manufactured homes shall be subject to all of the land use, density, site requirements and development standards of the underlying zone.
D. Requirements for Manufactured Home Parks and Mobile Home Parks. New manufactured home parks and mobile home parks are subject to all of the land use, density, site requirements and development standards of the underlying zone with the following exceptions:
1. Size. A manufactured home park or mobile home park shall be at least one acre in area.
2. Allowed Uses. A manufactured home park or mobile home park may include either mobile or manufactured housing; provided, that the mobile homes meet the minimum livability and safety requirements set forth in the Redmond Building Code. A manufactured home park or mobile home park may also include: an office for the use of a manager, a common laundry facility for use of the tenants, a common recreation facility for primary use of the tenants, a common storage area, or an on-site day care facility.
3. Separation. A minimum of 10 feet of separation shall be maintained between all units which shall include modular or site built additions, decks, porches or roof structures excluding decks, patios, or walkways less than 30 inches above grade. Exceptions may be made to allow carports constructed of nonflammable materials, in which case the minimum separation shall be five feet from that carport to the neighboring unit. Accessory structures shall maintain the following separations:
a. Ten feet to mobile homes or manufactured homes on adjacent spaces;
b. Five feet to accessory structures of mobile homes or manufactured homes on adjacent spaces;
c. Five feet to the mobile home, manufactured home, or other accessory structures on the same space, except for a carport or garage which may be attached to the mobile home or manufactured home; this separation may be waived when accessory structures are constructed of nonflammable materials.
4. Coverage/Impervious Surface Area. A manufactured home park or mobile home park shall be exempt from the structure coverage and impervious surface area requirements set forth in the zone summary for the applicable residential zone. (See RZC 21.08.200.)
5. Access and Driveways.
a. Internal roads and sidewalks shall provide access to each mobile home or manufactured home space and shall be constructed in accordance with the adopted City of Redmond road standards for residential local access streets or private streets.
b. Private streets may be used; provided, that such streets do not directly connect two or more points of vehicular access to the park; provided, that no roadway shall exceed 150 feet in length without providing a fire vehicle turnaround area; and provided, that the roadway is not intended to accommodate required parking.
c. Driveways must be spaced to maximize the distance between one driveway and another and between driveways and road intersections. Driveways shall be aligned wherever possible with existing driveways on the opposite side of the street. Joint use of driveways is allowed.
d. Skirting and Foundations. All mobile homes supported by piers shall be fully skirted. All manufactured homes must be attached to a foundation in accordance with state regulations.
e. Recreational Vehicles. No spaces or pads in a manufactured home park or mobile home park may be used to accommodate recreational vehicles. A manufactured home park or mobile home park may include a storage area for recreational vehicles owned by the residents of the park; provided, the storage area contains no utility hook-ups and recreational vehicles within the storage area are not used as living quarters.
E. Nonconforming Mobile Home Parks.
1. Standards. Mobile home parks established prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this code shall continue to be governed by all standards relating to density, setbacks, landscaping and off-street parking in effect at the time they were approved.
2. New Structures. The replacement of mobile homes in existing mobile home parks shall be governed by the site requirements in effect when the parks were approved. Where internal setbacks are not specified, the average of the prevailing setbacks on the pads to either side of the proposed new or replacement structure shall apply. New accessory structures must meet the setback requirements of conforming mobile parks unless the existing setbacks create an inability to meet these standards in which case the accessory structure shall be made of a fireproof material. Replacement mobile homes in nonconforming mobile home parks must be fully secured to the ground as required by the Redmond Building Code, fully skirted, and the structure must meet the minimum livability and safety requirements of the Redmond Building Code.
3. Recreational Vehicles. No spaces or pads in an existing mobile home park shall be used to accommodate recreational vehicles except where the spaces or pads were specifically for recreational vehicles at the time the park was established.
4. Enlargement. A nonconforming mobile home park may be enlarged, provided the proposed enlargement meets the standards set forth for new mobile home parks in this section. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to ensure that newly constructed multifamily residential developments provide and maintain pet waste stations.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to all newly constructed multifamily residential developments within the City.
C. Pet Waste Station Requirements. The following requirements for pet waste stations shall be incorporated into the design of multifamily development.
Table 21.04.1170. Pet Waste Station Requirements
Zoning | Requirement |
|---|---|
NMF zone | One pet waste station, consisting of bag dispenser and garbage container, shall be installed and maintained in a publicly accessible and highly visible location. |
Multifamily and mixed-use developments with housing units in centers or mixed-use zones | Two pet waste stations, consisting of bag dispenser and garbage container, shall be installed and maintained in two separate publicly accessible and highly visible locations. |
D. General Standards. The following provisions shall apply to the installation and maintenance of pet waste stations:
1. Pet waste stations shall be incorporated into the layout of the project and identified on civil plans.
2. Installation shall allow for safe ingress and egress to the site, fire access, visibility for transportation, and pedestrian access.
3. Pet waste stations shall be co-located with outdoor garbage containers or have garbage containers incorporated into the design.
4. Pet waste stations shall be installed outside of critical areas and their buffers, utility corridors, easements, or rights-of-way.
5. Pet off-leash areas provided in conjunction with pet waste stations shall be designed to capture waste and not infiltrate directly into stormwater infrastructure or permeable surfaces.
6. Maintenance. Property owners and/or managers shall be responsible for supplying bags and emptying trash containers associated with pet waste stations.
E. Review and Approval. The proposed site plan including a pet waste station detail shall be submitted to the City for review and approval at site plan entitlement. (Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of retirement residences is to help meet the housing needs of an aging population while protecting other uses from potential adverse impacts which may otherwise occur as a result of traffic, a concentration of people, and from buildings that may otherwise be out of scale with the area in which they are located.
B. Applicability. Retirement residences are allowed in all residential zones through the subdivision or binding site plan processes.
C. Requirements.
1. Age Restriction. The development shall be restricted to persons age 55 or older and handicapped persons as defined by federal law. At least half the total housing units shall be occupied by persons 55 years of age or older, except for spouses of such residents for whom there is no minimum age requirement.
2. Conversion from a Retirement Residence. No conversion of occupancy to persons other than those specified by RZC 21.04.1190.C.1 shall be allowed without first complying with the underlying zoning and site requirements.
3. Density. In zones where density is regulated by number of dwelling units per acre, the maximum number of retirement residence units shall not exceed the number permitted by the allowed density of the zone. In zones where density is regulated by floor area ratio (FAR), the maximum development capacity of the retirement residence shall not exceed the FAR permitted by the allowed density of the zone. Retirement residences in the NR zone shall be measured in FAR and shall not exceed a FAR of 1.1. Exceptions to maximum density limits for retirement residences are as follows:
a. In all residential zones which allow retirement residences, the maximum density shall not exceed the allowed density for that zone in the zone use chart for the zone, together with any density bonus authorized under RZC 21.20.030, General Requirements and Incentives, or RZC 21.20.070, Affordable Senior Housing, except any facilities developing under RZC 21.04.1190.C.3.b.
b. Retirement residences located in the NR zone or NMF zone that provide some component of assisted living or skilled nursing care may be allowed an increase in density by up to twice the maximum floor area ratio (FAR) of 1.1, up to a total allowed maximum FAR of 2.2, provided each of the following conditions are met:
i. A minimum of 10 percent of the units are licensed for assisted living or skilled nursing care programs; however, no more than 25 percent of the units may be licensed for skilled nursing care.
ii. There is adequate water and sewer capacity to serve the proposed development, together with the water and sewer capacity existing to accommodate the planned growth for the service area(s) in which the property is located.
iii. Traffic generated by the retirement residence is not significantly greater than traffic generated in the surrounding residential neighborhoods. In addition, a traffic mitigation plan is required. The plan shall address traffic control, parking management (including the mitigation of overflow parking into the adjoining residential areas), and traffic movement to the arterial street system. In addition to on-site parking requirements, parking in excess of the maximum may be permitted on existing off-site satellite parking lots, subject to City approval of a joint use agreement. Off-site parking in a residential zone shall be limited to lots shared with existing institutional uses, such as schools.
iv. The project shall comply with all development standards for the zone in which the development is located, including height, setbacks, open space, lot coverage, and impervious surface requirements.
v. Landscape Requirements. Setback areas located adjacent to the side, street side, and rear property lines shall be landscaped to sufficiently screen the development from surrounding residential uses. Similar landscaping shall also be provided within the front setback areas when needed to screen parking. Where possible, existing mature vegetation shall be retained. The Administrator may allow reduced landscaping requirements for projects that exhibit exceptional site and architectural design qualities that reflect nearby neighborhood character. Such projects shall be well integrated with the surrounding neighborhood, including linkages to surrounding uses through pedestrian and vehicular connections. Alternative linkages may be proposed by those facilities where an enclosed facility is mandated by licensing requirements for the type of care offered at the retirement residence, such as Alzheimer’s or other dementia care facilities.
vi. Retirement residence facilities developed under these provisions shall not be entitled to any other senior housing density bonuses, including those described in RZC 21.20.030.D, General Requirements and Incentives, or RZC 21.20.070.A, Affordable Senior Housing.
vii. Availability. A minimum of 25 percent of the new units increased above the underlying zone as a result of this section shall be set aside for households earning less than 80 percent of the area median income, adjusted for household size.
viii. For existing developments that are expanding under these provisions, the set-aside units may be located either in the existing or new units, but shall be in addition to any set-aside units already provided in the existing facility.
ix. The operator of the facility shall provide an annual report to the City providing information documenting compliance with the set-aside requirement. Facilities financed under Washington State Housing Finance Commission (WSHFC) programs may submit a copy of the annual report to WSHFC to satisfy this requirement.
x. Set-aside units required by these regulations shall be administered according to the same requirements as used by the Washington State Housing Finance Commission (WSHFC) for similar type facilities, regardless of how a retirement residence developed under these provisions is financed.
4. Site Requirements. All site requirements and development standards of the Redmond Zoning Code shall apply to retirement residences.
5. Design and Development Standards.
a. Parking should be divided into small parking areas screened from on-site and off-site uses.
b. In the NR zone, no retirement residence shall be located adjacent to another retirement residence development to avoid the adverse effects of a concentration of such housing.
6. Recorded Covenant and Conditions. An agreement in a form approved by the City shall be recorded as a covenant or other legally binding limitation on the use and intensity of the property and requiring compliance with the requirements of this section, including any requirements for set-aside units. This covenant or other legally binding limitation on the use and intensity of the property shall run with the land, shall be binding on the assigns, heirs and successors of the applicant, and shall be recorded in King County’s real property records before the use is occupied.
D. Approval Criteria. Approval of a retirement residence development is a discretionary decision unless it is a permitted use. The applicant shall have the burden of proof to show that the following approval criteria are met for all retirement residences that are not permitted uses:
1. The application complies with the requirements of this section and the Zoning Code.
2. The design, scale, and appearance of the development is consistent with the character of the existing and planned neighborhood in which it may be located.
3. Adequate public facilities and services are available at the site to serve the development.
4. The development is located along a transit route that provides all day service, or the applicant is proposing to provide affordable transportation services to transport residents to the Redmond Senior and Community Center, library, shopping, medical services, and other basic needs. If the applicant is proposing to provide transportation services, the applicant shall provide those uses until all day public transit service is provided to the site. (Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Support displaced businesses by providing additional options to remain in Redmond while searching for a new site.
2. Commercial businesses experiencing displacement may enter into a restricted lease agreement for co-location with a preexisting business.
B. Co-Location Requirements.
1. The primary business must be located and operated in accordance with the Redmond Zoning Code or the regulations under which it was originally approved.
2. The primary and accessory uses and their operations must be compatible with one another.
3. The total floor area dedicated to accessory commercial must not exceed 25 percent of the combined gross floor area of the primary and accessory uses.
4. All operations by the accessory commercial must be compatible with the underlying zoning district and avoid impacting the standard operations of neighboring uses.
5. With the exception of signs, the site and building design must not be impacted or modified as a result of the co-location. Signs identifying the accessory commercial must be designed and located pursuant to RZC Chapter 21.44, Signs, for the underlying district and any preexisting sign programs for the location.
6. Permits for interior improvement and other co-location and operational limitations may also apply.
C. Restricted Lease Requirements.
1. A written agreement with the City must be executed in advance of the co-location.
2. The lease terms must identify all of the following:
a. The restricted lease shall terminate and the accessory commercial business will cease occupancy and operations at the respective location at such time that the primary business, building owner, or lease holder vacates the space or sells the respective property.
b. The lease will terminate at such time that the accessory commercial business takes occupancy of any separate location.
3. A copy of the executed lease and its successors must be maintained on file at the City. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. Active retail uses are provided in mixed-use and nonresidential development in centers, where a high number of people live, work, and visit. These uses support street level retail and are conducive to placemaking. They may also serve as retail incubation tools by including space sharing and pop-up opportunities. Active retail uses energize street level public space and may contribute to an 18-hour district and vibrant nightlife.
B. Standard.
1. Applicability.
Table 21.04.2020.B. Active Retail Uses Applicability
Overlake Center See RZC 21.12.510 | Downtown Center See Table 21.10.300 | Marymoor Village Center See RZC 21.13.300 | |
|---|---|---|---|
Required | • Retail street frontages • At intersection of Retail Street and Shared Street • Street frontages facing light rail stations | • At the intersection of two Urban Core streets, or otherwise shown in Map 21.10.300 – Downtown Street Typology • Street frontages facing light rail station | • At the intersection of two Urban Core streets, or otherwise as shown in RZC 21.13.300.D • Street frontages facing light rail station |
Encouraged | • At intersections along NE 24th Street from 148th to 152nd Ave NE • Intersections with access to Urban Pathway | • At the intersection of one Urban Core street with one or more Urban Mixed streets | • At intersections in Marymoor Core • At access points to E Lake Sammamish Trail |
2. Entrance faces the street, urban pathway, or plaza street. Often located at corners or wrapped around two sides of a building’s corner.
3. Secondary uses may be allowed, such as residential and live-work units, across a minor portion (not to exceed 30 percent of linear measurement) of the building frontage except as prohibited in development and land use regulations for the underlying zone.
4. See ground floor use design standards in RZC 21.58.3620.
Table 21.04.2020.B. Example Illustrations of Active Use Retail
![]() | ![]() |
![]() | |
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. All adult entertainment facilities shall comply with the requirements of this section. The purpose and intent of requiring standards for adult entertainment facilities is to mitigate the adverse secondary effects caused by such facilities and to maintain compatibility with other land uses and services permitted within the City. The standards established in this section apply to all adult entertainment facilities and include, but are not limited to, the following: adult arcades, adult cabarets, adult drive-in theaters, adult motels, adult motion picture theaters, adult retail stores, adult sauna parlors, escort agencies, and nude or semi-nude model studios. The standards established in this section shall not be construed to restrict or prohibit the following activities or products: expressive dance as defined in RMC 5.68.030(R); plays, operas, musicals, or other dramatic works; classes, seminars, or lectures conducted for a scientific or educational purpose; printed materials or visual representations intended for educational or scientific purposes; nudity within a locker room or other similar facility used for changing clothing in connection with athletic or exercise activities; nudity within a hospital, clinic, or other similar medical facility for health-related purposes; and all movies and videos that are rated G, PG, PG-13, R and NC-17 by the Motion Picture Association of America.
B. Separation Requirements. Adult entertainment facilities shall be permitted as indicated in RZC 21.04.0200, Nonresidential Use Table, only if the following separation requirements are met:
1. No adult entertainment facility shall be located closer than 825 feet to another adult entertainment facility whether such other facility is located within or outside the City limits.
2. No adult entertainment facility shall be located closer than 825 feet to any of the following zones or uses whether such zone or use is located within or outside the City limits:
a. A residential zone as defined in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions;
b. An Urban Recreation zone as defined in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions;
c. A public park;
d. A community center as defined in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions;
e. A public library;
f. A day care center or family day care as defined in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions;
g. A public or private nursery school or preschool;
h. A public or private primary or secondary school; and
i. A church, temple, synagogue, mosque or other similar religious facility (activities and uses related to churches, temples, synagogues, and mosques are not subject to the separation requirements).
C. Measurement. The separation requirements specified in RZC 21.04.2030.B, Separation Requirements, shall be measured as follows:
1. The 825-foot buffer required by RZC 21.04.2030.B.1 shall be measured by extending a straight line from the nearest point on the property line of the lot containing the proposed adult entertainment facility to the nearest point on the property line of the lot containing the other adult entertainment facility.
2. The 825-foot buffer required by RZC 21.04.2030.B.2 shall be measured by extending a straight line from the nearest point on the property line of the lot containing the proposed adult entertainment facility to:
a. The nearest point on the boundary line of a residential or Urban Recreation zone;
b. The nearest point on the property line of a public park;
c. The nearest point on the property line of the lot containing a public library, day care center, family day care, community center, public or private nursery school or preschool, public or private primary or secondary school, or church, temple, synagogue, mosque or other similar religious facility.
D. Waiver of Separation Requirements. An applicant may obtain a waiver of the separation requirements required by RZC 21.04.2030 only if the applicant demonstrates that all of the following criteria are met:
1. Conditional Use Permit Required. Any party proposing to locate an adult entertainment facility within 825 feet of any zone or use specified in RZC 21.04.2030.B, Separation Requirements, may do so only after obtaining a conditional use permit in accordance with RZC 21.76.070.K, Conditional Use Permit.
2. Special Notice Requirements. In addition to the notice requirements for conditional use permits, first class mailing of notice shall be made to all individuals owning or occupying property within 825 feet of the property for which the application is made. The applicant shall provide the name and addresses of all property owners and businesses within 825 feet of the property of the proposed location.
3. Criteria for Decision. The final decision on the request for a waiver of the separation requirements shall be made by the City Council upon the recommendation of the Hearing Examiner, based upon consideration of the following criteria:
a. The extent to which physical features would result in an effective separation between the proposed adult entertainment facility and any zones or uses identified in RZC 21.04.2030.B, Separation Requirements, in terms of visibility and access;
b. The extent to which the proposed adult entertainment facility complies with the goals and policies of the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
c. The extent to which the proposed adult entertainment facility is compatible with adjacent and surrounding land uses;
d. The availability or lack of alternative locations for the proposed adult entertainment facility;
e. The extent to which the proposed adult entertainment facility can be avoided by alternative vehicular and pedestrian routes; and
f. The extent to which the applicant can minimize the adverse secondary effects associated with the proposed adult entertainment facility.
E. Nonconforming Adult Entertainment Facility. An adult entertainment facility shall be deemed a nonconforming use and shall be subject to the requirements of RZC 21.04.5000, Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures, if a zone or use identified in RZC 21.04.0030.B, Separation Requirements, locates within 825 feet of such adult entertainment facility after the date that such adult entertainment facility has located within the City in accordance with the requirements of RZC 21.04.2030. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the regulations in this section is to minimize the impacts of noise, odor, and sanitation associated with animals or animal boarding activities. Applicable for all pet and animal sales, services, boarding, kennels, shelters, and training facilities. Applicable to all veterinary services that provide those services.
B. Requirements for Animal Kennels and Shelters. The following regulations apply to all animal kennels and shelters in the zones in which they are approved or in the permit process under which the use is regulated. Additional criteria can be found in RZC 21.04.2040.B.2 and C.
1. The applicant shall comply with requirements set forth in RMC Chapter 7.04, Animal Control.
2. Development Criteria.
a. Kennels shall be allowed as either indoor or outdoor facilities. Boarding and training facilities must be located inside of a structure.
b. Location. All animal containing structures and runs shall be set back a minimum distance of 50 feet from the property line. The structures may be required to be set back, landscaped, or designed in such a fashion to screen them from neighboring residential uses.
c. Mitigation of Noise.
i. In order to mitigate potential noise impacts, animal-containing structures constructed of materials such as chain link, which do not provide sound proofing, may be required to meet greater setback distances from adjoining uses. These standards include but are not limited to the construction of fences and installation of landscaping to meet Type I landscape requirements.
ii. Outdoor runs or yards are allowed for the purpose of exercising animals. Runs/yards must be enclosed by eight-foot-high walls of sound-attenuating fencing or material such as masonry or concrete.
d. Number of Animals. The planned maximum number of animals to be sheltered shall be indicated on the application. This maximum may be reduced by the Technical Committee if it cannot be shown that the development has adequate lot size and facility design to accommodate the planned number of animals in a fashion that ensures that neighboring properties will not be impacted by noise, odor, sanitation, and runoff problems.
C. Requirements for Equestrian Facilities. The following development criteria shall apply to private or commercial equestrian facilities such as stables, facilities for breeding and training, and riding academies, in the zones in which they are permitted. The keeping of horses or other large domestic animals for private use on individual residential lots is regulated by RMC Chapter 7.04, Animal Control.
1. Minimum Lot Requirement. The minimum land area for an equestrian facility shall be no less than five acres. The required land area may be reduced or increased in the NR zone through a conditional use permit. The required land area will be based on how the proposal meets the intent of each of the requirements of this subsection.
2. Setback Requirements. All buildings used to house or train animals shall have a minimum setback of 50 feet from the nearest property line. Upon a written mutual agreement between property owners along a common interior lot line, areas for roaming or grazing, horse paddock areas and structures or pens may be permitted to extend into a common interior lot line; provided, that the structure or pen complies with all other setback regulations in that zone. Small tool sheds or other storage facilities similar to accessory structures for a primarily residential structure in the RA-5 and N-R zones shall have a minimum setback of five feet from the nearest property line. All other buildings shall meet the setback requirements of the zone in which they are located.
3. Odor and Sanitation. Stable manure shall not create a health hazard or an ongoing odor problem for neighboring properties. A plan for storage, reuse, or composting of manure shall be required that shows any or all of the following: use of absorbent bedding or odor-absorbing chemicals in stalls, the location, method of storage or composting proposals for waste materials, a schedule for manure removal, plans for use of manure as a fertilizer on the property including a proposed buffer area.
4. Pasturage/Paddocks/Exercise Facilities. The number of animals allowed to use pasturage shall be controlled to prevent overgrazing and erosion. If foals are to be kept at the facility, a sufficiently sized pasture area shall be available and used for extended periods of daily turnout of young animals. Setbacks or limited access may be required from streams. Paddock areas shall be designed to prevent erosion and cleaned as needed to prevent runoff of waste materials. Provision shall be made to properly exercise animals boarded in stalls; exercise wheels, paddocks for turnout, or an exercising schedule may be required.
5. Parking. A parking plan shall be submitted showing sufficient parking area or spaces to accommodate users, employees, visitors, or spectators. A ratio of one space for each five users, visitors, or spectators shall be required, including spectators for horse shows or similar events. In addition, the parking plan must delineate trailer parking area and an emergency access route.
6. Noise, Dust, Special Events. The use of public address systems to conduct instruction of the riders or announce at spectator events shall be controlled to prevent conflicts with nearby residential uses. In residential zones, limited hours of operation may be required for the use of the loudspeaker system and shall be consistent with the development regulations for noise. Cleanup shall be required after an event or show. The number of large special events may be limited under conditions of approval in the land use permit process.
7. Lighting. Parking lot lighting and lighting on structures or signs shall comply with the development regulations for lighting and signage and with the design standards of RZC Chapter 21.58, Community Design Standards.
8. Number of Animals. The planned maximum number of animals to be sheltered shall be indicated on the application. The City may lower this maximum if it cannot be shown that the development has adequate lot size and facility design to accommodate the planned number of animals in a fashion that ensures the neighboring residential properties will be minimally impacted with noise or odor problems. (Ord. 3220)
Faith-based and funerary requirements apply to all arts, entertainment, recreation, and assembly uses. See RZC 21.04.2130, Faith-Based and Funerary. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the bed and breakfast inn regulations is to allow for limited temporary lodgings in residential neighborhoods for commercial purposes, while at the same time ensuring that bed and breakfast inns within residential zones are compatible with the residential character of the neighborhood and the surrounding residences.
B. Applicability. Bed and breakfast inns with up to two guest rooms are permitted outright in the RA-5 and N-R zones. Bed and breakfast inns with up to eight rooms are permitted outright in the RA-5 zone.
C. Requirements for Bed and Breakfast Inns.
1. Applicable Codes. Bed and breakfast inns shall be considered transient facilities pursuant to WAC Chapter 246-360. Bed and breakfast inns must meet all applicable city, county, and state health and fire codes.
2. Employees. No more than two nonresident employees may be employed at the bed and breakfast inn. The owner and operator of the facility shall reside on site.
3. Home Based Business. Where a bed and breakfast inn is conducted as a home business, all standards in RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, must be met.
4. Conditions. The Administrator may impose additional conditions on the bed and breakfast inn in order to mitigate potential impacts that the operation might create. (Ord. 3220)
A. Relationship to Federal Law. The production, processing, and retailing of cannabis is and remains illegal under federal law. Nothing in RZC Chapter 21.04 or as provided elsewhere in the RZC or RMC authorizes or permits any person or entity to circumvent or violate federal law.
B. Collective Gardens.
1. On May 21, 2015, the Washington State Supreme Court, in Cannabis Action Coalition v. City of Kent, 183 Wn.2d 219 (2015), held that consistent with former RCW 69.51A.140 (Chapter 181, Laws of 2011), cities may adopt zoning regulations regarding collective gardens including regulations which prohibit collective gardens.
2. During the 2015 Regular Session, the Washington State Legislature passed the Cannabis Patient Protection Act, 2SSB 5052 (Chapter 70, Laws of 2015) which, among other things, deleted RCW 69.51A.085, which authorizes collective gardens, effective July 1, 2016. Therefore, as of July 1, 2016, the state law authorizing collective gardens will no longer exist.
3. Consistent with state law, collective gardens are not allowed within the City.
C. State License. No cannabis processor, cannabis producer, or cannabis retailer shall locate in the City without a valid license issued by the Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Control Board, and must at all times conform with state law and City regulations. In the event any City regulation conflicts with state law or state regulations, the more restrictive provision shall prevail.
D. Location – Buffers.
1. Cannabis production, cannabis processing, and cannabis retail uses are allowed uses within the City where in compliance with state law and regulation and this chapter.
2. No cannabis producer or cannabis processor shall locate within 1,000 feet, measured in the manner set forth in WAC 314-55-050(10), from any of the following uses in existence at the date of application to the City and as defined in WAC 314-55-010 as of the date of adoption of RZC Chapter 21.04:
a. Elementary or secondary school;
b. Playground;
c. Recreation center or facility;
d. Child care center;
e. Public park;
f. Public transit center;
g. Library; or
h. Game arcade.
3. No cannabis retailer shall locate within 1,000 feet, measured in the manner set forth in WAC 314-55-050(10), from any of the following uses in existence at the date of application to the City and as defined in WAC 314-55-010 as of the date of adoption of this chapter:
a. Elementary or secondary school; or
b. Playground.
4. No cannabis retailer shall locate within 100 feet, measured in the manner set forth in WAC 314-55-050(10), from any of the following uses in existence at the date of application to the City and as defined in WAC 314-55-010 as of the date of adoption of this chapter:
a. Recreation center or facility;
b. Child care center;
c. Public park;
d. Public transit center;
e. Library; or
f. Game arcade.
E. Structural Requirements. All cannabis processors, cannabis producers, and cannabis retailers must operate in a permanent structure designed to comply with the City Building Code. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. This section provides development criteria for commercial day care centers in residential zones.
B. Development Standards.
1. Commercial Day Care Centers (Residential Zones).
a. Day care centers shall comply with all building, fire, safety, and health codes, and all applicable development standards.
b. Day care centers shall obtain a business license and maintain the use license as long as the use operates.
c. Day care centers shall obtain all required state approvals.
d. In the RA-5 zone, stand-alone day care centers are prohibited.
e. Day care centers shall not be located closer than 300 feet from another existing day care operation in residential zones.
f. The minimum lot size shall be 20,000 square feet in all residential zones.
g. Play equipment used in the day care operations shall be placed no closer than 10 feet from any property line.
i. Building design, site plans and landscaping shall be of a character which is appropriate for the area.
j. Day care centers may be approved in new or existing churches and other places of worship, and no additional approval will be required, provided all other requirements of this section are met.
k. Day care centers located in residential zones shall operate within the hours of 5:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. (Ord. 3220)
A. Shall not locate in required parking, landscaping, or drive aisle area, or any area that would impede emergency access.
B. Shall not reduce or interfere with functional use of walkway or plaza to below standards of Americans with Disabilities Act.
C. Structures shall be secured to prevent tipping and endangering public safety.
D. Maximum size is six feet wide by 10 feet long.
E. Administrative design review required for structures.
F. Must submit circulation plan addressing queuing.
G. Drive-up stands within the Shoreline Jurisdictions of Bear Creek and the Sammamish River are limited to uses associated with water enjoyment. (Ord. 3220)
A. Adequate vehicle queuing space shall be provided outside the public right-of-way, on-site vehicular circulation aisles, and the area between the building and the street.
B. Type II landscaping shall screen drive-through lanes.
C. Drive-through facilities are prohibited in the Business Park zone except in the Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood north of NE 95th St. Where permitted, drive-through windows are permitted only in multi-tenant buildings and must be designed to prevent interference with pedestrian access, driveway access to surrounding development, and traffic flow on adjacent streets.
D. Drive-through facilities are prohibited in the Overlake, Downtown, and Marymoor Centers unless:
1. They are confined within the garage of a multistory building of at least three stories; and
2. The drive-through lanes provide a queuing length adequate to serve peak demand without overflowing onto public sidewalks or streets, as determined by a professional traffic engineer and approved by the City.
E. Drive-through facilities are prohibited in the Neighborhood Mixed-Use, Urban Mixed-Use, Manufacturing Park, and Industry zoning districts. (Ord. 3220)
A. Educational facilities within manufacturing zones shall allow for the efficient operation of manufacturing uses.
B. The proposed site design and layout shall minimize the effects of existing manufacturing uses upon the proposal. Site design and layout should include adequate screening of noise, light, and view of adjacent and less aesthetic uses (such as a storage yard). (Ord. 3220)
See RZC 21.76.070.M, Essential Public Facilities. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. This section is intended to ensure that the unique impacts associated with faith-based organizational uses and their accessory uses are addressed while still allowing for a wide range of possible locations for faith-, religious-, belief-, and affiliation-based assembly.
B. Calculation of Seating Capacity. For the purposes of this regulation, a seat shall be defined as either:
1. One individual fixed seat; or
2. A length of 18 inches on a pew or bench; or
3. A measurement of seven square feet per person for the area seating the general assembly with movable chairs or other portable seating fixtures. The total area includes aisle space, but excludes areas such as stage and podium areas, space for musical instruments, and lobbies.
C. Requirements. The following development criteria shall apply to structures and properties associated with faith-based organizations and their related activities without regard to the zone in which they are located or the permit under which the use is processed:
1. Lighting for parking lot areas, structures, statuary and signage shall comply with the development regulations for parking, lighting and signs, and the design standards of RZC Chapter 21.58, Community Design Standards.
2. In no event shall parking be in excess of one space per three seats in a residential zone.
3. The storage of buses or vans over 10,000 pounds gross weight is permitted on site under the following conditions:
a. The location of the parking areas for these vehicles is indicated on the site plan at the time of application;
b. Vehicles must be leased or owned by the owner or tenant of the site, must be in operable condition, and must have a current vehicle registration;
c. Vehicles shall not intrude into public rights-of-way or obstruct sight visibility from any driveway;
d. Structural and/or natural screening, as approved by the City, shall screen the vehicles from neighboring properties. The screening requirement or amount of screening may be eliminated or reduced in light industrial zones to the extent that the storage of vehicles is treated uniformly with other uses in the same zone.
4. Faith-Based Organizations Within Shorelines. Within the Shoreline Jurisdiction, site development shall comply with the general standards of the zone in which it is located, except as otherwise provided in RZC 21.04.2130.D. The maximum building height, exclusive of symbolic icons mounted on the rooftop, is 35 feet. An additional building height allowance of 15 feet is allowed for symbolic icons located on the building (SMP).
5. A traffic mitigation plan shall be submitted for approval by the City. The plan shall address traffic control, parking management (including the mitigation of overflow parking into adjoining residential areas), and traffic movement to the arterial street system. In addition to on-site parking requirements, parking in excess of the maximum may be permitted on existing off-site satellite parking lots, subject to City approval of a joint use agreement. Off-site parking in residential zones shall be limited to lots shared with existing institutional uses, such as schools.
6. The maximum height for separate structures on site, such as symbolic icons, shall be 15 feet. The maximum building height, based on the zone in which the building is located, may be exceeded by 15 feet for the installation of religious icons on the building.
7. The proposed structure(s) shall comply with the applicable design criteria contained in RZC Chapter 21.58, Community Design Standards, for the zone in which the use is located.
8. Additional standards are applicable to the use. The underlying zoning and size of the structures shall determine which additional criteria shall apply. The additional criteria for residential zones can be found below, depending on seating capacity.
9. Decorative fencing or decorative walls and landscaping on side or back lots are required when necessary to prevent visual impacts on neighboring properties and public shoreline areas.
D. Development Criteria for Seating Capacities in a Neighborhood Zone.
1. Faith-based organizations with a seating capacity of less than 250 seats:
a. The structures shall be located within 1,200 feet, as measured along the centerline of the right-of-way, of an arterial (collector, minor or principal);
b. The structures shall be located on a paved road having two lanes with a minimum width equal to the public works standard for a local access street;
c. Structures shall maintain a minimum setback of 20 feet from all property lines; building setbacks shall be increased by five feet for every one foot in building height over 30 feet;
d. The minimum lot size shall be the same as that required in the zone in which the proposed faith-based organization is located;
e. The maximum lot coverage of structures may not exceed 35 percent, and total impervious surfaces may not exceed 75 percent of lot area;
f. No more than two large vehicles may be stored on site at a given period of time; and
g. Structures, parking lots and lighting shall be designed to avoid excessive light and glare impacts on adjacent properties. Restrictions on light pole height and type, deflectors and other such measures may be required as necessary to prevent overspill and excessive intensity of light.
2. Faith-based organizations with a seating capacity of between 250 to 750 seats:
a. The proposed structures must be located adjacent to at least one arterial (collector, minor or principal);
b. Structures shall maintain a minimum setback of 20 feet from all property lines;
c. Building setbacks shall be increased five feet for every one foot in building height over 30 feet;
d. The maximum lot coverage of structures may not exceed 35 percent, and total impervious surfaces may not exceed 75 percent of the lot area; and
e. No more than two large vehicles may be stored on site at a time.
3. Institutions with a seating capacity greater than 750 seats shall require a traffic study or other documentation deemed suitable by the Technical Committee that demonstrates that there will be no significant adverse impacts to traffic operations on the adjacent street system; have a maximum building height of five stories; be set back five additional feet for every one foot in building height over 45 feet exclusive of rooftop symbolic icons; not contain accessory or stand-alone parking facilities; not contain primary or secondary schools; and shall require a conditional use permit. See RZC 21.76.070.K, Conditional Use Permit.
4. Institutions with a seating capacity greater than 7,500 seats shall be located adjacent to at least one collector, minor, or principal arterial. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. Implement the Comprehensive Plan goals for supporting small businesses and complete neighborhoods.
B. Location and Uses.
1. A Type II permit is required.
2. Food truck courts may be used for pop-up retail, kiosks, and other temporary uses including seasonal sales (pumpkins, trees, etc.).
3. Events, including but not limited to concerts, farmers’ markets, and flea markets, are allowed.
C. Site Plan.
1. A site plan must be approved pursuant to RZC Chapter 21.76.
2. The number of spaces available for food trucks must be identified on the site plan.
3. Food truck locations, drive aisles, and seating areas shall be designed and constructed in such a way that all areas can be accessed by emergency vehicles.
4. Seating area with tables and chairs – one table per truck minimum with at least four chairs (or seating spaces if a picnic table or similar) per table.
5. Event Spaces. The site plan may include the option of identifying a location and size for a temporary or permanent stage and other event space and size. If planning for events the following requirements shall apply:
a. Stage should be six inches to one foot above grade without fencing. If higher than one foot above grade, fencing shall be provided along sides and back of stage.
b. Stage area shall be provided with electrical outlets, weather coverage with open beams, and lighting.
c. Neighborhood Residential (NR) limitations:
i. No amplification of music is allowed.
ii. Use of generators shall be limited to daylight hours.
iii. Maximum noise levels are limited Class A restrictions identified in RMC 6.36.030.
iv. If outdoor dining or if live music is planned to be provided outdoors, a Type I – Solid Screen shall be provided at property lines where adjacent to NR or NMF zone (see Table 21.32.120). Administrative design flexibility limited to Type I – Solid Screening may be allowed; provided, that the resulting screening design meets or exceeds the purpose of visual screening and sound mitigation.
D. Required Facilities and Utilities.
1. Electrical hookups must be provided to each food truck.
a. Generators shall not be allowed unless such generator operates at less than 60 decibels as measured 10 feet away.
b. Generators shall not be placed adjacent to event stage or eating areas and must be placed to vent away from public gathering spaces to minimize exposure to exhaust fumes.
2. At least one water tap must be provided and accessible to food trucks.
3. Permanent restrooms facilities that comply with Health Department standards and accessibility standards. Facilities may be shared with permanent on-site structure if there is capacity.
4. Permanent parking facilities must be provided: minimum of three parking stalls, including one van-accessible ADA stall.
E. Operations.
1. Mobile food court operators shall be responsible for properly disposing of refuse, recycling, trash, and litter generated by operations of the food trucks as would any business and shall have a contract for refuse and recycling removal.
2. All food truck court operators are responsible for all lessee operations and ordinance compliance and are held responsible for all infractions.
F. Noise Management. A noise management plan is required. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Help prevent and minimize unnecessary risk to the public health, safety, and welfare due to hazardous liquid pipelines;
2. Minimize the likelihood of accidental damage to hazardous liquid pipelines;
3. Avoid exposing land uses with high on-site populations that are difficult to evacuate and land uses that serve emergency functions to risk of injury or damage in the event of a pipeline failure;
4. Help reduce adverse impacts in the event of a pipeline failure;
5. Supplement existing federal and state regulations related to hazardous liquid pipeline corridor management.
The provisions of this section are intended to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the general public and are not intended to protect any particular individual, class of individuals, or organization.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all development on properties within 150 feet of any hazardous liquid pipeline corridor. This chapter does not apply to the conduct of pipeline operators. The conduct of pipeline operators is regulated by the Federal Pipeline Safety Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 60101, et seq., and the Washington State Pipeline Safety Act, RCW Chapter 81.88. Pipelines within public rights-of-way are also regulated by the terms and conditions of franchise agreements between the City and the pipeline operator.
C. Development Application Submittal Requirements.
1. Applicants shall show the hazardous liquid pipeline corridor and applicable setbacks on site plans and subdivision plats for proposed development on properties to which this chapter applies. Modifications to existing structures that do not involve landfilling or excavation on site or changes to off-site improvements are exempt from this requirement.
2. All other applicable development application submittal requirements apply; see RZC 21.76.030, Application Requirements.
D. Setback Requirements.
1. Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Corridor (“Corridor”). No landfilling or excavation and no construction or expansion of structures is allowed within the corridor.
2. Areas Along the Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Corridor.
a. Construction or expansion of structures or other activities involving landfilling or excavation shall be set back a minimum of 25 feet from the edge of the corridor.
b. The Administrator may determine that the setback shall be measured from the pipeline when measurement from the corridor is not appropriate due to site-specific conditions.
c. The Administrator may expand the setback when necessary to meet the purpose of this section due to site-specific conditions, such as extraordinary land disturbance.
d. The Administrator may reduce the setback due to site-specific conditions and an applicant’s demonstration that the purpose of this section will be met. Factors that may be considered include but are not limited to:
i. Pipeline location as determined using normal locating procedures.
ii. Type of construction proposed.
e. If the Administrator reduces the setback or measures it from a hazardous liquid pipeline, the following applies:
i. The setback shall be a minimum of 30 feet from the nearest hazardous liquid pipeline and shall comply with RZC 21.04.2150.D.2.a.
ii. The setback shall be measured from the nearest edge of the hazardous liquid pipeline.
iii. The location of the hazardous liquid pipeline and the reduced setback shall be shown on all approved site plans and subdivision plats.
3. Exemptions. The Administrator can, when deemed necessary by the Administrator, exempt trails, streets and utilities identified in currently adopted plans, such as the Comprehensive Plan, Transportation Improvement Plan, Water System Plan, or General Sewer Plan, from RZC 21.04.2150.D.1 and D.2. Trails, streets, and utilities proposed to use this exemption shall be designed to minimize potential conflict with the hazardous liquid pipeline to the maximum extent feasible.
The Administrator can, when deemed necessary by the Administrator, require applicant to provide written approval from the pipeline owner(s) for the proposed structures, construction, and maintenance operations prior to the City’s permit issuance.
4. Emergency Work. In the event of any emergency in which a hazardous liquid pipeline breaks, is damaged, or is otherwise in such a condition as to immediately endanger the life, health, safety, or property of any person, the hazardous liquid pipeline operator shall not be required to comply with this chapter or obtain permits prior to taking corrective action. The hazardous pipeline operator shall, however, notify the City Public Works Director by telephone immediately upon learning of the emergency or, if the emergency occurs outside of the City’s normal business hours, immediately upon the commencement of the next business day during which the Redmond City Hall is open for business. The hazardous liquid pipeline operator shall also apply for all required permits not less than the second succeeding business day during which the Redmond City Hall is open for business.
5. Setback Protection. Setbacks shall be identified and protected during construction by placement of a temporary barricade and on-site notices. Barricades and on-site notices are subject to review by the Administrator.
6. Reasonable Use Provision. The required setback from the hazardous liquid pipeline corridor shall not deny all reasonable economic use of property. An applicant who believes that the required setback does deny all such use may apply for a reasonable use exception under RZC 21.76.070.U, Reasonable Use Exception (Critical Areas/Hazardous Liquid Pipelines).
E. Requirements for Land Use Compatibility.
1. High Consequence Land Uses.
a. New high consequence land uses proposed for location within 500 feet of a corridor are prohibited.
b. Proposed expansions to existing high consequence land uses located within 500 feet of a corridor shall be designed to avoid increasing the level of risk in the event of a pipeline failure, and where feasible, reduce the risk compared to the existing development. Potential techniques to minimize risk include but are not limited to:
i. Site design features, such as maintaining or increasing the distance between occupied structures, or structures that provide critical lifeline functions, and the hazardous liquid pipelines and anticipated flow paths for leaking hazardous materials.
ii. Building features, such as design to avoid a significant increase in on-site population or to expedite evacuation.
iii. Technological features, such as accelerated notice of a pipeline failure to high consequence land uses, to facilitate evacuation or features that help avoid damage in the event of a failure.
iv. Operational features, such as emergency plans and education programs for occupants and employees concerning pipeline safety, developed in accordance with the procedures in RZC 21.04.2150.E.2.b.
2. Other Development in the Willows/Rose Hill and Grass Lawn Neighborhoods.
a. Applicants for the following types of new or expanded development shall use appropriate mitigation measures to reduce adverse impacts in the event of a pipeline failure:
i. Commercial or industrial.
ii. Multifamily.
iii. Religious facilities.
iv. High consequence land uses proposed for locations not covered by RZC 21.04.2150.E.1.a.
v. Other developments, as required by the Administrator, that because of proximity to a corridor pose a safety concern.
b. Mitigation measures intended to reduce risk and minimize impact in the event of a pipeline failure include but are not limited to:
i. Site and building design techniques, such as maximizing the distance between new or expanded development and anticipated flow paths for leaking hazardous materials and controlling ignition sources.
ii. Emergency procedures, such as emergency plans and guides, employee training and drills, and education programs for occupants and employees concerning pipeline safety, such as what to be aware of and how to respond in the event of a problem.
A. Applicants shall consult with the Fire Department regarding the level of emergency planning and procedures appropriate for the proposed development. Based on the nature, occupancy, or location of a proposed development, the Fire Department may require emergency plans and procedures for any occupancy classifications.
B. Emergency plans and procedures shall be consistent with the Redmond Fire Code and shall be approved by the Fire Department.
3. Location. All land use permits issued for properties that are contiguous to a hazardous liquid pipeline corridor shall be conditioned upon notification of utilities through the one-call locator service prior to commencement of any of the permitted work. (Ord. 3220)
A. Measures shall be taken in the construction of structures, design of storage areas, and design of delivery areas to prevent release of materials including those resulting from a “worst case” accident and including consideration of large storms where areas are not covered.
B. Hazardous materials shall not cause fumes, unpleasant odors, or harm to others in the course of normal handling. This shall not preclude the handling of materials with the use of approved filters, hoods, scrubbers, or other methods of removing odors or harm.
C. Outdoor storage requires Technical Committee approval and shall be confined to outbuildings, sheds, and other structures where leakage confinement or spill treatment can be reasonably handled and where exposure to the elements does not increase the possibility of a spill incident.
D. Requirements for Primary and Incidental Hazardous Waste Treatment and Storage.
1. Incidental Use.
a. Allowed only as an accessory use; all site requirements for primary use apply.
b. Storage limited to amount necessary for proper function of business, not to exceed quantities permitted by Redmond Fire Department; excess stockpiling prohibited.
2. Primary Use.
a. Conditional Use Permit Required. See RZC 21.76.070.K, Conditional Use Permit. (Ord. 3220)
A. At least 75 percent of business activity by area must be conducted indoors, including storage of materials used in business activity.
B. Retail sales of goods manufactured on the premises, or accessory or secondary to the primary manufacturing and wholesale trade use, are permitted. Area devoted to retail sales shall not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of combined gross floor area or 1,000 square feet.
C. Asphalt and concrete batch plants shall have direct access to arterials.
D. Rock crushing equipment, asphalt, and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment may extend to a maximum height of 90 feet.
E. Outdoor processing operations follow a Type II review process.
F. Retail sales of goods manufactured on the premises, or accessory or secondary to the primary manufacturing and wholesale trade use, are permitted. Area devoted to retail sales shall not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of combined gross floor area or 1,000 square feet.
G. One caretaker residence per parcel is permitted as an accessory use, and shall not exceed 1,500 square feet. (Ord. 3220)
A. Conditional Use Permit Required. See RZC 21.76.070.K, Conditional Use Permit.
B. Rock crushing equipment, asphalt, and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment may extend to a maximum height of 90 feet.
C. Extraction shall occur during daylight hours; nighttime trucking is permitted.
E. Uses shall minimize noise and lighting impacts by using noise suppression devices and light shielding, and by using landscape buffers to screen lighting from adjacent shoreline areas. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Create an attractive and economically healthy community by allowing for outdoor retail display as an accessory use to a permitted use.
2. Provide economic opportunities for existing businesses while encouraging pedestrian activity in commercial areas.
3. Create safe and attractive walkways within nonresidential zones and mixed-use zones and control of storage or display of materials to allow the minimum amount necessary to encourage quality development and avoid creation of a nuisance.
4. Protect parking areas and walkways from encroachment and impacts of outdoor storage.
5. Ensure that adequate opportunity is allowed for the outdoor storage of vehicles and materials in residential zones while not impacting the character and uses intended for those zones.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this chapter apply to all outdoor storage and retail displays within the City with the exception of:
2. RV parking and storage covered by RZC 21.40.010.G, Parking and Storage of Recreational, Utility, and Commercial Vehicles and Vessels in Residential Neighborhoods; and
3. Outdoor storage associated with emergency situations such as utility repairs; and items stored on a site during construction.
C. Outdoor Storage Standards. Outdoor storage shall be allowed as provided in the table titled “Requirements for Outdoor Storage.” Transition Overlay Standards relating to outdoor storage shall apply as provided for in RZC 21.05.600.C, Use, Operations and Development Standards in a Transition Overlay.
Table 21.04.2200.C. Requirements for Outdoor Storage
Zone | Type of Storage Permitted | Size and Height Requirements | Location Restrictions | Screening Requirements |
|---|---|---|---|---|
Downtown, OV, CMU | None | N/A | N/A | N/A |
UMU | Bulk and nonbulk | Maximum height of 10 feet | Bulk storage cannot be located between the building and the front street. Nonbulk storage shall be moved indoors during close of business | Screening shall be placed on all sides of storage areas other than where a building wall would act as a screen. Screening shall be adequate to provide a solid barrier at least six feet in height. It may include fences, walls, earth berms or vegetation. |
UR, RA-5, BP, OBAT, MMC, MME | Bulk and nonbulk | Maximum height 20 feet | ||
MMM, MP and I | Bulk and nonbulk | Maximum height 20 feet | N/A | |
BP | Bulk and Non-Bulk | Maximum height 20 feet | Screening shall be placed on all sides of storage areas other than where a building wall would act as a screen. Screening shall be adequate to provide a solid barrier at least six feet in height. It may include fences, walls, earth berms or vegetation. | |
COS, RA-5, NR, NMF, NMU | See RZC 21.04.2200.F, Outdoor Storage in Neighborhood Zones | |||
D. Prohibited Locations for Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage is prohibited as follows:
1. In floodways;
2. Within shoreline setbacks indicated in RZC 21.68.060, Shoreline Buffers; and critical area buffers as identified in RZC 21.64.020.B, Stream Buffers; RZC 21.64.030.B, Wetland Buffers; and RZC 21.64.060.B, Landslide Hazard Area Buffers;
3. On slopes greater than 15 percent;
4. In portions of industrial and business park areas abutting residential districts;
5. In required parking stalls;
6. In areas where outdoor storage causes traffic, pedestrian circulation or safety problems as determined by the Administrator, or where a minimum five-foot width of walkway does not remain clear and free of obstructions;
7. Any materials that attract animals, birds or vermin; and
8. Within emergency fire lanes.
E. Covering and Containing Outdoor Storage. Hazardous materials or deleterious substances that have the potential to threaten public health or stormwater, soil, or groundwater quality shall be stored within secondary containment and under cover to prevent contact with precipitation and stormwater. Compliance with WAC Chapter 173-218, Underground Injection Control (UIC), regulations shall be demonstrated for outdoor storage areas that drain to infiltration.
F. Outdoor Storage in Neighborhood Zones.
1. Limitations. Outdoor storage is prohibited in all neighborhood zones except when the items stored are customarily associated with and accessory to the use of the dwelling and comply with the requirements of RZC 21.04.2200. Outdoor storage in RA-5 zones shall comply with the standards listed above in the requirements for outdoor storage table of this section.
2. Allowed Outdoor Storage. Items customarily associated with the residential use of a dwelling may be stored outside provided the following conditions are met:
a. Outdoor storage may only take place outside of the front yard setbacks and side yard setbacks.
b. Except for vehicles allowed under RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, or 21.04.2200.F.3 or F.4, outdoor storage shall not be visible from a public or private street. Fences, landscaping, or a building wall may be used to ensure that an outdoor storage area is not visible from the street.
c. Outdoor storage areas shall not prevent emergency access to the residence or any accessory structure.
d. Outdoor storage shall not cover more than 200 square feet of land area.
e. Except for motor vehicles allowed under RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, or RZC 21.04.2200.F.3 or F.4, materials stored outdoors shall not be owned by or used in any business or industry including a home business.
f. Except for vehicles allowed under RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, or RZC 21.04.2200.F.3 or F.4, materials stored outdoors shall not exceed a height of six feet nor shall they be stacked or stored higher than six feet.
3. Recreational and Utility Vehicles. See RZC 21.40.010.G, Parking and Storage of Recreational, Utility, and Commercial Vehicles and Vessels in Residential Neighborhoods.
4. Commercial Vehicles.
a. Allowed Commercial Vehicles.
i. Within a residential zone, no more than one commercial vehicle may be parked on a lot(s) occupied by a residence or on a street(s) adjoining the residence. Where a lot includes more than one residence, one commercial vehicle may be parked on the lot(s) or an adjoining street for each residence. Notwithstanding this provision, where an accessory dwelling and a primary dwelling occupy one or more lots, only one commercial vehicle may be parked on the lot(s) occupied by the residences or on the street(s) adjoining the residences.
ii. The commercial vehicle shall be operable.
iii. Other than cleaning the commercial vehicle, maintenance and repairs shall not be performed on the commercial vehicle within a residential zone except on the premises of a home business that meets the requirements of RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses.
iv. The commercial vehicle shall not be parked or stored on a lawn or in any landscaped area.
b. Prohibited Commercial Vehicles. Except as provided in RZC 21.04.2200.F.4.c, and RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, and except as to school buses parked or stored on the property of a school or religious institution, truck tractors, truck tractor trailers, vehicles over 10,000 pounds gross weight, and commercial vehicles that do not comply with RZC 21.04.2200.F.4 shall not be parked or stored within a residential zone.
c. Vehicles used in a business may be parked in a residential zone when making pickups or deliveries or being used in conjunction with the performance of a service on property within a residential zone.
5. Storage, Shipping, or Moving Container.
a. Applicability. This subsection applies to residential uses only. Storage, shipping, and moving containers proposed for permitted nonresidential uses in NR and NMF zones are reviewed through the temporary use permit process.
b. A rented, leased, purchased, or assembled storage, moving, or shipping container, when associated with the construction of a home, or homes, in a subdivision, may be located anywhere on a property within the NR and NMF zones. Any rented, leased, purchased, or assembled storage, moving, or shipping container associated with construction permits must be removed no later than 60 days after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or final inspection approval for the construction.
c. Rented, leased, purchased, or assembled storage, moving, or shipping containers within the NR or NMF zones that are not associated with construction permits may be placed temporarily on a driveway and/or hard surface only, providing that:
i. Any and all containers are visible from a public right-of-way;
ii. Any and all containers fit entirely on the driveway and/or hard surface;
iii. Containers are not stacked;
iv. Any and all containers do not protrude onto any part of any sidewalk or public right-of-way without the owner or agent of the property having first obtained a street use permit;
v. Any and all containers are not located in a sight distance triangle; and
vi. Any and all containers remain on the property for no more than 60 calendar days in any 365-calendar-day period. The 365-calendar-day period commences the first day that the container is located on site.
G. Outdoor Retail Display Standards. Outdoor retail display shall comply with the following criteria:
1. The outdoor retail display shall be accessory to a permitted retail use.
2. The total space allowed for outdoor retail display shall not exceed 50 percent of the length of the storefront; provided, that a minimum area of 32 square feet shall be allowed in any event.
3. Retail items must be displayed in a neat and orderly manner, and remain in the area specified for its display.
4. Retail display shall not be located within required fire lanes or required parking stalls.
5. Retail display shall not be located within the public right-of-way without required permits and shall maintain a clear zone of a minimum of 44 inches in width to accommodate pedestrian access along sidewalks.
6. Safe ingress and egress to the site, visibility for transportation, and pedestrian access shall be maintained.
7. The location of the retail display shall be established as a condition of approval of any applicable permits. (Ord. 3220)
A. Within the Urban Recreation zone, recreation uses which require a conditional use permit and accessory restaurants shall comply with the following requirements:
1. The buildings and parking areas shall be sited in locations least likely to block or interrupt scenic vistas from public areas and to minimize impacts on uses on adjacent properties.
2. Parking and storage areas shall be screened from the Sammamish River Trail which is located on both the east and west sides of the Sammamish River.
3. No uses shall be externally illuminated by artificial light except for parking lot lighting, safety lighting near buildings, and outdoor recreational uses. Outdoor recreational uses shall not be illuminated by artificial light from 11:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. Lighting shall be designed and constructed to minimize glare and prevent glare and light from intruding on neighboring properties.
4. Amusement parks, water slides, miniature golf courses, motorized or nonmotorized race tracks, and uses similar to any of these uses shall be prohibited within the Urban Recreation zone.
5. Publicly owned buildings of less than 1,000 square feet gross floor area that serve trails and trail parking lots may be located within the 200-foot buffer of the Sammamish River, provided they are at least 70 feet away from the ordinary high water mark of the Sammamish River.
B. Urban Recreation Accessory Uses.
1. Accessory uses shall be permitted in conjunction with an allowed use. Accessory uses may include, but are not limited to, equipment storage, outbuildings, fences, kiosks, and parking (unless otherwise excluded by another provision of the Zoning Code, such as Table 21.68.050A, Shoreline Environments, Permitted Uses and Activities Chart).
2. Accessory uses shall meet the requirements of this section and, unless otherwise provided for within this section, shall also meet all related requirements of the Zoning Code. The primary allowed use shall be maintained during the time any accessory use is maintained.
3. Fences as Accessory Uses.
a. Fences, including safety netting, installed within the Urban Recreation zoning district may exceed the maximum height limit set forth by RZC 21.24.030, Height, provided all the following criteria are met:
i. The fence is required to protect public safety, and the applicant demonstrates that the height is the minimum necessary to fulfill its intended purpose;
ii. A Type II – Visual Screen, per RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be established and maintained at the exterior or public-facing side of the fence to reduce the visual impact on adjacent uses; and
iii. A conditional use permit addressing the changes to previously approved site conditions and accessory uses shall be obtained. (Ord. 3220)
B. Sales uses must operate as stand-alone businesses; rental uses may operate in mixed-use developments.
C. Rental uses operating in mixed-use developments are limited to eight rental vehicles at any given time in existing parking spaces; additional vehicles may be stored on site in a building or elsewhere given submittal and approval by the Technical Committee of a vehicle storage plan.
D. Vehicle display area shall be outside of required parking and landscape areas.
F. Advertising signs are not permitted on the outside of vehicles. Signs providing information about the vehicle, such as year, make, model, may be displayed on the outside of or in the windows of vehicles.
G. Outdoor loudspeaker systems are prohibited.
H. Razor wire, chain link, and barbed wire fences prohibited on street or access frontage.
J. Where allowed, auto and motorcycle repair uses may also allow sales; sales area not to exceed 25 percent of the combined gross floor area of all uses.
K. Auto sales only permitted in conjunction with repair (see RZC 21.04.2220.J), or as stand-alone businesses on properties with frontage on NE 90th Street between Willows Road and 152nd Avenue NE, NE 95th Street between Willows Road and 151st Avenue NE, and 151st Avenue NE between NE 90th Street and NE 95th Street. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Establish clear regulations for the siting and design of wireless communication facilities (WCFs) consistent with state and federal regulations;
2. Promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the Redmond community by regulating the siting of WCFs;
3. Minimize visual, safety, aesthetic, and environmental impacts of WCFs on surrounding areas by establishing standards for location, structural integrity, and compatibility;
4. Encourage the location and collocation of wireless communications equipment on existing structures; and
5. Accommodate the growing need and demand for wireless communication services.
B. Applicability Permits and Exemptions.
1. Permits Required.
a. A land use permit is required to locate or install any wireless communication facility (WCF) outside public rights‐of‐way, and in certain instances within public rights‐of‐way, unless the WCF is exempt under RZC 21.04.2230.B.2. Table 21.76.070, Wireless Communication Facilities Review Process, in RZC Chapter 21.76, sets forth the type of permit required based upon the nature of the facility and its location.
b. RMC Chapter 12.14, Telecommunications, governs the installation of any WCF within public rights‐of‐way. A facilities lease agreement is required to install any WCF on City‐owned property or infrastructure within the City of Redmond, including public rights-of-way.
2. Exemptions. The following WCFs shall be exempt from the requirement to obtain land use permits:
a. VHF and UHF Receive-Only Television Antenna(s). VHF and UHF receive-only antenna(s) shall not be required to obtain land use permit approval nor shall they be required to obtain building permit approval. VHF/UHF antenna(s) shall be restricted to a height limit of no more than 15 feet above the existing or proposed roof.
b. Small Satellite Dish Antenna(s). Small dish antenna(s) in all zones shall be exempt from obtaining land use permit approval. Such antennas shall not be required to obtain building permit approval, but installation must comply with any applicable provisions of the City Building Code.
c. Small cell facilities attached to utility poles, light poles and miscellaneous poles within public rights‐of‐way shall be exempt from obtaining land use permit approval except for small cell facilities located within special design areas where a Type II land use permit is required. See RMC Chapter 12.14, Telecommunications, for additional requirements.
d. Eligible facilities requests that meet the definition as set forth in RZC Chapter 21.78 shall be exempt from having to obtain a land use permit. A written request for an eligible facilities request must be submitted to determine if the modification qualifies for this exemption. An eligible facilities request shall be denied upon determination by the City that the proposed facility modification will substantially change the physical dimensions of an eligible support structure.
e. The addition of a new antenna(s) attached to an existing antenna support structure or structure mounted facility which already has at least one WCF; removal or replacement of existing antennas; and associated ground mounted equipment enclosures on existing legally established structure mounted facilities (other than towers) that have received previous WCF approval and that comply with size and concealment requirements established in this section or the applicable permit approving the WCF. Other applicable permits such as building permits and right‐of‐way use permits may be required. This exemption shall not apply to small cell facilities.
f. Routine maintenance and repair or replacement of antennas and equipment associated with wireless communication facilities. Replacement antennas shall be located within the same location as existing antenna and shall be of similar size, weight and height and shall comply with concealment requirements established in this section and in the applicable permit approving the WCF, unless such replacement antennas are exempted as an eligible facilities request. Other applicable permits such as building permits and right‐of‐way use permits may be required.
g. Temporary WCF for emergency communications equipment during a declared public emergency.
h. Wireless communication equipment, including, but not limited to, the support of traffic signal systems, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) devices, intelligent transportation systems (ITS), LED street light gateways, transit signal priority devices and other similar devices shall not be required to obtain land use permit approval.
3. Permits may be conditioned to allow review of the continued use of the antenna support structure or structure mounted facility at five-year intervals in order to recognize that rapid technological advancements, changing markets, and legal interpretations by the FCC and by the courts may require periodic design review.
4. In addition to complying with the requirements of this chapter and the International Building Code, all wireless communication facilities located within the shorelines of the City shall comply with RZC 21.68.160, Utilities Within Shorelines.
5. All permits for WCFs shall be expressly conditioned upon compliance with the removal requirements of RZC 21.04.2230.I, Cessation of Use, upon cessation of use of any such facility.
6. Performance Assurance. The Administrator may require a performance assurance under RMC Chapter 12.14, Telecommunications, when located within public rights‐of‐way to ensure compliance with any aspect of RZC Chapter 21.04. The Administrator may require a performance assurance under RZC 21.76.090 when located outside of public rights‐of‐way or when located on any private property.
7. Prohibited Devices. WCFs that are not permanently affixed to a support structure and which are capable of being moved from location to location (e.g., “cell on wheels” or ballast mounts) are prohibited except for when allowed as a temporary WCF consistent with RZC 21.04.2230.C.
C. Temporary Wireless Communication Facilities.
1. Permits Required.
a. A Type I land use permit is required to locate or install any temporary wireless communication facility (WCF) on private property within the City of Redmond unless specially exempted per RZC 21.04.2230.B.2.f. See Table 21.76.070, Wireless Communication Facilities Review Process, in RZC Chapter 21.76.
b. Except during a declared public emergency a lease agreement is required, consistent with RMC Chapter 12.14, Telecommunications, to install any temporary WCF on City‐owned property within the City of Redmond. Temporary WCFs are not permitted within public rights‐of‐way except for exempt facilities per RZC 21.04.2230.B.2.g.
2. Temporary WCFs shall only be allowed for:
a. The reconstruction of a permanent WCF and limited to a duration of 18 months from the date of approval unless an extension is requested at least 30 days prior to the expiration date; or
b. Large-scale events limited to the duration of the event, plus 10 days prior to the event and 10 days after; or
c. Emergency communications equipment during a declared public emergency.
3. Temporary WCF facilities shall be portable without a permanent foundation. Roof-mounted temporary WCF facilities shall comply with size requirements established for structure-mounted facilities and ground-mounted temporary WCF facilities shall comply with size requirements for antenna support structures as established in RZC 21.04.2230.E, General Development Standards.
D. General Siting Criteria.
1. RZC 21.76.070.AD, Wireless Communication Facilities, identifies zoning districts, standards and the review process for wireless communication facilities.
2. New antenna support structures shall:
a. Comply with the siting standards and hierarchy set forth in the following subsections.
b. Not be permitted within public rights‐of‐way unless the applicant can demonstrate that alternative locations outside the right‐of‐way are not feasible.
c. Not be permitted if an existing antenna support structure is in a higher priority location within one‐quarter mile and such existing structure is suitable for attachment of an antenna or collocation, unless the applicant demonstrates that the alternative location is not feasible. The applicant shall provide a map showing all existing antenna support structures and existing structure-mounted facilities housing WCFs located within one‐quarter mile of the proposed site.
3. New antenna support structures for macro cell facilities and small cell facilities located outside public rights‐of‐way and macro cell facilities located within public rights‐of‐way shall be sited within the zoning districts of the City according to the following siting hierarchy, with (a) being the highest (most preferable) ranking site and (i) being the lowest (least preferable) ranking site. New antenna support structures for small cell facilities located within public rights‐of‐way shall be sited according to the siting hierarchy established in RZC 21.04.2230.D. New antenna support structures must be located on the highest ranking site unless the applicant can demonstrate that the site is not technically feasible or available given the location of the proposed structure and the network need. This demonstration shall be provided in a report prepared by a qualified licensed radio frequency engineer, professional engineer, or a professional with training in the field of wireless communications facility siting. In order of ranking, from highest to lowest, the sites are:
a. Attached to an existing legally established antenna support structure or structure-mounted facility with an existing WCF.
b. Attached to a structure-mounted facility on sites used exclusively for business park, general commercial, industrial or manufacturing park uses within the BP, GC, I and MP zones.
c. Attachment to a structure-mounted facility, such as a water tower, within all zoning districts.
d. Attached to a structure-mounted facility on sites used exclusively for manufacturing, research and development, commercial, and office uses in the mixed-use, commercial, Downtown, and Overlake zoning districts. Within these zoning districts, the highest to lowest ranking sites are I, MP, BP, CMU, UMU, OBAT, OV, and Downtown zones.
e. On institutional structures, places of worship, and other nonresidential structures located in residential zones.
f. Attached to multifamily residential structures in the NMF zoning district. Wireless communication facilities attached to residential structures are not permitted in any Neighborhood zoning district other than NMF.
g. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within BP, CMU, I and MP zones.
h. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within all zones except BP, CMU, I, MP, UR, RA‐5, NR and shoreline areas.
i. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within UR, RA‐5, NR and shoreline areas. See RZC 21.04.2230.G for additional requirements. Antenna support structures located within NR are subject to special exceptions outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.G.
4. New antenna support structures for small cell facilities located within public rights‐of‐way shall be in accordance with the following siting hierarchy, with (a) being the highest (most preferable) ranking site and (h) being the lowest (least preferable) ranking site. A new small cell facility must be located on the highest ranking site unless the applicant can demonstrate that the site is not technically feasible or available given the location of the proposed structure and the network need. This demonstration shall be provided in a report prepared by a qualified licensed radio frequency engineer, professional engineer, or a professional with training in the field of wireless communications facility siting. In order of ranking, from highest to lowest, the sites are:
a. Placement of small cell facility on existing or replacement utility poles, light poles or miscellaneous poles in nonresidential zones.
b. Placement of small cell facility on existing or replacement utility poles, light poles or miscellaneous poles in residential zone.
c. Attachment of a small cell facility on an existing structure-mounted facility or existing antenna support structure which has an existing WCF in any zone.
d. Placement of a small cell facility on a new light pole when pole design standards are met and a lighting analysis is submitted showing the need and correct placement for a new light pole.
e. Placement on a structure-mounted facility in any zone.
f. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within BP, CMU, I and MP zones.
g. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within all zones (except BP, CMU, I, MP, UR, RA‐5, NR and shoreline areas).
h. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within UR, RA‐5, NR and shoreline areas. See RZC 21.04.2230.G for additional requirements. Antenna support structures located within the NR zone are subject to special exceptions outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.G.
E. General Development Standards.
1. All wireless communication facilities shall be installed and operated in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission and in compliance with the development standards set forth in the following subsections:
a. Large Satellite Dish Antenna(s).
i. Shall not be located within front or side yard building setback areas. Shall be located outside of any required landscaped area and preferably located in service areas or other less visible locations.
ii. Ground-mounted and roof-mounted antennas are allowed in all zones except for Urban Recreation (UR) zones and Neighborhood zones where only ground-mounted antennas are allowed. Ground-mounted antennas shall not exceed 12 feet in diameter and 15 feet in height, including their bases measured from existing grade. Roof-mounted antennas shall not exceed 12 feet in diameter and 15 feet in height, including their bases measured from the roof line.
iii. Mountings and satellite dishes shall be no taller than the minimum required for obtaining an obstruction‐free reception window.
iv. Construction plans and final construction of the mounting bases of all large satellite dish antenna(s) shall be approved by the City’s Building Division.
b. Amateur Radio Towers.
i. Towers in all zones shall not be located within any easements, front, side, or rear yard building setback areas. Shall be located at a point farthest from lot lines as feasible, or the point farthest from residential structures on abutting properties. Towers located in Semi‐Rural (RA‐5) zone, UR, and COS zones shall be located in the yard of the residence and avoid using land that is available for crops, pasturage, or other agricultural activities.
ii. Ground-mounted and roof-mounted antennas are allowed in all zones. Ground-mounted towers shall not exceed 65 feet in height unless a proposal demonstrates that physical obstructions impair the adequate use of the tower. Telescoping towers may exceed the 65‐foot height limit only when extended and operating.
iii. The combined structure of a roof‐mounted tower and antenna(s) shall not exceed a height of 25 feet above the existing roof line. Within the Shoreline Jurisdiction, the height limit for ground‐mounted and roof-mounted towers and antennas, inclusive of building height, is 50 feet (SMP). Screening shall be restricted to a height limit of no more than 15 feet above the existing or proposed roof.
iv. Mountings and amateur radio towers shall be no taller than the minimum required for the purposes of obtaining an obstruction‐free reception window.
v. Construction plans and final construction of the mounting bases of amateur radio towers covered by RZC 21.04.2230 shall meet the structural design requirements of RZC 21.04.2230 and shall be approved by the City’s Building Division.
vi. Applications shall document that the proposed tower and any mounting bases are designed to withstand wind and seismic loads as established by the International Building Code.
c. Macro Cell Facilities and Small Cell Facilities Located on Structure-Mounted Facilities and Associated Equipment Enclosures.
i. Macro cell facilities and small cell facilities shall be structure-mounted only (rooftop or facade) under RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.c.i. Standalone ground-mounted facilities are not allowed and associated equipment enclosures may be roof- or ground-mounted. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures shall not be located within public rights‐of‐way and shall not be permitted in any public easements or building setback areas.
ii. Associated aboveground equipment enclosures for macro cell facilities shall be minimized, and shall not exceed 240 square feet (e.g., 12 by 20 feet) unless operators can demonstrate that more space is needed.
iii. Associated aboveground equipment enclosures for small cell facilities shall be minimized, and shall not exceed a footprint of 16 square feet (e.g., four by four feet) unless operators can demonstrate that more space is needed.
iv. Where an antenna is to be mounted on the roof of a building, the combined antenna(s) and all associated equipment and required screening shall not extend more than 15 feet above the existing or proposed roof structure. Attachments to residential structures are not permitted in any residential zoning district other than NMF.
v. New Antenna Support Structures for Small Cell Facilities and Macro Cell Facilities and Associated Equipment Enclosures.
A. New antenna support structures shall be ground-mounted only and shall not be located in any setback areas on private and public property.
B. In all zones except for UR and Neighborhood zones, the combined height inclusive of antennas shall not exceed 85 feet, except when collocation is specifically provided for, then the new antenna support structure shall not exceed 100 feet. New antenna support structures located within public rights‐of‐way shall be limited to 50 feet in height inclusive of antennas.
C. In UR and Neighborhood zones, the combined height inclusive of antenna(s) shall not extend more than 15 feet above the maximum height of the zone for which it is proposed to a maximum of 60 feet. A height increase of 15 feet may be allowed by the Administrator when collocation is specifically provided. New antenna support structures located within public rights‐of‐way shall be limited to the maximum height allowed in the underlying zone.
D. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures outside the public rights‐of‐way shall not exceed a footprint of 240 square feet (e.g., 12 by 20 feet) for macro cell facilities and 16 square feet (e.g., four by four feet) small cell facilities unless operators can demonstrate that more space is needed.
E. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures, unified camouflage designs and associated transmission equipment (excluding antennas but including all conduit), and all other wireless equipment associated with the antennas and any preexisting associated equipment on the pole shall be of the minimum size possible and shall not exceed 28 cubic feet.
F. Placement of a new antenna support structure shall be denied unless the applicant can demonstrate through an alternative site analysis or other supporting documentation that other existing WCF sites and the siting hierarchy per RZC 21.04.2230.D.3 and D.4 were considered and are either not technically feasible or available.
G. Special exceptions per RZC 21.04.2230.G apply to locate a new antenna support structure in UR, RA‐5, and NR zones or within shoreline areas of the City or to exceed height limits in any zone.
d. Small Cell Facilities Attached to Existing and Replacement Utility Poles (Excluding Light Poles) and Miscellaneous Poles.
i. Antennas and pole‐top extenders to the extent allowed by RZC 21.04.2230.F shall not extend more than 15 feet above the top of pole or electrical lines, if any. Additional height may be allowed to meet the pole owner’s separation requirements. Antenna canisters or shrouds on top of a utility pole shall not exceed 16 inches in diameter or three inches outside the diameter of the existing/replacement pole, whichever is greater, measured at the top of the pole. Pole‐top antenna canisters or shrouded panel antennas on miscellaneous poles shall not exceed more than three inches outside the diameter of the existing/replacement pole measured at the top of the pole. An increase in diameter may be allowed for pole‐top antennas if compatible with the pole design.
ii. Distribution utility poles shall be limited to a maximum height of 50 feet inclusive of antennas measured above grade unless additional height is required by the pole owner.
iii. Transmission utility poles shall be limited to a maximum height extension of 15 feet unless additional height is required by the pole owner.
iv. Miscellaneous poles shall be limited to a maximum height of 35 feet.
v. When additional height is required to meet separation requirements of the pole owner, the applicant shall be required to submit a letter from the pole owner specifying the height required for antennas attached to the top of pole or the height required for the pole.
vi. Replacement poles shall be limited to a 25 percent increase in diameter measured from the base of the existing pole to accommodate conduit routed through the inside of the pole or to allow the placement of equipment enclosures in the base of the pole. A minimal increase above the 25 percent limit may be allowed to accommodate more equipment inside the pole. Any increase in diameter is subject to meeting ADA requirements, sight distance triangles, sidewalk clearance requirements and other applicable requirements.
vii. Replacement poles shall be located within five feet of the existing pole and shall be placed in a location that meets all applicable City standards.
viii. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures are not permitted in public rights‐of‐way except for pole-mounted equipment or when incorporated into street furniture (including but not limited to mailboxes, garbage cans and benches and other similar features), the base of a pole or other similar concealment techniques.
ix. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures, unified camouflage designs and associated transmission equipment (excluding antennas but including all conduit), and all other wireless equipment associated with the antennas and any preexisting associated equipment on the pole (excluding antennas) shall be of the minimum size possible and shall not exceed 28 cubic feet for equipment on utility poles and three cubic feet for equipment on miscellaneous poles.
x. Vertical clearance shall be reviewed by the Public Works Department and verified by the underlying utility owner to ensure that structures will not pose a hazard to other users of the right‐of‐way.
e. Small Cell Facility Attached to Existing, Replacement and New Light Poles.
i. Antennas on top of the light pole are not to extend more than six feet above the height of the existing pole and shall be equal to the diameter of the existing/replacement pole. An increase in diameter for pole‐top canister antennas or shrouded panel antennas may be allowed if compatible with the pole design when the applicant demonstrates it is the minimum diameter necessary to meet technical requirements. Antennas may extend beyond six feet up to a maximum of 10 feet if the applicant can demonstrate that more space is needed.
ii. Replacement poles shall be limited to a 25 percent increase in diameter measured from the base of the existing pole to accommodate conduit routed through the inside of the pole or to allow the placement of equipment enclosures in the base of the pole. A minimal increase above the 25 percent limit may be allowed to accommodate more equipment inside the pole. Any increase in diameter is subject to meeting ADA requirements, sight distance triangles, sidewalk clearance requirements and other applicable requirements.
iii. Replacement poles shall be located within five feet of the existing pole and shall be placed in a location that meets all applicable City standards.
iv. New light poles are allowed when determined necessary through a lighting analysis and when illumination design standards and pole standards are met. New light poles shall be the same height as other nearby light poles of the same pole design. A minimal increase in diameter may be allowed to accommodate conduit routed through the inside of the pole or to allow the placement of equipment enclosures in the base of the pole subject to meeting ADA requirements, sight‐distance triangle and other applicable requirements.
v. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures, unified camouflage designs and associated transmission equipment (excluding antennas but including conduit), and all other wireless equipment associated with the antennas and any preexisting associated equipment on the pole, shall be of the minimum size possible and shall not exceed 28 cubic feet for enclosures.
vi. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures outside public rights‐of‐way shall not exceed a footprint of 16 square feet (e.g., four by four feet) for small cell facilities unless applicants can demonstrate that more space is needed.
vii. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures are not permitted in public rights-of-way except for pole-mounted equipment or when incorporated into street furniture (including but not limited to mailboxes, garbage cans and benches and other similar features), the base of a pole or other similar concealment techniques.
viii. Small cell facilities are prohibited on all traffic signal poles.
ix. Vertical clearance shall be reviewed by the Public Works Department and verified by the underlying utility owner to ensure that the structures will not pose a hazard to other users of the right‐of‐way.
f. Macro Cell Facility Attached to Existing and Replacement Utility Poles.
i. Antennas shall not extend more than 20 feet above the top of the pole or electrical lines, if any. Additional height may be allowed to meet the pole owner’s separation requirements. An increase in diameter for pole‐top canister antennas or shrouded panel antennas may be allowed if compatible with the pole design when the applicant demonstrates it is the minimum diameter necessary to meet technical requirements.
ii. Distribution utility poles shall be limited to a maximum height of 50 feet inclusive of antennas measured above grade unless the existing pole is taller or unless additional height is required by the pole owner.
iii. Transmission utility poles shall be limited to a maximum height extension of 15 feet. A maximum height of 100 feet inclusive of antennas may be allowed if required by the pole owner or as required to match the height of the existing pole.
iv. When additional height is required to meet separation requirements of the pole owner, the applicant shall be required to submit a letter from the pole owner specifying the height required for antennas attached to the top of pole or the height required for the pole.
v. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures, unified camouflage designs and associated transmission equipment (excluding antennas but including conduit), and all other wireless equipment associated with the antennas and any preexisting associated equipment on the pole shall be of the minimum size possible and shall not exceed 28 cubic feet for enclosures.
vi. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures outside public rights‐of‐way shall not exceed a footprint of 240 square feet (e.g., 12 by 20 feet) unless operators can demonstrate that more space is needed. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures for macro cell facilities are not permitted within the rights-of-way, unless in an underground vault.
vii. Replacement poles shall be located within five feet of the existing pole and shall be placed in a location that meets all applicable City standards.
viii. Macro cell facilities are prohibited on utility poles along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets.
2. Macro cell facilities are prohibited on all light poles, miscellaneous poles and traffic signal poles in all public rights‐of‐way. Macro cell facilities are prohibited on utility poles along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway, and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets.
3. No wireless communication facility shall be used for the purposes of signage or message display of any kind, other than signage required by FCC regulations, or as specifically approved as stealth concealment.
4. Rooftop antenna(s) and all associated rooftop equipment shall be restricted to a height limit of no more than 15 feet above the existing or proposed roof unless otherwise specified.
5. A professional engineer licensed by the State of Washington shall certify in writing, over his or her seal, that both construction plans and final construction of the WCF are designed to withstand wind and seismic loads as established by the International Building Code.
F. Design Standards for Wireless Communication Facilities.
1. Compliance Required. All wireless communications facilities shall comply with the design standards set forth in the following subsections:
2. Large Satellite Dish Antenna(s).
a. Aluminum mesh dishes should be used whenever possible instead of a solid fiberglass type.
b. Screening shall be as high as the dish if technically feasible or shall be as high as the center of the dish. Full screening shall be provided as high as the dish if the proposed location abuts an adjoining residential zone.
c. Ground-Mounted. Screening shall be provided with one or a combination of the following methods: solid fencing, walls, landscaping or structures, to block the view of the facility as much as possible. Chainlink fencing with slats shall not be permitted unless in combination with a Type I visual landscape screen (90 percent solid or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting. When landscaping alone is proposed for screening purposes, a Type I visual screen as specified above is required. Landscaping for the purpose of screening shall be maintained in a healthy condition.
d. Roof-Mounted. Shall be placed as close to the center of the roof as possible. Screening shall be of a material and design compatible with the building, and can include penthouse screening, parapet walls, or other similar screening.
e. To the extent technically feasible and in compliance with safety regulations, specific paint colors shall be required for camouflage purposes.
3. Amateur Radio Towers.
a. The tower shall be painted to camouflage the facility with its surroundings when technically feasible and when in compliance with safety regulations.
b. Ground-Mounted. Screening shall be provided for all associated ground-mounted equipment with one or a combination of the following methods: solid fencing, walls, landscaping or structures, to block the view of the facility as much as possible. Chainlink fencing with slats shall not be permitted unless in combination with a Type I visual landscape screen (90 percent solid or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting. When landscaping alone is proposed for screening purposes a Type I visual screen as specified above is required. Landscaping for the purpose of screening shall be maintained in a healthy condition.
c. Roof-Mounted. Screening shall be placed as close to the center of the roof as possible. Screening shall be of a material and design compatible with the building, and can include penthouse screening, parapet walls, or other similar screening.
4. Macro Cell Facilities and Small Cell Facilities Located on Structure-Mounted Facilities and Associated Equipment Enclosures.
a. Antenna arrays located on existing buildings or other structures and associated equipment shall be screened to block the view of the antennas as much as possible and specific paint colors shall be required for camouflage purposes.
b. Antenna arrays for macro and small cell facilities mounted on rooftops of mixed-use, commercial, multifamily and other similar structures shall be fully screened. Screening shall be of a material and design compatible with the building, and can include penthouse screening, parapet walls, or other similar screening. Omnidirectional antennas shall be of a color compatible with the roof, structure or background. Antenna arrays attached to residential structures are not permitted in any residential zoning district other than NMF.
c. Antenna(s) for small cell facilities attached to a building facade shall be flush-mounted, mimic the facade they are attached to by use of color and materials and/or use other stealth tactics and shall not project above the facade wall on which they are mounted. Antenna arrays for macro cell facilities are not permitted on any building facade other than water towers.
d. Macro cell facilities and small cell facilities are prohibited on any historic landmark.
e. Operators shall consider undergrounding equipment if technically feasible or placing the equipment within existing structures.
f. Aboveground equipment enclosures for antenna(s) located on a building shall be located within the building, on the building rooftop, or on the sides or behind the building and screened to the fullest extent possible. Screening of associated aboveground equipment enclosures shall be of a material, color and design compatible with the building to appear as part of the building and/or a Type I visual screen, as shown in RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be created around the perimeter of the equipment enclosure. Landscaping for the purpose of screening shall be maintained in a healthy condition.
g. The use of concrete or concrete aggregate shelters is not allowed in UR, RA‐5 and R zones.
h. Any fencing required for security shall meet screening codes in the same manner as applied to screening for mechanical and service areas in RZC Chapter 21.45, Solid Waste Storage and Collection.
5. New Antenna Support Structures for Small Cell Facilities and Macro Cell Facilities and Associated Equipment Enclosures.
a. For macro cell facilities stealth technology shall be required using structures such as monopines (that mimic a native tree), slimline poles, flagpoles or other similar poles. The pole type chosen shall blend with existing characteristics of the subject site when located outside public rights‐of‐way or shall blend with the streetscape and street poles when located within public rights‐of‐way. Glulam poles may be allowed if compatible and only when blended with existing characteristics such as mature trees and/or other existing wooden poles. The new antenna support structure shall be painted to blend with the background of the surrounding environment. Guyed and lattice antenna support structures are prohibited.
b. For small cell facilities located in the rights-of-way, applicants shall use utility or lightpoles that have a similar or compatible design to existing neighboring utility or light poles in the rights-of-way.
c. Antennas shall be internal to the pole or placed in a canister at the top of the pole, if technically feasible; otherwise, external antenna mounts are allowed and shall be flush-mounted. Unified camouflage designs concealing antennas and equipment within a single enclosure meeting dimensional requirements as specified in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.c.v.E are permitted. If standoff mounts or brackets are used such mount or bracket shall be located as close to the pole as technically feasible; however, in no case shall the mount or bracket extend more than 12 inches off the pole, measured from the inside edge of the antenna to the surface of the pole.
d. Full concealment of antennas, equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment is required for all poles when located along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway, and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets. Equipment enclosures shall be fully concealed within the base of the pole, inside the pole or incorporated into street furniture, park furniture and/or other similar features and structures whenever technically feasible. Mounting to the exterior surface of the pole is not allowed unless camouflaged to appear as an integrated part of the pole.
e. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment shall be allowed after considering full concealment inside the pole. Pole-mounted equipment shall be located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Equipment enclosures shall be limited to a maximum of one enclosure per pole, unless the applicant can demonstrate that multiple equipment enclosures will provide less of a visual impact. The primary equipment enclosure may not exceed the size parameter outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.c.v.E. If photo simulations show that all equipment located outside an enclosure will provide less of a visual impact then no enclosures shall be required.
f. Equipment enclosures and transmission equipment mounted to the exterior surface of the pole shall be painted to match the pole and existing or required signage (such as but not limited to no parking signs and other similar signage) shall be utilized to conceal equipment whenever possible within public rights-of-way. The antennas and equipment shall not dominate the structure upon which it is attached and shall be visually concealed utilizing color and compatible material to camouflage the facility.
g. Collocations shall be prohibited for macro cell facilities located within public rights‐of‐way, except where fully concealed within a stealth or slimline pole.
h. Cable and/or conduit shall be routed through the inside of all poles.
i. A Type I visual screen (90 percent solid barrier or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be required for any ground equipment enclosure located within a new compound/lease area outside public rights-of-way. Landscaping for the purpose of screening shall be maintained in a healthy condition. The use of concrete or concrete aggregate shelters is not allowed in UR, RA‐5 and R zones. Any fencing required for security shall meet screening codes in the same manner as applied to screening for mechanical and service areas in RZC Chapter 21.45, Solid Waste Storage and Collection.
j. Within the Shoreline Jurisdiction, additional screening shall be provided through plantings or double rows of native conifers surrounding the base of the structure (SMP).
6. Small Cell Facility Attached to Existing and Replacement Utility Poles (Excluding Light Poles) and Miscellaneous Poles.
a. Except for wooden utility poles, antennas shall be internal to the pole whenever technically feasible; otherwise, external antenna mounts are allowed and shall be flush mounted to the surface of the pole. Unified camouflage designs concealing antennas and equipment within a single enclosure meeting dimensional requirements as specified in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.d.ix are permitted. If standoff mounts or brackets are used such mount or bracket shall be located as close to the pole as technically feasible; however, in no case shall the mount or bracket extend more than 12 inches off the pole, measured from the inside edge of the antenna to the surface of the pole, unless otherwise required by the pole owner. Side arm brackets are prohibited.
b. Antennas attached to the top of a miscellaneous pole shall be flush mounted as close to the top of the pole as technically feasible. Antennas shall be shrouded or screened to blend with the pole except for canister antennas which shall not require screening. Canister antennas or shrouding or other similar screening material shall be compatible with the pole and shall be painted to match the pole. Pole extensions and other such mounting hardware attached to the top of the pole shall be centered to the top of the pole. All cabling and mounting hardware/brackets from the bottom of the antenna to the top of the pole shall be fully concealed and integrated with the pole.
c. Antennas attached to the top of a utility pole and associated mounting hardware such as pole toppers or pole extenders are not allowed unless they are canister antennas or designed to blend with the pole. Pole extensions and other such mounting hardware attached to the top of the pole shall be centered to the top of the pole and shall substantially match the diameter of the pole. Canister antennas or shrouding or other similar screening material shall be compatible with the pole and painted to match the pole. All cabling and mounting hardware/brackets from the bottom of the antenna to the top of the pole shall be concealed.
d. Full concealment of antennas, equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment is required for all poles when located along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway, and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets. Equipment enclosures shall be fully concealed within the base of the pole, inside the pole or incorporated into street furniture, park furniture and/or other similar features and structures whenever technically feasible. Mounting to the exterior surface of the pole is not allowed unless camouflaged to appear as an integrated part of the pole.
e. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment shall be allowed after considering full concealment inside the pole. Pole-mounted equipment shall be located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Equipment enclosures shall be limited to a maximum of one enclosure per pole, unless the applicant can demonstrate that multiple equipment enclosures will provide less of a visual impact. The primary equipment enclosure may not exceed the size parameter outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.d.ix. If photo simulations show that all equipment located outside an enclosure will provide less of a visual impact then no enclosures shall be required.
f. Equipment enclosures and transmission equipment mounted to the exterior surface of the pole shall be painted or tinted to match the pole and existing or required signage (such as but not limited to no parking signs and other similar signage) shall be utilized to conceal equipment whenever possible within public rights-of-way. The antennas and equipment shall not dominate the structure upon which it is attached and shall be visually concealed utilizing color and compatible material to camouflage the facility.
g. Attachment of additional small cell facilities to a utility pole which has an existing small cell facility attached shall be permitted on utility poles if located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact.
h. Cable and/or conduit shall be routed through the inside of all poles except for wooden poles where cable and/or conduit shall be allowed on the outside of the pole. The outside conduit shall be painted to match the pole and shall comply with the engineering standards of the pole owner.
i. New poles for the sole purpose of accommodating WCFs shall be reviewed as a new antenna support structure.
7. Small Cell Facilities Attached to Existing, Replacement and New Light Poles.
a. Antennas shall be internal to the pole whenever technically feasible; otherwise, external antenna mounts are allowed and shall be flush mounted to the surface of the pole. Unified camouflage designs concealing antennas and equipment within a single enclosure meeting dimensional requirements as specified in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.e.v are permitted. If standoff mounts or brackets are used such mount or bracket shall be located as close to the pole as technically feasible; however, in no case shall the mount or bracket extend more than 12 inches off the pole, measured from the inside edge of the antenna to the surface of the pole, unless otherwise required by the pole owner. Side arm brackets are prohibited.
b. Antennas attached to the top of the pole shall be flush mounted as close to the top of the pole as technically feasible. Antennas shall be shrouded or screened to blend with the pole except for canister antennas which shall not require screening. Canister antennas or screening/shrouding for all other antennas shall be painted to match the pole. Pole extensions and other such mounting hardware attached to the top of the pole shall be centered to the top of the pole. All cabling and mounting hardware/brackets from the bottom of the antenna to the top of the pole shall be fully concealed and integrated with the pole.
c. Full concealment of antennas, equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment is required for all poles when located along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway, and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets. Equipment enclosures shall be fully concealed within the base of the pole, inside the pole or incorporated into street furniture, park furniture and/or other similar features and structures whenever technically feasible. Mounting to the exterior surface of the pole is not allowed unless camouflaged to appear as an integrated part of the pole.
d. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment shall be allowed after considering full concealment inside the pole. Pole-mounted equipment shall be located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Equipment enclosures shall be limited to a maximum of one enclosure per pole, unless the applicant can demonstrate that multiple equipment enclosures will provide less of a visual impact. The primary equipment enclosure may not exceed the size parameter outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.e.v. If photo simulations show that all equipment located outside an enclosure will provide less of a visual impact then no enclosures shall be required.
e. Equipment enclosures and transmission equipment mounted to the exterior surface of the pole shall be painted or tinted to match the pole and existing or required signage (such as but not limited to no parking signs and other similar signage) shall be utilized to conceal equipment whenever possible within public rights-of-way. The antennas and equipment shall not dominate the structure upon which it is attached and shall be visually concealed utilizing color and compatible material to camouflage the facility.
f. A Type I visual screen (90 percent solid barrier or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be required for any equipment enclosure located within a new compound area outside public rights‐of‐way.
g. Cable and/or conduit shall be routed through the inside of all poles.
h. Replacement and new light poles shall meet City design standards.
i. New poles for the sole purpose of accommodating WCFs shall be reviewed as a new antenna support structure except for when deemed necessary through a lighting analysis submitted by the applicant and when illumination design standards and pole standards are met.
8. Macro Cell Facility Attached to Existing and Replacement Utility Poles.
a. External antenna mounts are allowed and shall be flush mounted. Unified camouflage designs concealing antennas and equipment within a single enclosure are permitted. If standoff mounts or brackets are used such mount or bracket shall be located as close to the pole as technically feasible. Side arm brackets are prohibited.
b. Antennas attached to the top of a utility pole and associated mounting hardware such as pole toppers or pole extenders are not allowed unless they are canister antenna or designed to blend with the pole. Pole extensions and other such mounting hardware attached to the top of the pole shall be centered to the top of the pole and shall substantially match the diameter of the pole. Canister antennas or shrouding or other similar screening material shall be compatible with the pole and painted to match the pole. All cabling and mounting hardware from the bottom of the antenna to the top of the pole shall be concealed.
c. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment shall be allowed after considering full concealment inside the pole. Pole-mounted equipment shall be located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Equipment enclosures shall be limited to a maximum of one enclosure per pole, unless the applicant can demonstrate that multiple equipment enclosures will provide less of a visual impact. The primary equipment enclosure may not exceed the size parameter outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.f.v. If photo simulations show that all equipment located outside an enclosure will provide less of a visual impact then no enclosures shall be required.
d. Equipment enclosures and transmission equipment mounted to the exterior surface of the pole shall be painted to match the pole and existing or required signage (such as but not limited to no parking signs and other similar signage) shall be utilized to conceal equipment whenever possible within public rights-of-way. The antennas and all associated equipment shall not dominate the structure upon which it is attached and shall be visually concealed utilizing color and compatible material to camouflage the facility.
e. Attachment of additional wireless facilities to a utility pole which has an existing wireless facility attached shall be permitted on utility poles if located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Canister antennas attached to the top of the pole shall be stacked as technically feasible.
f. A Type I visual screen (90 percent solid barrier or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be required for any equipment enclosure located within a new compound area outside public rights‐of‐way.
g. Cable and/or conduit shall be allowed on the outside of the pole. The outside conduit shall be painted to match the pole and shall comply with the engineering standards of the pole owner.
h. New poles for the sole purpose of accommodating WCFs are reviewed as a new antenna support structure.
G. Special Exceptions.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide for the granting of special exceptions when adherence to all development and design standards of this chapter would result in a physical or technical barrier which would block signal reception or transmission or would otherwise be an effective prohibition of wireless services.
2. Applicability.
a. A special exception is required whenever an applicant desires to:
i. Vary from the height, location, or setback limitations on the siting of amateur radio towers; or
ii. Vary from the setback limitations for antenna support structure; or
iii. Locate a new antenna support structure within the UR, RA-5, and NR zones or within the shoreline areas of the City; or
iv. Exceed the height limit on structured-mounted facilities; or
v. Vary from the setback, size, screening, landscape, and service area requirements for large satellite dishes in all zones; or
vi. Requests to exceed the height limit for a proposed new or replacement antenna support structure in any zone.
b. The special exceptions provided in RZC 21.04.2230 do not apply to variations from the International Building Code.
c. A variance pursuant to RZC Chapter 21.76, Review Procedures, is required for variations from applicable zoning regulations not described in this section.
3. Procedures.
a. A request for a special exception shall be processed in conjunction with the permit approving the wireless communication facility and shall not require any additional application or fees. The final approval authority for granting of the special exception shall be the same as that for the permit approving the antenna(s) location.
b. Upon review of special exception requests, the approval authority shall consider first those standards having the least effect upon the resulting aesthetic compatibility of the antenna(s) or tower with the surrounding environment. The approval authority shall review setback, size, screening requirements, and height limits.
c. The decision-making body for review of a special exception shall be the Technical Committee.
4. Special Exception Decision Criteria.
a. The applicant shall justify the request for a special exception by demonstrating that the exception is requested for technological or aesthetic reasons or that the obstruction or inability to receive or transmit a communication signal is the result of factors beyond the property owner’s or applicant’s control, taking into consideration potential permitted development on adjacent and neighboring lots with regard to future reception window obstruction or other necessary facility design requirements. Pictures, drawings (to scale), maps and/or manufacturer’s specifications, and other technical information as necessary, should be provided to demonstrate to the City that the special exception is necessary.
b. The applicant for a special exception shall demonstrate that the proposed materials, shape, and color of the antenna(s) will, to the greatest extent possible, minimize negative visual impacts on adjacent or nearby residential uses and recreational uses in the Agriculture and Urban Recreation zones and shoreline areas. The use of certain materials, shapes and colors, and landscaping may be required in order to minimize visual impacts.
c. Large Satellite Dish Antenna(s) – Special Exceptions. In addition to the general criteria for approval of special exceptions, the following criteria apply to large satellite dishes:
i. Urban Recreation, Semirural, Residential Zones and Shorelines (SMP).
A. Modifications to requirements for setback, size, screening, and maximum height limit may be considered by special exception. If a special exception from the height limit for a ground-mounted dish is requested, the height of the dish shall be limited to a maximum of 18 feet.
B. Only if these modifications would still block an electromagnetic signal shall rooftop location be considered. If a special exception is sought to obtain a rooftop location, the diameter of the dish shall be limited to six feet and maximum permitted height shall be 15 feet above the roofline. The approval authority may require the applicant to place the antenna(s) in an area on the roof which takes into consideration view blockage and aesthetics, provided there is a usable signal.
ii. Other Zones.
A. Ground-Mounted Antenna(s). Exceptions to be first considered shall be from setback, landscape and service area requirements, size and screening requirements. Only if these waived regulations would still block an electromagnetic signal shall a special exception from height requirements be considered. If a special exception is sought to vary from the height limit, the height of the dish shall be limited to a maximum of 20 feet.
B. Roof-Mounted Antenna(s). The first exception to be considered shall be the center-of-roof requirement; the second exception shall be from the size and screening requirements, respectively. Only if these waived regulations would still result in a block of the signal shall a special exception from height requirements be considered. A special exception from the height limit shall be allowed up to a maximum of 20 feet above the existing or proposed structure. The approval authority may require the applicant to place the antenna(s) in an area on the roof which takes into consideration view blockage and aesthetics, provided there is a usable signal and structural considerations allow the alternative placement.
d. Additional requirements for locating a new antenna support structure in UR, RA-5, or shoreline areas; or proposals to exceed height limits for a proposed antenna support structure in any zone:
i. An applicant will be required to provide an evaluation of alternative sites during this process.
ii. An amplified public involvement process shall be required and shall be conducted and paid for by the applicant. The purpose of the public involvement process is to involve the persons within the zone of likely and foreseeable impacts, and to determine potential mitigation measures that would make siting of that facility more acceptable.
A. The applicant shall propose an acceptable public involvement plan to be reviewed and approved by the Administrator.
B. The public involvement process shall be initiated within 45 days of the issuance of a notice of application.
iii. In addition to meeting the criteria established in RZC 21.04.2230.E and 21.04.2230.F, the following criteria shall be used to make a determination on the application:
A. The impact of the facility including the design and operation on the surrounding uses, the environment and the City has been minimized;
B. The proposal considers possible mitigation measures that can be developed which would make siting the facility within the community more acceptable.
H. Technical Evaluation. In addition to the specific technical evaluations required in this section, whenever the Administrator determines that technical expertise, evaluation, or peer review is required in order to determine whether an application meets the requirements of this section, the Administrator may require that an applicant provide such expertise, evaluation, or review at the applicant’s expense, or the Administrator may obtain such expertise, evaluation, or peer review on the Administrator’s own and may require that the applicant pay the cost of such expertise, evaluation, or review.
The selection of the third-party expert shall be by mutual agreement between the applicant and the City; such agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld by either party. The third-party expert shall have recognized training and qualifications in the field of radio frequency engineering.
The expert review is intended to be a site‐specific analysis of technical aspects of the wireless communication facility and other matters as described herein. In particular, but without limitation, the expert shall provide a recommendation on the location and height of the proposed facility relative to the applicant’s technical and system design parameters. Such review shall address the accuracy and completeness of the technical data, whether the analysis techniques and methodologies are legitimate, the validity of the conclusions and any specific technical issues outlined by the City or other interested parties. Based on the results of the third-party review, the City may require changes to the application for the wireless communication facility that comply with the recommendations of the expert.
I. Cessation of Use. An antenna support structure or wireless communication facility shall be removed by the owner if operation of the same ceases for a period of 12 consecutive months or if the facility falls into disrepair and is not maintained. Disrepair includes structural features, paint, landscaping, or general lack of maintenance which could result in safety or visual impacts. Whenever a wireless communications facility ceases operation or falls into disrepair as provided in this section, the entire facility shall be removed, including but not limited to all antennas, antenna supports, feeder lines, equipment enclosures, all associated equipment, conduit, and the concrete pad upon which the structure is located. This requirement does not extend to the removal of a utility pole, light pole or miscellaneous pole. All permits issued for new antenna support structures and equipment enclosures under this chapter shall be conditioned upon removal as required in this section. (Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The following provisions authorizing and regulating certain temporary uses are intended to permit temporary uses and structures when consistent with the Zoning Code and when safe and compatible with the general vicinity, critical areas protections, and adjacent uses. Temporary uses are not to be permitted in order to avoid otherwise applicable development requirements, permits or fees.
B. Applicability.
1. Temporary uses are permitted throughout all zones provided they meet the purpose and decision criteria in this section. This section also describes the types of temporary uses, their permitted duration and associated permit type. Establishment of a temporary use which meets the criteria of this section shall not require any other type of land use approval. Other permits from the City may be required to comply with the Redmond Municipal Code.
2. The following types of temporary uses, activities and associated structures may be authorized, subject to specific limitations noted herein and as noted in RZC 21.04.4000.E, Decision Criteria:
a. Temporary or seasonal retail sales not associated with a permanent, on-site use, such as uses that are not otherwise limited, including Christmas tree lots.
b. Food trucks and other mobile services vendors unless specifically exempt.
c. Vending carts/kiosks.
d. Temporary outdoor dining on private property (when located in public right-of-way, permits are issued under RMC Title 12 and no temporary use permit is required).
f. Temporary uses not listed in this section may be classified by the Administrator when it is found that the proposed uses are within the scope of this section.
C. Exemptions.
1. The following activities and structures are exempt from requirements to obtain temporary use approval. Substantive requirements applicable to any use identified in this subsection shall still be met. Additional land use approvals or other permits may be required.
a. Manufactured homes, portable units, modular structures, travel trailers when used as a dwelling while a residential building on the same lot is being constructed or when a damaged residential building is being repaired, if adequate sewer and water are available.
b. Manufactured homes, portable units, modular structures, or travel trailers when used to support construction or site development.
c. Guests of Redmond residents in recreational vehicles when in compliance with RZC 21.40.010.G, Parking and Storage of Recreational, Utility, and Commercial Vehicles and Vessels in Residential Neighborhoods.
d. Temporary recycling and collection events that meet all of the following requirements:
i. Containers and structures shall be located on private property and not on public rights-of-way. The property owner’s approval must be obtained, and the Planning Department notified that the event will be located at that site;
ii. Structures shall not interfere with traffic circulation or visibility at intersections;
iii. The property owner’s name and telephone number shall be clearly posted on site; and
iv. If located in a parking area, the structures or containers shall take up no more than three parking stalls. One collection structure and associated staff booth are allowed in parking lots of 200 stalls or less and one additional container and staff booth for every additional 200 stalls.
e. Model homes or apartments and related real estate sales and display activities located within the subdivision or residential development to which they pertain.
f. Garage sales, moving sales, and similar activities for the sale of personal belongings when operated not more than three days in the same week and not more than twice in the same calendar year. Allowed in all residential zoning districts.
g. Fundraising car washes that meet the requirements for discharge of wastewater established by the City of Redmond Environmental and Utility Services Division.
h. Motorized catering that remains at one location for no more than three hours per day.
i. Mobile services that:
i. Are located outside the public right-of-way and not located on on-street parking;
ii. Are located at a site for no more than 14 total days over a period of three months;
iii. Are not located in required drive aisles or any area that would impede emergency or ADA access; and
iv. Are located on a lot with no more than one other mobile service vehicle at any given time.
j. Circuses, carnivals, fairs, or similar transient amusement or recreational activities. Such uses are subject to RMC Chapter 5.28, Carnivals, Circuses and Amusement Activities.
k. Activities, vendors and booths associated with City of Redmond-sponsored or authorized special events which have an approved special events permit.
l. Weekend (Saturday and Sunday) only, warehouse sales in Business Park, Manufacturing Park, and Industry zones, when held no more than once a month in an existing facility.
D. Temporary Use Permit Duration and Administration.
1. Temporary uses will have different permit administration requirements depending on the duration of the temporary use as described below:
Table 21.04.4000.D.1. Temporary Use Permit Duration and Required Permit Type
Duration1 | Permit Type |
|---|---|
Short-Term or Seasonal 0 – 6 months | Type I2 |
Medium-Term 6 – 18 months | Type II |
Long-Term 18 – 60 months | Type V3 |
Notes:
1Effective duration of a temporary use permit can be extended without necessitating additional permitting in the event of a manmade or natural disaster or emergency declaration which necessitates the extension of a previous approved temporary use permit.
2Temporary uses that occur seasonally on an annual basis may be processed over the counter upon the subsequent year’s renewal provided the first year’s business was processed under a Type I review and the proposal is substantially the same as the previous year.
3A long-term temporary use permit may be renewed; provided, that:
a. The permit renewal must be applied for in advance of the expiration of the original term;
b. The permit renewal shall follow the procedures for a Type V review pursuant to RZC 21.76.050.J;
c. The applicant shall pay a renewal fee equal to that prescribed by Council resolution for a new long-term temporary use permit;
d. The application for renewal meets the decision criteria outlined in RZC 21.04.4000.E;
e. The renewal may be conditioned upon the construction or installation of such improvements that are necessary to serve the temporary use and to mitigate impacts of the temporary use, taking into account the duration of the use; and
f. A long-term temporary use permit may be renewed for one or more additional two-year renewal terms if the conditions of this subsection are met at the time of such renewal.
2. Upon expiration of the initial term of a short- or long-term temporary use permit or upon the expiration of any renewal term of a temporary use permit:
a. The temporary use shall immediately cease; and
b. The property on which the use was located shall be restored as nearly as practicable to the state it was in prior to commencement of the temporary use.
E. Decision Criteria.
1. Temporary uses may be authorized only when all the following determinations can be made:
a. The temporary use will not impair the normal, safe, and effective operation of a permanent use on the same site.
b. The temporary use will not significantly impact public health, safety or convenience, or create traffic hazards or congestion, or otherwise interrupt or interfere with the normal conduct or uses and activities in the vicinity.
c. The temporary use will not be materially detrimental to the surrounding uses in terms of traffic, noise, and other external effects.
d. Temporary uses shall not be allowed as a mechanism to avoid otherwise applicable development requirements, permits or fees.
2. General Conditions.
a. A temporary use conducted in a parking facility shall not occupy or remove from availability more than 25 percent of the spaces required for the permanent use.
i. Up to 40 percent of the parking spaces required for the permanent use may be occupied with the submittal and approval of an alternative parking plan.
b. Each site occupied by a temporary use must provide or have available sufficient parking and vehicular maneuvering area for customers or other users. Such parking need not comply with RZC 21.40.010.G, Parking and Storage of Recreational, Utility, and Commercial Vehicles and Vessels in Residential Neighborhoods, but must provide safe and efficient interior circulation and ingress and egress to and from public rights-of-way.
c. The temporary use shall comply with all applicable standards of the Seattle-King County Health Department.
d. No temporary use shall occupy or use public parks in any manner unless specifically approved by the Parks Department.
e. All temporary uses shall obtain, prior to occupancy of the site, all applicable City of Redmond permits, licenses and other approvals (e.g., business license, building permit, administrative approvals, etc.).
f. The applicant for a temporary use shall supply written authorization from the owner of the property on which the temporary use is located.
g. Each site occupied by a temporary use shall be left free of debris, litter, or other evidence of the temporary use upon completion of removal of the use.
h. All materials, structures, and products related to the temporary use must be removed from the premises between days of operation on the site; provided, that materials, structures, and products related to the temporary use may be left on site overnight between consecutive days of operation. By virtue of having been in consistent operation prior to the existence of the ordinance codified in this chapter, the open air craft and farmers market operation, commonly known as the Saturday Market, shall be allowed to store structures on site between weekly activity of the market, but such structures must be reviewed by the Administrator annually and permission to leave them in place between market sessions may be denied if they become a visual blight, safety, or health problem. They shall be removed at the end of the permit period.
i. Additional conditions may be established as necessary to ensure land use compatibility and to minimize potential impacts on nearby uses. These include, but are not limited to, time and frequency of operation, temporary arrangements for parking and traffic circulation, requirement for screening or enclosure, and guarantees for site restoration and cleanup following temporary uses. (Ord. 3220)
A. An encampment temporary use permit shall be valid for a five-year period based on the following criteria:
1. Once approved, the encampment may occur at the host site for a maximum of four consecutive months per visit, with at least three consecutive months between visits, and for not more than six months in any calendar year. The site plan and conditions that were originally approved shall remain unchanged for each visit;
2. The encampment shall comply with the provisions outlined in this section;
3. All conditions of approval were fulfilled during the previous stay; and
4. The proposed host site shall not be within 1,000 feet of another approved host site.
B. Temporary encampments must also meet the following criteria:
1. The applicant shall apply for a temporary use permit at least 30 days before the planned opening of the temporary encampment.
2. The encampment shall be limited to a maximum of 100 persons. After the encampment reaches its 100-person capacity, individuals who arrive after sundown (and meet all screening criteria) will be allowed to stay for one night, after which they will not be permitted entry until a vacancy is available. Such occurrences shall be logged and reported to the City on a weekly basis.
3. The temporary encampment use permit may be revocable at any time if the encampment is found to be noncompliant with this section or conditions placed upon the permit.
4. The encampment, parking of any vehicles, or parking of tiny homes associated with the application shall not displace the minimum or required parking of the principal use on the host site as required by code or previous approvals unless an alternative parking plan has been approved by the Administrator.
5. The temporary encampment managing agency shall maintain a resident log for all who are residing at the encampment. Such log shall be kept on site at the encampment. Prospective encampment residents shall be asked to provide a reasonable form of identification when signing the log. Adequate information must be submitted by the encampment resident, sponsoring host, or organization group to allow for the Redmond Police Department to perform an active warrant and sex offender status check. Individuals identified as having an active warrant will not be allowed to stay at the encampment. For sex offender checks, the managing agency retains the authority to allow such offenders to remain on the property; provided, that required reporting requirements are followed.
6. The sponsoring host and organization group shall submit an operating agreement and code of conduct.
7. The Administrator may impose additional conditions for the purpose of maintaining the health, safety, and welfare of people in and around the temporary encampment, relating but not limited to any or all of the following:
a. Encampment resident code of conduct;
b. The presence of minors in the encampment;
c. The provision of transportation to/from the encampment; and
d. Setbacks and screening.
C. Temporary encampments shall be processed as a Type I permit with the following modifications:
1. A notice of application shall be mailed and posted on site meeting the standards outlined in RZC 21.76.080.B, Notice of Application.
2. A minimum of one major land use action sign shall be posted on site meeting the requirements outlined in RZC Appendix 6, Extraordinary Notice Requirements.
3. Prior to the decision on the application for a temporary encampment, the Administrator shall require that a neighborhood meeting be held.
4. With the exception of mailed notice, the provisions of RZC 21.04.4010.C shall only apply to the initial application. A mailed notice shall be sent prior to each stay in accordance with RZC 21.76.080.B.
5. The initial application shall be processed as a Type I permit. Subsequent stays within the allowed five-year period shall only require administrative review.
6. Emergencies. The Administrator may waive these requirements when a natural or manmade disaster necessitates the immediate establishment of a temporary encampment. (Ord. 3220)
See RZC Chapter 21.57, Permanent Supportive Housing, Transitional Housing, Emergency Shelters, and Emergency Housing. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. To implement the Comprehensive Plan for complete neighborhoods and vibrant, active spaces throughout the community.
B. Applicability.
1. Standards applicable for all mobile vendors working from a motorized vehicle.
2. See kiosk and mobile carts for nonmotorized mobile vendor requirements.
C. Food trucks and other mobile vendors may operate on private property in all zones where food trucks are permitted with the permission of the property owner and a shared restroom agreement.
D. Operation may be open to customers from 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. except in neighborhood zones operation shall not exceed eight hours per day and four days per week.
E. All mobile vendors must comply with RMC Title 6, Health and Sanitation, and requirements of the Seattle-King County Health Department. (Ord. 3220)
A. Shall not locate in required parking, landscaping, or drive aisle area, or any area that would impede emergency access.
B. Within the Shoreline Jurisdictions of Bear Creek and the Sammamish River, limited to uses associated with water enjoyment.
C. Shall not reduce or interfere with functional use of walkway or plaza to below standards of Americans with Disabilities Act.
D. Structures shall be secured to prevent tipping and endangering public safety.
E. Maximum size is six feet wide by 10 feet long.
F. Administrative design review required for structures. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The City recognizes that land, structures, and uses of land and structures which do not conform to the Redmond Zoning Code can become nuisances, can disrupt the orderly development of the City, and can create unsafe, hazardous, and unhealthful conditions. The City also recognizes that the eventual elimination of existing legal nonconforming uses and structures assists in the implementation of the Comprehensive Plan and benefits the health, safety, and welfare of the community. It is the intent of this chapter to establish regulations and procedures which ensure that the elimination of legal nonconforming uses and structures occurs as fair and orderly as possible and with justice to property owner(s) and business operator(s).
B. Scope.
1. The requirements and thresholds established within this section apply only to development standards regulated by the Planning Department.
2. For requirements and thresholds established by the Department of Public Works, see RZC Chapter 21.17, Adequate Public Facilities and Undergrounding of Utilities.
3. For requirements and thresholds established by the Fire Department, see RMC Chapter 15.06, Fire Code.
4. For requirements and thresholds established by the Building Division, see RMC Title 15, Buildings and Construction, and associated referenced documents.
5. Nothing in this chapter shall prohibit the establishment of special regulations for specific nonconforming uses and structures regulated by other sections of the RZC. Such regulations may provide for the retirement or amortization of those specific uses and structures.
C. Legal Nonconforming Lots of Record. Lots of record that do not conform to the dimensional requirements of the RZC may be used as otherwise permitted if they were legally created and were in conformance with the prior zoning code, or were a legal nonconformance under that code.
D. Continuance of Legal Nonconformities. Legal nonconforming uses and structures, as defined in RZC Article VII, Definitions, may continue to be used and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, except as otherwise provided in RZC 21.68.150.B, Amortization of Off-Premise Signs Within the Shoreline, or RZC 21.12.505.C, Incremental Redevelopment Provisions. The use and maintenance is permitted as a result of vested rights obtained through the legal establishment of the nonconforming use or structure.
E. Conditional Uses. Any use which was originally established in a zone by right and has since been reclassified as a conditional use in that zone shall obtain approval through the conditional use review procedure, as is required before the expansion of the use or any structure related to the use.
F. Maintenance. Ordinary and routine maintenance and repair of a legal nonconforming structure and structures containing a nonconforming use, such as painting or plumbing repair, shall be permitted as necessary to ensure the protection of general health, safety, and welfare. All legal nonconforming uses and structures are subject to all applicable property maintenance and substandard building laws.
G. Abandonment of Rights to Nonconformities.
1. All rights to a legal nonconforming use are lost:
a. If the use is changed; or
b. If the use is abandoned for 12 months; or
c. If the structure housing the nonconforming use is demolished or rebuilt as defined in RZC Article VII, Definitions, except as provided in RZC 21.76.070, Land Use Actions and Design Criteria.
2. All rights to nonconforming parking shall be lost if the primary structure on the lot is demolished or rebuilt as defined in RZC Article VII, Definitions. Rights shall not be lost if a building is merely vacated for less than one year.
H. Restoration. Any building containing a nonconforming use or any nonconforming structure may be repaired and restored to its nonconforming state if the need for repairs or restoration shall be the result of fire, explosion, earthquake, imminent public hazard, replacement of underground fuel tanks, vandalism, or other accidental destruction. Such restoration shall comply with the following conditions:
1. Level of Restoration. The damaged use or structure may be repaired to the area and footprint of the previous use or structure. In the case of total destruction or need for underground fuel tank replacement, a new structure may be established to the same area or footprint of the previous use or structure. Alternatively, the structure may be built to a more conforming area or footprint.
2. Time Limit. Building permits for the repair or restoration of the structure must commence within 18 months of the event causing damage to the structure, and the repairs must be diligently pursued until completed.
I. Alteration or Expansion of a Nonconformance.
1. General. The alteration or expansion of a legal nonconforming use or structure is prohibited unless it does not increase the degree of nonconformity, or unless it is specifically permitted through an official action as stated in RZC 21.76.050, Permit Types and Procedures, or RZC 21.12.505.C Incremental Redevelopment Provisions. (See RZC 21.68.200.B, Nonconformances, for nonconforming shoreline structures.) The alteration or expansion of a legal nonconforming use or structure is prohibited for land uses and activities listed in RZC 21.64.050.C, Prohibited Land Uses and Activities in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II.
2. Bringing Nonconforming Structures Into Compliance. A legal nonconforming structure shall be brought into full compliance with the RZC when alteration or expansion of the structure takes place, and the following takes place within any three-year period:
a. The gross floor area of the structure is increased by 100 percent or more; or
b. The costs stated on all approved building permit applications for the structure equal or exceed the value of the existing structure at the beginning of that three-year period.
3. Bringing Nonconforming Landscaping and Pedestrian System Area into Compliance. A nonconforming landscaping or pedestrian system area shall be brought into compliance with RZC Chapter 21.32, Landscaping, and RZC 21.10.300, Public Realm Standards, in accordance with the following:
a. When the gross floor area of the structure is increased by 100 percent or more; or
b. The costs stated on all approved building permit applications for the structure equal or exceed 100 percent of the value of the existing structure at the beginning of that three-year period. The percentage (by value) of the required landscaping or pedestrian system to be installed shall be determined in the same manner as the value of the existing structure.
c. For the purposes of RZC 21.04.5000.I.3.a and I.3.b, improvements shall not include those improvements required by the City for health and safety reasons, nor ordinary repair and maintenance.
d. The Technical Committee shall have the authority to specify the location and phasing sequence of the landscaping or pedestrian system improvements which fall under this section.
4. Abatement of Public Nuisances. Regardless of any provisions in this section, any nonconformance found to be a public nuisance shall be terminated.
5. Prior Nonconformance. Any nonconformance, which under the prior zoning ordinance was nonconforming and was required to terminate by a certain date, shall continue to be subject to the amortization provisions of the prior zoning ordinance.
6. Illegal Uses or Structures. Illegal uses or structures have no vested rights, and no rights or privileges are conferred upon such uses or structures by this section. Illegal uses and structures shall either be brought into legal conforming status or shall be removed.
J. Legislative Enactments. Nothing in this title or the permit processing procedures shall limit the authority of the City Council to make changes to the City’s Comprehensive Plan as part of an annual revision process or to make changes to the City’s development regulations.
K. Calculation of Time. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all times established in RZC are indicated as calendar days, not working days. (Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.500)
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Transit-oriented development (TOD) focus areas are used in conjunction with incentive programs and design guidelines and other tools to achieve the following goals:
A. Implement the vision and policies for TOD and equitable TOD (eTOD) as set forth in the Redmond Comprehensive Plan and neighborhood plans;
B. Improve social and economic opportunity for current and future residents with close proximity to high-frequency transit access by:
1. Maximizing the number of homes and affordable homes near light rail and high-frequency bus routes;
2. Improve housing and job access to households earning a broad range of incomes; and
3. Improve access to public spaces and private developments for people with disabilities and other special needs through:
a. The application of inclusive and universal design principles for public realm elements; and
b. Through increased production of accessible housing units; and
C. Create opportunities to co-locate public safety facilities and community services and amenities. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
The TOD Focus Area for the Overlake Metro Center is as shown in Map 21.05.120.A.
Map 21.05.120.A |
|---|
|
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Cultural heritage plays an invaluable role in developing a deeper understanding and awareness of our shared history. Redmond is committed to safeguarding the historical, social, and economic value of its neighborhoods to strengthen understanding and appreciation of our significant places and cultures. These aspects can take the form of tangible and intangible resources.
Cultural districts are distinguished by unique social and historical associations and living traditions. While they have physical geographic boundaries, the cultural districts are primarily identified by the activities that occur within them, including commerce, services, arts, events, and social practices.
Development incentives for contributing features are provided for in RZC Chapter 21.55. The Redmond Arts and Culture Commission shall serve as an advisory body to the Redmond Planning Commission for revisions to the items that qualify as contributing features for incentive purposes. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. The Overlake Village Intercultural District shall be established in the area shown in Map 21.05.220.A.
Map 21.05.220.A |
|---|
|
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Marymoor Village is a place of importance to many local tribes since time immemorial and has been a place of occupation as well as a gathering place for trade and community for centuries. The Marymoor Arts and Cultural District seeks to honor and share local tribes’ connection to the land through placemaking standards, partnerships with local tribes on housing and other services, and incentives for contributing features and services.
2. The Arts and Cultural District continues to focus on local arts-based business as well as highlighting opportunities for unique architectural and public art features, activities, and events that contribute to neighborhood quality of life and economic diversity of our community.
B. The Marymoor Arts and Cultural District is shown in Map 21.05.230.B.
Map 21.05.230.B |
|---|
|
C. Inclusive Neighborhood Pilot Project. The Marymoor Arts and Cultural District boundaries shown in Map 21.05.230.B also define the boundaries of the Marymoor Village inclusive neighborhood pilot project. The universal design standards in RZC 21.58.2000 shall apply to all development within this district. See related incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55 and universal design incentives in RZC Appendix 12. (Ord. 3220)
Reserved. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. A noise overlay area where nonresidential uses will adjoin residential areas is established. The purpose is to protect new residential development from potential significant noise impacts from nonresidential uses.
B. Applicability. The Southeast Redmond Noise Overlay area is located as shown on Map 21.05.310B, Southeast Redmond Noise Overlay. The overlay shall be 350 feet wide. Where the overlay is shown over right-of-way, the centerline of the right-of-way shall be the center point of the overlay. Where the overlay is shown over a zone boundary, the center point of the overlay shall be zone boundary.
1. Requirements. Development within the overlay area shall meet the following requirements:
a. New or expanding industrial, manufacturing, and business park uses shall provide noise restricting techniques such as earthen berms, locating noisiest activities farthest from residential areas, and providing densely vegetated open space between residential and more intensive uses to protect existing and future residential development from potential significant noise impacts.
b. Operations and/or business activities that generate significant noise impacts, such as heavy truck traffic at nighttime with loading and unloading, should be restricted from the noise overlay area.
Map 21.05.310.B |
|---|
Note: Online users may click the map for a full-size version in PDF format. |
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. To allow for limited commercial uses to support the nearby manufacturing, industrial, and residential uses while maintaining the primary purpose of the underlying Manufacturing Park zone. See RZC 21.04.0200, table notes 15 and 16 for uses allowed in the Overlay area.
B. Manufacturing Park Overlay. The Manufacturing Park Overlay is shown in Map 21.05.400.B, Manufacturing Park Overlay.
(Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Set performance standards and create transition areas as a means of implementing the policies of the Redmond Comprehensive Plan promoting land use compatibility;
2. Use techniques such as citywide development and performance standards in order to minimize potential conflicts between abutting higher and lower intensity zones; and
3. Regulate site design, construction, uses, and site operations in transition areas within higher intensity zones in order to protect the character of abutting lower density zones.
B. Transition Overlay Areas.
1. Transition Overlay regulations shall apply to those portions of “complying zones” within the Transition Overlay area, as designated in Table 21.05.600.B, Protected and Complying Zones.
2. The Administrator may waive some or all of the regulations of RZC 21.05.600 where a proposed development in a complying zone consists of uses and activities whose noise, glare, light trespass, outdoor storage, and other similar site and building impacts are equal to or less than what is allowed for development in the abutting protected zone. Where such a waiver is granted, the proposed development in the complying zone must:
a. Comply with site requirements for the abutting protected zone as shown in the Development Standards section of the zone chapter for the abutting protected zone;
b. Provide a site plan and perimeter landscaping plan that protects development in the abutting protected zone from adverse impacts resulting from the proposed development; and
c. Restrict the uses and activities of the proposed development to those on which the waiver was based.
Notwithstanding the above, the City may impose select requirements of this section where it determines that doing so would mitigate adverse impacts resulting from the proposed development.
3. Transition Overlay development standards shall apply in addition to the development standards applicable in the underlying zone. Where there is a conflict between the standards, the most restrictive shall apply.
4. Property in complying zones rezoned to a protected zone on or after April 14, 2007, shall not be designated “protected,” as designated in Table 21.05.600.B, nor shall property in zones that would otherwise be designated “complying” as a result of that rezone be designated as such. Instead, the developer of the property rezoned to a complying zone shall have the responsibility of providing within the property’s own boundaries protections that would otherwise be accorded to “protected” zones in this chapter. Those protections would buffer uses in protected zones from, and mitigate the impacts associated with, uses typical of complying zones, which may include, but are not limited to, various manufacturing, assembly, warehouse, entertainment, and other uses that operate both at day and at night, at noise levels consistent with existing regulations governing complying zones. The mitigation may be achieved through visual and audio screening, increased setbacks, building placement, open space, landscaping, architectural screening, berms, fences, topographical separation, or other methods that meet the intent of this provision as determined by the Administrator.
5. Protected and Complying Zones.
Table 21.05.600.B. Protected Zones
Complying Zones (Required to Comply with Transition Overlay Regulations*) | Protected Zones (Protected by Transition Overlay Regulations) | ||
|---|---|---|---|
UR, COS, RA-5 | NR, NMU, ORS1 | NMF, OUMF, ORM2 | |
NMF, CMU | 150 to 300 ft Δ | 150 ft | |
OBAT, BP, MP, I | 150 to 300 ft Δ | 300 ft | 150 ft |
UMU | 150 to 300 ft Δ | 300 ft | 150 to 300 ft Δ |
TABLE NOTES:
Table Notes:
ΔWhere the Administrator determines that, because of potential adverse impacts resulting from allowed uses and intensities in the complying zone, the transition overlay regulations shall apply, the Administrator shall assign a Transition Overlay width up to 300 feet. The specific width of the Transition Overlay shall be the minimum width deemed necessary by the Administrator to be sufficient to protect development in the protected zone from the potential adverse impacts of the allowed uses and intensities in the complying zone.
*No Transition Overlay supplemental setback requirements for properties within the Overlake Metro Center or within a designation TOD Focus Area (see RZC 21.05.100) but building heights will be limited to 40 feet in the area where the setback would apply without this exception. Zoning district setbacks and build-to lines and other requirements may apply.
1ORS (Outside Redmond Single-Family) refers to primarily residential zones in neighboring jurisdictions that have an allowed density of eight or fewer housing units per gross acre.
2ORM (Outside Redmond Multifamily) refers to primarily small lot residential zones in neighboring jurisdictions that have an allowed density greater than eight units per gross acre.
6. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the Transition Overlay shall be located within the complying zone.
7. The Transition Overlay shall be measured at right angles along the boundary of the complying zone, except as described in RZC 21.05.600.B.8.
8. The Transition Overlay shall include the following areas within the protected zone:
a. Street and railroad rights-of-way;
b. The Sammamish River, parks or easements for park and open space uses owned by a public agency, and trail rights-of-way or corridors where a public agency owns or leases the right-of-way or corridor or has an easement or equitable servitude for the right-of-way or corridor;
c. Native Growth Protection Areas and easements or equitable servitudes with similar purposes; and
d. Undeveloped critical areas and their buffers where structure construction is generally prohibited through RZC Chapter 21.64, Critical Areas Regulations; provided, that the Technical Committee determines that the area is unlikely to ever be developed based on the nature and extent of the critical area.
C. Use, Operations, and Development Standards in a Transition Overlay.
1. Use and Operations Standards and Limitations in a Transition Overlay.
a. Outdoor nonemergency maintenance and testing activities may only take place from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Saturday. No maintenance and testing activities may take place on legal holidays. Emergency maintenance activities may take place at any time and on any day.
b. All exterior work activities ordinarily allowed by the underlying zone shall be prohibited except for the following uses: restaurants, plant nurseries, entertainment and recreation uses that are commonly performed outside, sales of motor vehicle fuels, car washes, parking lots, outdoor markets, and sidewalk sales. This regulation does not apply in transition overlay areas in the Industry zone.
c. Except for in the Industry (I) zone, no exterior storage of goods or materials shall be allowed within the Transition Overlay. Exterior storage of construction materials and construction equipment during temporary construction activities is allowed.
2. Site and Building Design Standards in a Transition Overlay.
a. Site Design Standards.
i. Uses shall be located on a site so as to minimize adverse impacts on protected zones.
ii. Streets, driveways, parking, parking structures, and other vehicle use areas shall be designed, located, constructed, and maintained to minimize the impacts on protected zones of noise, and direct and reflected light trespass. Joint use driveways shall be used where possible. Parking structures shall be designed and constructed to minimize light from cars and lighting within the structure spilling over or intruding into protected zones.
iii. New driveways, curb cuts, and streets shall be located, designed, and constructed to minimize cut-through traffic in protected zones. The Technical Committee may authorize an exception to this requirement when compliance would create an undue hardship on the applicant.
iv. Surface parking lots, loading areas, and refuse collection areas shall be located away from bordering protected zones and screened from street level views. This screening shall be done by placing the areas behind buildings or by the use of berms, hedges, walls, or equivalent or better methods. The Technical Committee may authorize an exception to this requirement when compliance would create an undue hardship on the applicant.
v. Loading and refuse collection areas shall not be located within a front setback.
vi. Nearby topography, vegetation, street patterns, parking configuration, building massing, and building and site design should be considered in order to result in a compatible fit between the proposed development and existing residential developments.
b. Building Design Standards.
i. Building surfaces and design shall minimize light reflecting into protected zones and allowing light from inside the building to intrude into residential zones. Glass curtain walls, metallic wall or roof coverings, or similar materials shall not face residential zones.
ii. Building facades visible from protected zones shall be stepped back or projected forward at intervals to provide a minimum of 40 percent facade modulation. The minimum depth of modulation shall be one foot and the minimum width shall be five feet.
3. Signs in a Transition Overlay.
a. Only freestanding and wall signs shall be permitted. Freestanding signs shall be affixed directly to the ground and be no higher than five feet from the finished grade.
4. Building Setbacks in a Transition Overlay.
a. The following table shows the required setback from property lines that border a protected zone or property lines adjacent to a street that borders a protected zone.
Table 21.05.600.C.4. Required Setbacks From Property Lines
i. This setback shall not apply to property lines bordering a multimodal corridor as designated in the Transportation Master Plan, or an arterial street served by all-day or peak-hour transit service.
ii. This setback shall not apply to property lines bordering the SR 520 right-of-way.
5. Maximum Height of Structures in a Transition Overlay.
a. Maximum Height of Structures (In Feet) With and Without Bonuses in a Transition Overlay.
Table 21.05.600.C.5.a. Maximum Height of Structures
Protected Zones | Maximum structure height in complying Zones (maximum height with bonuses shown in parenthesis) | ||
|---|---|---|---|
NMF, I | BP | MP, CMU, UMU | |
UR, COS, RA-5, NR, and ORS | 40 (50) | 35 (45) | 40 (45) |
NMF, NMU, CMU, and ORM | 50 (60) | 45 (55) | |
b. The maximum height of structures may be increased to the height shown in Table 21.05.600.C.5.a if one or more of the following features are provided and if the potential adverse impacts of the height increase on properties in the protected zone are mitigated. In no case shall the maximum height of structures set in Table 21.05.600.C.5.a be exceeded through this subsection.
Table 21.05.600.C.5.b. Features
Feature |
|---|
At least one-quarter of the on-site parking is provided in subterranean parking structures (not permitted in Critical Aquifer Recharge Area (CARA)). |
At least one-quarter of the on-site parking is located in parking structure(s) outside the transition zone. |
The building has a pitched roof. |
No mechanical equipment is located on the roof. |
The existing grade under the proposed building pad is at least 10 feet below the grade at the property lines of all properties in the protected zone that border the development site or are across the street from the development site. |
A landscape buffer at least 100 feet wide is provided along at least one public street bordering a protected zone. |
TDRs are used to increase building height. |
c. The maximum height of structures set in Table 21.05.600.C.5.a may be increased by the Administrator if all the following conditions are met:
i. The modified building height does not exceed the maximum height, without bonuses, permitted by the underlying zone for properties outside the transition overlay.
ii. The proposal, with the height modification, will provide an equivalent or better transition to the protected properties as the maximum height of structures without bonuses in Table 21.05.600.C.5.a.
6. Landscaping and Buffers in a Transition Overlay.
a. Required Buffers.
i. Landscape buffers at least 20 feet wide shall be provided in the following locations, unless otherwise provided in the Zoning Code:
A. Along property lines that border a protected zone.
B. Along street frontages where any portion of the street bordering the development site borders an N-R, ORS, or ORM zone.
C. Where the development site is zoned CMU, MP, or I, along the street frontages where any portion of the street bordering the development site borders an N-R through N-MF, ORS or ORM zone.
b. In addition to the requirements of RZC Chapter 21.32, Landscaping, the following planting requirements shall apply in all setbacks, open spaces, and buffers:
i. All significant trees within 15 feet of the property line where a required transition overlay buffer or setback must be provided shall be retained unless the removal is necessary for streets, sidewalks, or utilities.
ii. Where a CMU, UMU, MP, or I zone borders a neighborhood zone on an interior property line, an evergreen hedge a minimum of three feet in height at the time it is planted and capable of achieving a continuous visual screen with a height of four feet within three years shall be planted, or a combination of shrubs and a fence shall be added within the required planting area, to achieve the effect of a hedge.
c. Except as otherwise provided in this section, no structures shall be placed in required buffers.
i. Up to 20 percent of the buffer area may be used for streets, driveways, utility crossings, trails, or ground level features such as patios.
ii. Patios shall not be placed closer than 10 feet from the property line.
iii. No existing structure, except as noted in RZC 21.05.600.C.6.c.i and 21.05.600.C.6.c.ii shall be considered a legal nonconforming use.
d. Buffers may be counted towards required open space, required pervious surfaces, and other requirements that they meet. Except for trails, any impervious surfaces within the buffer shall not be counted towards fulfilling open space requirements. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Identify gateways to the City and establish design standards for them.
2. Establish design standards to protect view corridors identified in RZC Chapter 21.05. These are views from public spaces, such as parks, trails, or streets that have particular significance in preserving the unique character of the City of Redmond.
B. Scope and Implementation.
1. Scope. There are two sets of standards: Citywide public view corridor design standards and Shoreline Master Program view design standards. Citywide standards shall apply to all projects located in the City within any of the view corridors identified in this chapter. Additional standards shall apply within Shoreline Jurisdictions identified under RZC Chapter 21.68, Shoreline Master Program.
2. Implementation of Citywide Public View Corridor Design Standards.
a. Implementation of measures to protect the public view corridor shall take into consideration any undue economic hardship to both the public and private property owner.
b. When appropriate, factors such as the following should be considered:
i. The number of persons impacted, both by the view and by the measure to protect the view.
ii. The need for safety devices such as guardrails and whether these safety devices can be designed to maintain views through the device.
iii. The need for noise prevention measures such as sound walls which may obstruct such view corridors and whether alternate technologies such as sound deadening pavement are feasible.
c. Removal of existing view-obstructing barriers on public property, both built or caused by nonnative vegetation, by the City or the County shall be encouraged. When projects such as trail projects are reviewed, the Administrator shall have the ability to require removal of barriers located on the public property in direct relationship to the scope of the project.
d. Nothing in RZC Chapter 21.05 shall be construed to require the removal of existing trees to maintain an identified view.
e. When conflicts with site requirements arise, RZC 21.58.0020.C and D shall apply. However, RZC 21.58.0300, Alternative Design Compliance, shall apply if it can be shown that minor variations in site requirements would allow the intent of the view corridor regulations to be more fully achieved.
f. Views shall be determined at a point four feet above grade to ensure that the subject view corridor is preserved for the passerby.
C. Administration. Review of development on properties affected by these standards shall be by the Administrator.
D. Gateways Design. Gateways serve the function of identifying entrances to the City, including street and trail entrances. Future design shall take into consideration the wayfinding function of gateway designs. As opportunities arise, reduce the appearances of strip development at major City entrances and add landscaping and street trees to provide for a tree-lined or boulevard appearance where consistent with the vision for the zoning district set forth in the Comprehensive Plan and this Zoning Code.
E. Unidentified Public Views.
1. Criteria. Should additional views be identified through situations, such as annexation, creation of a view due to development/redevelopment, or during a public planning process, the following criteria will be used to adopt a public view corridor that would warrant protection:
a. The feature being viewed is strongly associated with the identity of the City of Redmond. An example is the Sammamish River.
b. The view is from a public space that is readily accessible to most of the public, such as from a public park.
c. The view will remain for an extended period and existing landscaping, pruned properly, or native vegetation will not obscure it in the future.
d. There is a reasonable means of protecting such a view.
e. The feature being viewed, or a significant portion of it in the case of lakes, rivers or mountain ranges, is able to be seen clearly.
2. Process. The addition of a new view corridor shall require a Zoning Code amendment.
F. Identification of Citywide Public View Corridors. Map 21.05.700.F identifies areas from which there are significant views from public spaces. Each area identified corresponds to a more detailed map/diagram and a narrative description that may be supplemented with photos/diagrams of the views to be preserved together with design guidelines to be used to protect that particular view.
Map 21.05.700.F |
|---|
Note: Online users may click the map for a full-size version in PDF format. |
1. View 1, Territorial View of the Sammamish Valley from Redmond-Woodinville Road Looking Northwest.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Territorial view of the open farmlands of the Sammamish Valley, including several parcels permanently protected as farmlands. Distant ridgelines enclose this view.
b. Improvements to portions of Redmond-Woodinville Road, within the approximately 1,100 feet area south of NE 124th Street as shown below, shall avoid the use of sight-obstructing guardrails or barriers along the western side of Redmond-Woodinville Road. Landscape materials shall not consist of hedges or street trees that would obscure entire lengths of the public view corridor. Low-lying plant materials are encouraged. If taller plant materials are used, they shall be clustered and clusters widely spaced to provide for continuous views to the Sammamish Valley.
View 1 |
|---|
|
2. View 2, Territorial View of the Sammamish Valley Along NE 116th Street.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. A territorial view of the Sammamish Valley and Mt. Rainier that can be seen along NE 116th Street from Willows Road to the York Bridge.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges or rows of trees are prohibited south of NE 116th Street in the Urban Recreation zone if the fencing or the height of the landscaping at mature growth would block views of the Sammamish Valley or of Mt. Rainier. The use of street trees or median dividers with hedges for roadway improvements is prohibited.
View 2 |
|---|
|
3. View 3, Territorial View of the Sammamish Valley Along Willows Road.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. A territorial view of the Sammamish Valley with distant ridgelines of Education Hill in the background, and a view of Mt. Rainier that can be seen along Willows Road from just north of the Willows Run Golf Course complex to the City limit.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges, or rows of trees are prohibited along the east edge of Willows Road or along property lines between the road and the Sammamish River. The use of street trees on the eastern edge or median dividers with hedges for roadway improvements is prohibited.
View 3 |
|---|
|
4. View 4, Puget Sound Energy Trail to Sammamish Valley.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Views are of the Sammamish Valley and the west ridgeline above the Sammamish Valley, beginning as one descends the trail on the Puget Sound Energy right-of-way almost to Redmond-Woodinville Road.
b. Trail fencing in this public view corridor should be kept to a minimum, be built low when feasible, use natural or natural-looking materials and colors, and use fence types, such as post and rail or split rail.
View 4 |
|---|
|
5. View 5, Reservoir Park.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. This view is a territorial view of the Sammamish Valley and distant ridgelines of Northeast Rose Hill from the Downtown to the northern border of the City from Reservoir Park. There are some interspersed trees, both conifer and deciduous, that break the ridgelines but do not obstruct the primary view.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges, or rows of trees are prohibited where they would obstruct views of the Sammamish Valley. Avoid planting evergreen trees or trees with broad canopies in areas of the park where they would occlude major portions of the view.
View 5 |
|---|
|
6. View 6, Downtown and Sammamish Valley from 148th Avenue NE.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Beginning approximately 500 feet south of the Redmond Way intersection, views of the Sammamish Valley and distant mountains are evident. Near the intersection, the details of Downtown development patterns become apparent. From the point north of Redmond Way, views are to the north and northeast to about halfway to the bottom of the hill.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges, or rows of trees are prohibited where they would obstruct views of the Sammamish Valley or Downtown. Signage located in this public view corridor shall be designed to minimize view obstruction.
View 6 |
|---|
|
7. View 7, Views Along the SR 520 Corridor.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Southbound, the SR 520 corridor has framed views of Mt. Rainier and northbound presents territorial views of Downtown Redmond, Marymoor Park, and the Cascade Mountain Range.
b. Transportation projects that involve structures, such as sound walls, bridges, or the addition of high capacity transit, shall submit an analysis for plan review of potential view obstruction and the possible means to mitigate this obstruction. Design proposals shall not call for complete obstruction of identified views unless it can be demonstrated that there is no reasonable alternative.
8. View 8, Cascade View Park and NE 40th Street.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. There are Cascade Range views from the north side of NE 40th Street and from locations within the Cascade View Park directly east from some vantages and to the northeast from others.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges, or rows of trees are prohibited where they would obstruct views across those portions of the park where the Cascade Range can be seen. Any additional structures, signs, or landscaping in the park should be designed to protect these views.
View 8 |
|---|
|
9. View 9, NE 24th Street and Viewpoint Open Space Park.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. From the top of the hill and from points entering the trail in the Viewpoint Open Space Park, views of the Sammamish Plateau and a very distant view of the Cascades are visible. From the trail the views are filtered but not completely obstructed by trees and vegetation.
b. The addition of signage along NE 24th Street that would obstruct views should be avoided. To enhance views from the Viewpoint Open Space Park, blackberry and nonnative vegetation removal is encouraged, and replacement shall be with native species that would maintain existing framed or filtered views from the park.
View 9 |
|---|
|
10. View 10, Lake Sammamish Along Idylwood Park.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Views are of Lake Sammamish from West Lake Sammamish Parkway alongside Idylwood Park. Views are from the sidewalk, bike lanes, and the roadway. Views are through existing vegetation and are more open on the northern half of the park.
b. Sight-obscuring objects such as fencing or hedges are prohibited with road projects along the eastern edge of West Lake Sammamish Parkway. Sight-obscuring objects such as fencing or hedges are prohibited within the park as well, and any additional structures, signs, or landscaping within the park shall be designed to protect views to the lake. Development along this stretch of the corridor shall also follow the shoreline view regulations.
View 10 |
|---|
|
11. View 11, Bear/Evans Creek Valley/Cascade Range from NE 80th Street and 172nd Avenue NE.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Where NE 80th Street curves north to turn into 172nd Avenue NE, a narrow public view corridor exists, following the existing electric lines, that overlooks the business park area; however, the primary view is of the Bear/Evans Creek Valley and to distant mountain peaks. The corridor extends nearly to Avondale Way.
b. Maintain the right-of-way/utility corridor for potential pedestrian use. Trail enhancements could create additional accessibility for the public to this view corridor. Undergrounding of utility lines would also enhance this view.
View 11 |
|---|
|
12. View 12, Bear/Evans Creek Valley.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Pastoral views of the Bear/Evans Creek Valley towards the east of the Bear/Evans Creek Valley extend nearly a half-mile along a stretch of Avondale Road just below the entrance to the Ashford Park Condominiums to just short of the Bear Creek crossing. The view is currently almost unobstructed with only a handful of single-family structures in the northern stretch.
b. Sight-obscuring fencing is prohibited along Avondale Road anywhere between the road and Bear/Evans Creek. Fences such as split rail would be allowed. Sight-obscuring fencing and tall hedge-like landscaping is prohibited in new development. Development along this stretch of the corridor shall also follow the shoreline view regulations.
View 12 |
|---|
|
13. View 13, Cascade Range from 172nd Avenue NE Trail.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. A panoramic view of the Cascade Range can be seen perpendicular to the trail corridor along the southern portion of the Redmond High School athletic field. The winter view is more open because the foliage is deciduous; however, the trees are spaced to provide views between them. There is a section of the trail between the end of the track to the bleachers (approximately 150 feet of trail frontage from NE 104th Street to the north) where the view is unimpaired by either landscaping or structures.
b. Ensure that any structures such as additional seating built in this public view corridor would allow views out over or through them. Solid fences high enough to be in the line of sight are prohibited. Fences, if constructed, shall be constructed of materials that allow views through them. Any additional landscaping placed within 25 feet of the east portion of the trail along this section shall be Type III or IV (low shrubs and ground cover) plant materials except that additional trees shall be prohibited. Blackberry removal along the existing fence is encouraged to prevent encroachment into the view.
View 13 |
|---|
|
14. View 14, Cascade Range from Westside Neighborhood Park and from NE 57th Street.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. A panoramic view of the Cascade Range can be seen from several locations within Westside Neighborhood Park as well as from NE 57th Street, east of 156th Avenue NE. The winter view is more open because the foliage is deciduous. However, existing tree locations and the easterly, downward slope of the park support mountain views. In particular, the most western portion of the park provides the most viewing opportunities.
b. Ensure that any structures built in this public view corridor allow views out over or through them. Sight-obscuring fencing is prohibited. Fences, if constructed, shall be sighted to minimize view obstruction and shall be designed and constructed of non-sight-obstructing materials that allow views through them. As needed or required, replacement of existing vegetation should occur using similar or site appropriate species located in similar manner to maintain staggered viewing opportunities. Any additional landscaping shall be Type III or IV (low shrubs and ground cover) plant materials.
View 14 |
|---|
|
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan vision for complete neighborhoods and vibrant mixed-use zones that provide a variety of housing choices in low and middle densities and opportunities to get access to services in residential neighborhoods.
2. Allow a mixture of residential and commercial uses along major corridors and transit routes outside of centers.
3. Retain vital commercial services while areas are transitioning to mixed-use.
B. There are three neighborhood zones: Neighborhood Residential (NR), Neighborhood Multifamily (NMF), and Neighborhood Mixed-Use (NMU). These zones allow for a variety of housing types and some commercial activity.
1. Neighborhood Residential Purpose. The Neighborhood Residential zone provides for primarily residential neighborhoods with a variety of housing types that serve households at a variety of income levels. The zone allows for different types of homes such as, but not limited to, detached single-family homes, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, fiveplexes, sixplexes, townhouses, stacked flats, courtyard apartments, and cottage housing. Some nonresidential uses are allowed to provide amenities to nearby residential uses and to support complete neighborhoods.
2. Neighborhood Multifamily Purpose. The Neighborhood Multifamily zone provides for multifamily residential neighborhoods on lands suitable for residential development. This designation provides for stable and attractive residential neighborhoods which have an urban character and a full range of public services and facilities. To complement the primarily residential nature of these zones and encourage complete neighborhoods, some nonresidential uses are allowed.
3. Neighborhood Mixed-Use Purpose. The Neighborhood Mixed-Use intent is to create complete neighborhoods. These are neighborhoods where most human needs are located within a comfortable walking distance. The zone allows for small commercial spaces such as corner stores and food and beverage.
C. Mixed-Use Zones. There are two citywide mixed-use zones: Corridor Mixed-Use (CMU) and Urban Mixed-Use (UMU). The integration of residential, commercial, and recreational spaces fosters vibrant, walkable, and economically robust areas that cater to the diverse needs of our community.
1. Corridor Mixed-Use Purpose. This zone accommodates a broad mix of commercial uses and low- to medium-density mixed-use housing along transit corridors.
2. Urban Mixed-Use Purpose. This zone creates vibrant, walkable, economically robust nodes outside of centers. The zone permits a broad mix of commercial, employment, retail, service, cultural, and residential uses in a walkable, urban format. These zones are appropriate for small to large-format commercial goods and services in a mixed-use setting and urban forms. (Ord. 3220)
A. For allowed uses, see RZC Chapter 21.04.
B. For incentives see:
2. RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing;
3. RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program.
C. For mandatory Green Building requirements, see RZC Chapter 21.67.
D. For design standards, see RZC Chapter 21.58.
E. For information on how to measure various site requirements like height and setbacks, see RZC Chapter 21.16, Site Requirements Measurement and Other Applicable Regulations. (Ord. 3220)
A. Incremental Redevelopment Provisions.
1. Applicability. Buildings, uses, and sites must comply with the provisions of RZC 21.04.5000, Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures, except as provided herein to allow for property owners to gradually transition to new standards.
2. Bringing Nonconforming Structures into Compliance. For building additions and remodels and associated site improvements, thresholds have been established to guide how the standards of this chapter are applied to such projects (see RZC 21.04.5000.I.).
3. Building Additions.
a. Front Addition. Any addition to the front of the building must comply with requirements in RZC 21.08.300, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings.
b. Rear Addition. Rear additions are permitted, provided they do not increase the degree of rear setback/build-to nonconformity.
c. Side Additions. Side additions are not permitted unless the proposed work results in the building meeting the requirements in RZC 21.08.300, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings. If no build-to requirements apply, side additions are permitted.
4. New Buildings Where Existing Building Remains in Place. New buildings and associated improvements must comply with RZC standards.
5. Administrative Design Flexibility for Additions, Remodels, or New Buildings Added to the Parcel.
a. Design flexibility for site layout, setbacks, and/or screening standards may be approved by the Administrator when the Administrator determines that:
i. The alternative would assist legal nonconforming structures to gradually come into compliance with new regulations or the proposed alternative removes a barrier to reinvestment; and
ii. The alternative meets the intent of the standards; and
iii. The alternative is designed in a manner that ensures that new investments do not impede future implementation of the standards of this chapter.
b. Publicly Accessible Open Space Design Alternative.
i. In the TOD focus area, the Administrator may consider the use of pedestrian-oriented publicly accessible open space in lieu of meeting setback or build-to requirements in the following circumstances:
A. The Administrator may approve the use of publicly accessible enhanced amenity spaces (PEAS) in lieu of some or all of the building addition meeting the requirements in RZC 21.08.200 and 21.08.300 subject to the design standards of RZC 21.08.150, 21.36.200, and RZC Chapter 21.58.
B. The placement of the proposed building or addition shall not conflict with any applicable requirements of RZC 21.76.070.P, Master Planned Development (MPD).
ii. Design Standards. To be approved by the Administrator as a publicly accessible open space design alternative, the open space must:
A. Provide a continuous pedestrian connection from the sidewalk to the front of the building. There shall be no parking or other interruptions between the open space and the building.
B. Average a minimum of 10 linear feet in width from interior edge of the sidewalk and provide an ADA compliant access along the entire path of travel from the sidewalk to the front entrance(s) of the building.
C. Comply with the requirements of RZC 21.36.400.C, Open Space Amenities, and D, Plazas, and the standards in RZC 21.36.200, Publicly Accessible Enhanced Amenities Spaces (PEAS).
iii. Publicly accessible open space design alternative for setback and build-to requirement flexibility may be used to meet minimum open space requirements for the parcel but is not eligible for open space incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55.
6. Buildings added to the site or other alterations or additions that comply with RZC 21.08.150 and do not impact the space used by the legal nonconforming use will not impact the use’s legal nonconforming status.
7. Expiration. This section automatically expires on December 31, 2029. (Ord. 3220)
A. All legal lots in Citywide Mixed-Use zones are allowed the greater of either the maximum allowed floor area ratio (FAR) or 10,000 square feet of buildings, provided all other applicable site requirements are met.
B. Table 21.08.200.B contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Neighborhood and Mixed-Use zones.
Table 21.08.200.B. Neighborhood and Mixed-Use Development Standards
Development Standards | Neighborhood Zones | Citywide Mixed-Use | References | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NR | NMF | NMU | CMU | UMU | ||
Base Maximum Dwelling Units Per Lot (w/o one on-site affordable housing unit) | 6 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | |
Base Maximum Dwelling Units Per Lot (with one on-site affordable housing unit) | 8 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | RZC 21.20.060.A.1, at least one affordable unit, affordable to households earning up to 80 percent AMI, must be provided on site on the same lot. |
Base Maximum FAR (w/o Incentives) | N/A | 1.1 1 | 0.6 1 | 2.0 1 | 4.5 1 | |
Maximum FAR with incentives | N/A | 1.5 / N/A | 1.0 2 / N/A | 3.0 / N/A | 6.5 / 8.0 | Portions of UMU zones qualify for Marymoor Village TOD incentives. See RZC Chapters 21.05 and 21.55. |
Commercial Square Feet | N/A | N/A | Min. 500 sq. ft. | N/A | No Net Loss 3 | |
Ground Floor Ceiling Height (minimum) | N/A | N/A | N/A | Applicable to nonresidential and mixed-use projects. | ||
Base Maximum Height (w/o Incentives) | 38 ft. | 60 ft. | 38 ft. | 45 ft. 6 | 60 FT 6 | • See RZC Chapter 21.58 for design standards options impacting maximum building height. • Portions of UMU zones qualify for Marymoor Village TOD incentives. See RZC Chapters 21.05 and 21.55. • See RZC Chapter 21.55 for incentive adjustments to building height. • See RZC 21.58.5200, Towers, for additional regulations regarding building heights and floorplates. |
Maximum Height with Incentives | N/A | N/A | N/A | 65 ft. / N/A 6 | 85 ft. / 144 ft. 6 | |
Maximum Impervious Surface | 70% 7 | 75% 7 | 70% 7 | 70% 7 | 75% 7 | |
50% / 60% 8 | 60% | 60% | 65% | 70% | ||
NOTES:
1The FAR may be calculated for the entire project then distributed across the site throughout multiple buildings and phases provided the maximum FAR is not exceeded. Where publicly accessible open space and amenities are provided on upper stories or rooftop, and spaces meet all requirements of RZC 21.36.400, the FAR for those spaces may be excluded from maximum FAR calculations when spaces include access to adjacent outdoor spaces designed per RZC 21.36.400, plaza and open space design criteria.
2Maximum FAR can be increased through incentives if the property contains one or more housing units. Incentives are not available for properties that do not contain housing. See RZC Chapter 21.55.
3New development must retain or replace existing commercial square footage (excluding hotel and lodging uses). Development may reallocate or modify areas allocated to commercial uses, subject to a minimum floor area and active pedestrian uses requirements to be negotiated as a condition to any development agreement.
4Exemptions from ground floor ceiling height requirements:
a. Buildings that do not contain nonresidential uses; and
b. Buildings where 100 percent of residential units are affordable housing units meeting the affordability threshold of RZC Chapter 21.20; and
c. Where buildings that are interior to the lot and not adjacent to a public parking garage, an urban pathway or other pedestrian-oriented sidewalks or pathways; and
d. Parcels zoned UMU within the Marymoor Village Center shall have a minimum 16-foot ground floor ceiling height to be consistent with the adjacent Marymoor Core zone.
5A minimum of 50 percent of the first floor nonresidential space must meet the minimum ceiling height. First floor nonresidential spaces shall have a ceiling height of 16 feet minimum for the entire first floor.
a. Where first floor ceiling height varies, the tallest ceiling heights shall be provided on street frontage, spaces fronting urban pathways and/or mid-block connections, and in parking garage loading/unloading and waste pickup areas.
b. For portions of the building that have a first floor ceiling height greater than 10 feet to meet minimum ground floor ceiling height requirements, the additional ground floor ceiling height may increase the maximum building height. For example, if first floor is 20 feet, the maximum building height increases by 10 feet (20 - 10 = 10 foot increase in max building height).
6Properties in the CARA
a. In the critical aquifer recharge area (CARA), construction methods for building foundation support will be limited to types that can be constructed to meet temporary construction dewatering (TCD) requirements of RMC Chapter 13.25.
b. Where underground parking is not possible due to RMC Chapter 13.25’s TCD limitations, the maximum building height may be exceeded by up to 12 feet if all of the following criteria are met:
i. The additional height is the result of building a maximum of one level of additional above-grade parking; and
ii. Proposed parking added by the additional height shall not exceed the maximum fully dedicated parking ratios in RZC Chapter 21.40; and
iii. The additional height on street frontages meets a 20 foot step-back to limit impacts to the pedestrian realm.
7Other regulations will impact the impervious surface area and may result in less than the maximum impervious area. These include but are not limited to critical areas requirements, open space and landscaping requirements, parking, mid-block connections, utility easements, and stormwater management.
8Lot coverage for structures maximum will be 60 percent of total area for lots which meet the following requirements:
a. The lot is 18,000 square feet or less; and
b. The lot contains at least three dwelling units.
C. Dimensional standards for the Neighborhood Residential zone are as shown on Table 21.08.200.C.
Table 21.08.200C. Maximum Total Gross Floor Area for All Structures Within the Lot
Standards | |
|---|---|
The maximum for the total square footage for all structures within the lot shall be determined by the quantity of dwelling units provided on the lot. Below grade floor area shall count toward maximum total gross floor area. | |
Provisions for the measuring of gross floor area for all structures within the Neighborhood Residential zone are described in RZC 21.16.200, Building Measurements and Placement Standards. | |
Total Number of Dwelling Units for All Structures on Lot | Maximum Square Footage for Total Structures |
1 | 4,500 |
2 | 6,000 |
3 | 7,500 |
4 | 9,000 |
5 | 10,500 |
6 | 12,000 |
7 | 13,500 |
8 | 15,000 |
(Ord. 3220)
A. Building and Street Relationships.
1. The table below sets standards that contribute to an attractive public realm.
2. Improvements less than 30 inches above grade, including decks, patios, walks and driveways are permitted in setbacks. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters, and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other applicable requirements are met. No other structures, including accessory structures, are permitted in setback areas.
3. Administrative design flexibility for setbacks is allowed for site-specific conditions that limit the ability to place the building at the street level, including but not limited to topography, easements, SR 520 ROW, or trails.
Table 21.08.300.A. Neighborhood and Mixed-Use Building Placement Standards
Development Standards | Neighborhood Zones | Citywide Mixed Use | References | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NR | NMF | NMU | CMU | UMU | ||
Front Setback Min. | 10 feet | 30 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | NMU reduced front setback for commercial spaces (2 feet) |
10 feet 1 | 15 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | ||
Side (Interior) Setback Min. | 3 feet 1 | 15 feet | 3 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | |
Rear Setback Min. | 5 feet | 10 feet | 5 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | |
N/A | N/A | 3 feet 2 | N/A | N/A | ||
2 feet | 4 feet | 2 feet | N/A | N/A | ||
Lake Sammamish Setback Min. | 35 feet | 35 feet | 35 feet | N/A | N/A | |
Building Separation Min. | 5 feet 1 | 15 feet | 5 feet | N/A | N/A | |
NOTE:
1Zero lot line exception: Standards may vary for developments that comply with the zero lot line regulations in RZC 21.16.200.D.
2If a residential garage door or carport faces the street front, the minimum driveway depth outside the building – measured from the outer edge of the existing or ultimate sidewalk, or from the right-of-way line, whichever is closer to the building – shall be at least 18 feet, to prevent vehicle parking on the driveway from overhanging into the sidewalk or right-of-way area.
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. Implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan vision for Downtown as a vibrant urban center.
1. Maintain and enhance Downtown Redmond by creating visually distinctive and human-scaled urban areas.
2. Accommodate job and housing growth.
3. Retain, locate, and promote existing businesses while attracting new business to create vibrant, bustling activity.
4. Encourage redevelopments and infill development that includes natural landscaping and open space.
5. Encourage a mix of residential and nonresidential uses within buildings and mix of uses throughout Downtown.
B. The Downtown neighborhood contains three zones: Downtown Core, Downtown Edge, and Town Center. These zones will continue to develop as distinct places within the Downtown, characterized by different building heights, designs, and land uses, distinctive entrance corridors, streetscapes, roadway designs, landscaping, and amenities.
1. Downtown Core Purpose. Downtown Core is the epicenter of Downtown life, anchored by community spaces like Downtown Park, Edge Skate Park, Anderson Park, the Redmond Senior and Community Center, and Redmond Library. It features mixed-use development that provides for significant housing and job growth, as well as opportunities for growth in professional, business, health, and personal services.
2. Town Center Purpose. Town Center is one of the City’s primary gathering places. Its mix of shops and restaurants, offices, hotel rooms, and housing brings people together during the day and evenings. Comfortable walking connections from Town Center to the rest of Downtown help both areas thrive. Town Center will continue to develop as a major gathering and entertainment place within the community, connected with accessible and active transportation to Marymoor Park, the rest of Downtown, and the region.
3. Downtown Edge Purpose. Downtown Edge is the part of Downtown that transitions to adjacent neighborhoods. While still allowing goods and services, it is intended to retain a quieter and mainly residential character. Downtown Edge will provide a variety of housing types in developments that include more typical residential features, such as front yards, landscaping, and ground-related patios and porches. These areas are all located within walking distance to the various retail and service areas and transit options in the rest of Downtown. (Ord. 3220)
A. Projects Under Review.
1. Applicability. RZC 21.10.150.A shall apply exclusively to the following permit application types within the Downtown Center except permit applications within the Mixed-Use Subarea of the TWNC zone:
a. Type II and III permit applications.
b. Type V permit applications projects encompassing at least three acres that are subject to the MPD and development agreement requirements in RZC 21.76.070.P; provided, that the Type V permit application includes a site plan entitlement application to construct the project in one phase.
2. At the discretion of the applicant, the above permit applications that are under review as of June 28, 2025, may continue to be reviewed under the RZC as it existed as of June 27, 2025. For the purpose of RZC 21.10.150, “under review” means having received a determination of completeness.
3. To continue to advance projects reviewed under the RZC as it existed on June 27, 2025, applicants must notify the Administrator of this preference in writing by July 28, 2025. In addition, applicants must:
a. Meet all application review and decision timeframes required of the applicant pursuant to RZC 21.76.040.D; and
b. Submit complete building permit applications for all proposed new buildings by June 28, 2027.
An application shall be considered void and deemed withdrawn if the milestones in RZC 21.10.150.A.3.a or A.3.b are not met and the project will be required to comply with Redmond Zoning Code regulations in effect at the time of the approval.
4. RZC 21.10.150 applies only to Redmond Zoning Code regulations (RZC Title 21) and not to any regulation outside of the Redmond Zoning Code.
5. Expiration of Project Review Flexibility. This section automatically expires on June 27, 2027.
B. Projects Under Review in the Mixed-Use Subarea of the TWNC Zone.
1. At the discretion of the applicant, Type V applications that were subject to the MPD and development agreement requirements of RZC 21.10.050.D as it existed on June 27, 2025, and that are under review as of June 28, 2025, may continue to be reviewed under the RZC as it existed as of June 27, 2025. For the purpose of RZC 21.10.150, “under review” means having received a determination of completeness.
2. To continue to advance projects reviewed under the RZC as it existed on June 27, 2025, applicants must notify the Administrator of this preference in writing by July 28, 2025 and must execute a development agreement by December 31, 2025.
C. Except as explicitly stated in RZC 21.10.150, development agreement applications may not be used to vest projects to regulations in place before June 28, 2025, or to extend the vesting provided in this section. (Ord. 3220)
A. All legal lots are allowed the greater of either the maximum allowed floor area ratio (FAR) or 10,000 square feet of buildings provided all other applicable site requirements are met.
B. Table 21.10.200 contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Town Center (TWNC), Downtown Core (DTE), and Downtown Edge (DTE) zoning districts.
Table 21.10.200. Downtown Development Standards
Development Standards | Downtown Zones | Notes | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
TWNC | DTC | DTE | ||
Base Max FAR (w/o incentives) | 5.0 1 | 4.5 1 | 3.0 1 | |
Max FAR w/ incentives | 6.5 / 8.0 1 | 6.5 / 8.0 1 | 3.75 1 / N/A | Additional floor area can be earned with incentives (see RZC Chapter 21.55) and through the transfer of development rights program (see RZC Chapter 21.48). |
Base Max Height (w/o incentives) | 60 ft. 2 | 60 ft. 2 | 45 ft. 2 | • See RZC Chapter 21.58 for building design options with building height impacts. • See RZC Chapter 21.55 for incentive adjustments to building height. • See RZC 21.58.5200, Towers, for additional regulations regarding building heights and floorplates. |
Max Height with Incentives | ||||
Ground Floor Ceiling Height (minimum) in TOD Focus Area | Applicable to nonresidential and mixed-use projects. | |||
100% 6 | 100% 6 | 100% 6 | ||
Notes:
1 Floor Area Ratio: The FAR may be calculated for the entire project then distributed across the site throughout multiple buildings and phases, provided the maximum FAR is not exceeded.
2Building Height
a. Building height is limited to three stories for parcels fronting Leary Way from NE 80th Steet to a half-block south of NE 76th Street.
b. Additional height can be earned with incentives (see RZC Chapter 21.55) and through the transfer of development rights program (see RZC Chapter 21.48).
c. Additional height can be earned by utilizing specified architectural techniques in RZC Chapter 21.58 or via incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55.
d. The height limit in the Shoreline Jurisdiction (SMP) is 35 feet (see RZC 21.68.020).
3Exemptions from ground floor ceiling height requirements:
a. Buildings that do not contain nonresidential uses; and
b. Buildings where 100 percent of residential units are affordable housing units meeting the affordability threshold of RZC Chapter 21.20; and
c. Where buildings that are interior to the lot and not adjacent to a public parking garage, an urban pathway or other pedestrian-oriented sidewalks or pathways.
4A minimum of 50 percent of the first floor nonresidential space must meet the minimum ceiling height of 16 feet.
a. Where first floor ceiling height varies, the tallest ceiling heights shall be provided on street frontage, spaces fronting urban pathways and/or mid-block connections, and in parking garage loading/unloading and waste pickup areas.
b. For portions of the building that have a first-floor ceiling height greater than 10 feet to meet minimum ground-floor ceiling height requirements, the additional ground floor ceiling height may increase the maximum building height. For example, if first floor is 16 feet, the maximum building height increases by 10 feet (16 - 10 = six foot increase in maximum building height).
5Properties in the CARA
a. In the critical aquifer recharge area (CARA), construction methods for building foundation support will be limited to types that can be constructed to meet temporary construction dewatering (TCD) requirements of RMC Chapter 13.25.
b. Where underground parking is not possible due to RMC Chapter 13.25’s TCD limitations, the maximum building height may be exceeded by up to 12 feet if all of the following criteria are met:
i. The additional height is the result of building a maximum of one level of additional above-grade parking; and
ii. Proposed parking added by the additional height shall not exceed the maximum fully dedicated parking ratios in RZC Chapter 21.40; and
iii. The additional height on street frontages meets a 20-foot step-back to limit impacts to the pedestrian realm.
6Other regulations will impact the maximum lot coverage and may result in less than the maximum, including critical area requirements, open space and landscaping requirements, parking, mid-block connections, utility easements, and stormwater management.
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Provide safe pedestrian and bicycle routes removed from traffic.
2. Enhance the appearance of buildings and their settings.
3. Provide a unified and human-scaled design element.
4. Provide for the open space and landscaping.
B. Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings.
1. Urban core purpose: An active, pedestrian-oriented main street with highest urban intensity, and engaging building frontage.
2. Urban mixed purpose: An active, pedestrian-oriented urban street with a mix of uses, and varied landscape, and frequent weather protection.
3. Landscape yard purpose: A well-landscaped residential urban street with small front yards.
a. Where private front yards are not present, deeper setbacks provide a range of opportunities to articulate the landscaped walkway, including pedestrian and bike amenities, native plants, and small parklet or plaza gathering spaces.
4. Shared street purpose: A slow-speed street shared by pedestrians, cyclists, other active transportation users, and vehicles.
5. Urban trail purpose: Multi-purpose trail for pedestrians, cyclists, and other active transportation.
6. Mid-block Passage Purpose: A small human-scaled street or walkway designated to provide connectivity within and between blocks.
Map 21.10.300 |
|---|
|
Table 21.10.300.B . Downtown Street Types and Relationship to Buildings
Street Type | Urban Core | Urban Mixed | Landscape Yard | Urban Trail | Mid-Block Passage | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Notes | 21.10.300 (1) | 21.10.300(2) | 21.10.300 (3) | |||
Cross Sections for Pedestrian System in Appendix 2A, Downtown Street Requirements | ||||||
Setback Zone – (Furnishing and Planter area) | 2 feet | 2 feet | 5 feet | 30 feet | 11 feet | 11 feet |
Sidewalk (Clearway) | 8 feet (minimum) | 8 feet (minimum) | 8 feet (minimum) | 8 feet (minimum) | 12 feet (trail width) | 8 feet |
Tree Well | 4 feet | 4 feet | 4 – 5 feet | See Appendix 2A and/or standard specifications | See Appendix 2A and/or standard specifications | See Appendix 2A and/or standard specifications |
Lot Placement | ||||||
2 feet (minimum) | 2 feet (minimum) | 14 feet (minimum) | N/A | 11 feet (minimum) | N/A | |
Ground Floor Uses | No ground floor residential. Active retail uses open to the public required. (See RZC 21.04.2020) | No residential within 100 feet or a quarter-block length from the street intersection, whichever is less. | ||||
For guidance on building placement and complete design standards see RZC Article III, Design Standards. | ||||||
Notes:
(2)Shared-street standards can be found in Appendix 2A.
(3) Mid-Block Passage Notes: An alternative is a 14-foot-wide pathway that is passing through the portal of buildings that is at least 12 feet, and no greater than 20 feet, in height clearance and is well-lit. The portal path is also allowed to be located on vehicular driveways where the ceiling height is at least 10 feet, and the driveway is at least 20 feet wide and is paved with a textured concrete or pavers (not painted) to indicate that it is also a pedestrian path. Public access signage/plaques shall be installed at both ends.
(Ord. 3220)
A. The purposes of the Overlake zoning district regulations are to:
1. Implement the vision and policies for the Overlake neighborhood, Overlake Metro Center, and Overlake zoning districts as set forth in the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
2. Allow for densities that accommodate the jobs and housing growth allocations and that maximize transit-oriented development potential;
3. Encourage a broad mix of medium- and high-density uses and amenities in order to: achieve a vibrant, engaging metropolitan growth center that is equitable, sustainable, and resilient; enliven the area in the evening; and contribute to a sense of place;
4. Promote compact development forms that:
a. Are pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly;
b. Are conducive to and supportive of transit use and provide a variety of mobility options for community members of all ages and abilities;
c. Provide for commercial uses and flex spaces on the ground floor along arterials while allowing residential uses on the ground floor of development along local streets;
5. Allow additional building height and density and other approved incentives to facilitate:
a. Achieving sustainable, equitable transit-oriented development, with higher bonuses available for properties closer to the light rail stations;
b. Provision of public and private infrastructure, green buildings, affordable housing, open space, and other City goals to implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
6. Provide affordable housing unit options and accessible and universally designed housing units in the Metro Center for community members with disabilities;
7. Use SEPA planned actions and exemptions to efficiently accomplish environmental review within the Overlake Metro Center; and
8. Encourage use of environmentally sustainable site design and building features, urban tree canopy management, and enhanced use of landscaping to buffer and mitigate urban impacts (heat, noise, etc.) and provide places of refuge and rest.
B. Overlake Village (OV) Purpose.
1. Promote mixes of medium- and high-density residential and commercial uses with substantial residential development integrated into a pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly urban neighborhood;
2. Promote a mix of cultural, entertainment, educational, retail, restaurants, professional offices, services, and uses that meet needs of residents and employees, enliven the area in the evening, and contribute to a sense of place;
3. Maximize opportunities for equitable transit-oriented development and transit-supportive uses; and
4. Honor and acknowledge the rich multicultural community in Overlake and display this identity through site design, building design, and streetscape improvements.
C. Overlake Business and Advanced Technology (OBAT) Purpose.
1. Provide a high-wage employment area that accommodates advanced technology, research and development, corporate offices, high technology manufacturing and similar uses to serve City and regional economic goals;
2. Provide medium- and high-density employment and housing uses;
3. Encourage walking, bicycling, carpools, vanpools, and transit use; and
4. Provide convenience commercial and neighborhood services, arts, cultural, and entertainment uses and other transit-supportive uses in the transit-oriented development focus area.
D. Overlake Urban Multifamily (OUMF) Purpose.
1. Enhance compatibility between the uses and densities in the Overlake Metro Center and neighboring residential areas;
2. Permit medium-density urban multifamily residences in either mixed-use developments or single-use structures; and
3. Permit a full range of public services and facilities uses that primarily serve the residents of the neighborhood, such as retail (including grocery stores), neighborhood services, educational, childcare, community centers, social services, and other supportive uses in mixed-use residential buildings. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. The Overlake Metropolitan Growth Center (Metro Center) has been established pursuant to regional planning policies as governed by the Puget Sound Regional Council.
B. For incentives available to properties outside of the Overlake Metro Center, see:
2. RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing.
3. RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program.
C. See RZC Chapter 21.58 for design standards.
D. For information on how to measure various site requirements like height and setbacks, see RZC Chapter 21.16. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Master plans are required in Overlake Metro Center where any of the following apply:
A. All developments encompassing at least three acres and optional for sites under three acres; or
B. A future development plan will be required with the master plan application if the proposed development is less than 70 percent of the maximum base FAR without incentives (see Table 21.12.500).
1. Future development plan must illustrate the conceptual layout of lots, building sites, trails, open space, and other infrastructure or site features in conformance with the standards herein and demonstrate how the site retains the potential for future development that would result in a total site development equal to or greater than 70 percent of maximum baseline capacity. For the purpose of this section, the FAR calculation shall not include open space shown on an approved site plan.
2. Staff will review the proposal and any applicable future development plan to ensure:
a. Buildings or lots are not in conflict with plans for future infrastructure (including roads, trails, and utilities) as approved in an adopted Comprehensive Plan, capital improvement plan, transportation improvement plan, nonmotorized trails plan, or similar plan adopted by the Redmond City Council; and
b. The project is not developed in a manner that precludes future urban densities.
3. The plan must show how space is allocated to allow for potential development in the future.
a. Required open space must be calculated and the plan shall demonstrate available space to meet the required open space.
b. Required parking must be calculated and the plan shall demonstrate available space to meet all on-site parking minimums. A shared parking factor may be utilized for these calculations if applicable.
4. The Administrator may approve an alternative to the minimum future density if site conditions limit potential future development (i.e., due to topography, critical areas, significant tree groves, etc.).
5. This provision may be waived if a development agreement is approved that accomplishes the same objectives as a future development plan.
6. A change of use will not trigger the requirement for a future development plan. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
The uses within the Overlake Village (OV), Overlake Business and Advanced Technology (OBAT), and Overlake Urban Multifamily (OUMF) zoning districts can be found in RZC Chapter 21.04. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
The following table contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Overlake Village (OV), Overlake Business and Advanced Technology (OBAT), and Overlake Urban Multifamily (OUMF) zones:
Table 21.12.500. Overlake Development Standards
Development Standards | Overlake Zoning Districts | Notes | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
OV | OBAT | OUMF | ||
Maximum Base FAR 1 (w/o Incentives) | 5 | 3 | 3 | |
Maximum FAR With Incentives | FAR maximum waived when maximizing incentive program | Outside TOD Focus Area: maximum 9.5 FAR Inside TOD Focus Area: FAR maximum waived when maximizing incentive program | See RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program, for incentive related adjustments to FAR 3 | |
Minimum Height | ||||
Base Maximum Height (w/o Incentives) | Mixed-use: 14 stories or 150 feet, whichever is less 3, 4 Nonresidential: 8 stories or 120 feet, whichever is less 3, 4 | Mixed-use: 14 stories or 150 feet, whichever is less 3, 4 Nonresidential: 8 stories or 120 feet, whichever is less 3, 4 | ||
Maximum Height With Incentives | 300 feet 4b | 160 feet 4 | See RZC 21.12.600 for incentive related adjustments to building height. | |
Ground Floor Ceiling Height (Minimum) in TOD Focus Area | 14 feet 5 | Ground floor ceiling height not applicable outside of TOD Focus Area | ||
Maximum Impervious Surface | 100% 7 | 80%7 | 60%7 | |
Notes:
1The FAR may be calculated for the entire project then distributed across the site throughout multiple buildings and phases provided the maximum FAR is not exceeded and no building is less than the minimum building height. Where publicly accessible open space and amenities are provided on upper stories or rooftop, and spaces meet all requirements of RZC 21.55.600 (see note 1 for Table 21.55.600), the FAR for those spaces may be excluded from maximum FAR calculations when spaces include access to adjacent outdoor spaces designed per RZC 21.36.400 open space design requirements.
2Portions of a building may be lower than the minimum building height providing that 80 percent of the building meets or exceeds minimum building height. Covered entryway features, including port-cochere pick-up and drop-off zones, are exempt from minimum building height requirements. Sites with multiple buildings may average building heights provided 80 percent of the buildings or portions of buildings on the project site meet or exceed minimum building height.
3Maximum height is limited to three stories or 35 feet, whichever is less, within 150 feet of adjacent Neighborhood Residential zoning districts or equivalent zoning district outside of Redmond.
4Building Height Exemptions:
a. Maximum building height does not include mechanical equipment (see RZC 21.58.5200.C.4, Tower Rooftop, for rooftop screen design standards).
b. Where rooftop amenities are offered, including restaurants, observation areas, childcare and activity spaces, and services for tenants and/or are publicly accessible, those amenity spaces may exceed the maximum building height by one story or 14 feet, whichever is greater, but may not exceed 30 stories.
c. Maximum building height may be exceeded for ground floor ceiling heights in greater than the minimum required (see note 6b below).
5Exemptions From Ground Floor Ceiling Height Requirements:
a. Buildings where 100 percent of residential units are affordable housing units meeting the affordability threshold of RZC Chapter 21.20; and
b. Where buildings that are interior to the lot and not adjacent to a public parking garage, an urban pathway or other pedestrian-oriented sidewalks or pathways.
6A minimum of 50 percent of the first-floor space must meet the minimum ceiling height. At no point do the first-floor nonresidential spaces have a ceiling height of less than 14 feet.
a. Where first floor ceiling height varies, the tallest ceiling heights shall be provided on street frontage, spaces fronting urban pathways and/or midblock connections, and in parking garage loading/unloading and waste pickup areas.
b. For portions of the building that have a first-floor ceiling height greater than 14 feet, the additional ground floor ceiling height may increase the maximum building height (example: if first floor is 20 feet, the maximum building height increases by six feet (20 - 14 = 6 additional height).
7Other regulations will impact the impervious surface area and may result in less than the maximum allowed, including open space and landscaping requirements, parking, midblock connections, utility easements, stormwater management, etc. To meet stormwater management, the infiltration capacity of the soil must be evaluated and the building designed to accommodate full infiltration of roof areas where feasible.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Projects Under Review.
1. Applicability. This section shall apply exclusively to the following permit application types within the Overlake Metro Center:
a. Type II and III permit applications.
b. Type V permit applications projects encompassing at least three acres that are subject to the MPD and development agreement requirements in RZC 21.76.070.P; provided, that the Type V permit application includes a site plan entitlement application to construct the project in one phase.
2. At the discretion of the applicant, the above permit applications that are under review as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section, may continue to be reviewed under the RZC as it existed as of December 31, 2024. For the purpose of this section, “under review” means having received a determination of completeness.
3. To continue to advance projects reviewed under the RZC as it existed on December 31, 2024, applicants must notify the Administrator of this preference in writing by January 31, 2025. In addition, applicants must:
a. Meet all application review and decision time frames required of the applicant pursuant to RZC 21.76.040.D; and
b. Submit complete building permit applications for all proposed new buildings by December 31, 2026.
An application shall be considered void and deemed withdrawn if the milestones in RZC 21.12.505.A.3.a or A.3.b are not met and the project will be required to comply with Redmond Zoning Code regulations in effect at the time of the approval.
4. This subsection applies only to Redmond Zoning Code regulations (RZC Title 21) and not to any regulation outside of the Redmond Zoning Code.
5. Expiration of Project Review Flexibility. This subsection automatically expires on December 31, 2026.
B. Development agreements may not be used to vest projects to regulations in place before January 1, 2025, or to extend the vesting provided in this section.
C. Incremental Redevelopment Provisions.
1. Applicability. Buildings, uses, and sites must comply with the provisions of RZC 21.04.5000, Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures, except as provided herein to allow for property owners to gradually transition to new standards.
2. Bringing Nonconforming Structures Into Compliance. For building additions and remodels and associated site improvements, thresholds have been established to guide how the standards of this chapter are applied to such projects (see RZC 21.04.5000.I.2).
3. Building Additions.
a. Front Addition. Any addition to the front of the building must comply with requirements in RZC 21.12.510, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings.
b. Rear Addition. Rear additions are permitted provided they do not increase the degree of rear setback/build-to nonconformity.
c. Side Additions. Side additions are not permitted unless the proposed work results in the building meeting the requirements in RZC 21.12.510, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings. If no build-to requirements apply, side additions are permitted.
4. New Buildings Where Existing Building Remains in Place.
a. New buildings and associated improvements must comply with RZC standards.
b. New buildings do not conflict with any applicable requirements of RZC 21.12.310, Overlake Master Planning.
5. Administrative Design Flexibility for Additions, Remodels, or New Buildings Added to the Parcel.
a. Design flexibility for site layout, setbacks, and/or screening standards may be approved by the Administrator when the Administrator determines that:
i. The alternative would assist legal nonconforming structures to gradually come into compliance with new regulations or the proposed alternative removes a barrier to reinvestment; and
ii. The alternative meets the intent of the standards; and
iii. The alternative is designed in a manner that ensures that new investments do not impede future implementation of the standards of this chapter.
b. Publicly Accessible Open Space Design Alternative.
i. In the TOD focus area the Administrator may consider the use of pedestrian-oriented publicly accessible open space in lieu of meeting setback or build-to requirements in the following circumstances:
A. The Administrator may approve the use of publicly accessible enhanced amenity spaces (PEAS) in lieu of some or all of the building addition meeting the requirements in RZC 21.12.510, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings, or RZC 21.12.500, subject to the design standards of this section, RZC 21.36.200 and RZC Chapter 21.58.
B. For a new building proposed in the rear of a legal nonconforming structure, the Administrator may approve the use of this open space design alternative in lieu of bringing the existing building up to the build-to line when there are no modifications proposed to existing building.
C. The placement of the proposed building or addition shall not conflict with any applicable requirements of RZC 21.12.310, Overlake Master Planning.
ii. Design Standards. To be approved by the Administrator as a publicly accessible open space design alternative, the open space must:
A. Provide a continuous pedestrian connection from the sidewalk to the front of the building. There shall be no parking or other interruptions between the open space and the building.
B. Average a minimum of 10 linear feet in width from interior edge of the sidewalk and provide an ADA compliant access along the entire path of travel from the sidewalk to the front entrance(s) of the building.
C. Comply with the requirements of RZC Chapter 21.36, Open Space, and the standards in RZC 21.36.200, Publicly Accessible Enhanced Amenity Spaces (PEAS).
iii. Publicly accessible open space design alternative for setback and build-to requirement flexibility may be used to meet minimum open space requirements for the parcel but is not eligible for open space incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55.
6. Buildings added to the site or other alterations or additions that comply with this section and do not impact the space used by the legal nonconforming use will not impact the use’s legal nonconforming status.
7. Expiration. RZC 21.12.505.A and B automatically expire on December 31, 2029. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Improvements less than 30 inches above grade, including decks, patios, walks and driveways, are permitted in setbacks. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other applicable requirements are met. No other structures, including accessory structures, are permitted in setback areas.
1. The tables below set standards that contribute to an attractive public realm.
2. Building placement standards apply to street types listed, internal circulation drives or private streets internal to a project.
B. Overlake Village.
Figure 21.12.510.B |
|---|
![]() |
Table 21.12.510B. Overlake Village Building and Street Relationships
Street Type | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Retail (A) | Neighborhood (B) | Access (C) | Shared (D) | NE 24th St. (E) | Other (F) | ||
Building | Minimum setback (side, rear) | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet |
0 – 10 feet | 0 – 10 feet | 0 – 15 feet | 0 – 10 feet | 0 – 15 feet | 0 – 15 feet | ||
80% | 50% | 50% | 80% | 50% | 50% | ||
Building | Building orientation | Building fronts shall be oriented, in priority order, to: Retail Street, Neighborhood Street, NE 24th St., Other Street, Access Street, or Shared Street. | |||||
Maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | ||
Maximum distance between ground floor nonresidential entries | 50 feet | 50 feet | No standard | 50 feet | No standard | No standard | |
Minimum ground floor nonresidential depth | 20 feet | No standard | |||||
Residential privacy standards | RZC 21.58.6010 applies | ||||||
Building | Ground floor pedestrian-oriented uses | Required See RZC 21.04.2020 | See RZC 21.04.2020 | ||||
Ground floor residential uses | Prohibited | No standard | No standard | Prohibited | No standard | No standard | |
Public | 26 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 15 – 25 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 14 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 20 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 21.5 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 12 – 18 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | |
Note:
1Facade zone may be measured from behind the pedestrian zone if a trail system is provided at the street frontage.
C. OBAT and OUMF Zones.
Figure 21.12.510.C |
|---|
![]() |
Table 21.12.510C. OBAT and OUMF Building and Street Relationships in TOD Focus Area
Street Type | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
148th Ave. NE (A) | Minor Arterial (D) | Collector Arterial (C) | Local Street (E) | ||
Building | Minimum setback (side, rear) | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet |
0 – 20 feet | 0 – 20 feet | 0 – 20 feet | NS | ||
50% | 50% | 50% | 50% | ||
Building | Building fronts shall be oriented to, in priority order: 148th Ave. NE, Minor Arterial, Collector Arterial, Local Street | ||||
Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | NS | ||
Maximum distance between ground floor nonresidential entries | 50 feet | 50 feet | 50 feet | NS | |
Residential privacy standards | RZC 21.58.6010 applies | ||||
Public | 13 – 17 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 8 – 20 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 13 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 5 – 6 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | |
Notes:
1Facade zone may be measured from behind the pedestrian zone if a trail system is provided at the street frontage.
Table 21.12.510D. OBAT and OUMF Building and Street Relationships Outside TOD Focus Area
Street Type | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
148th Ave. NE (A) | Bel-Red Rd. (B) | Minor Arterial (D) | Collector Arterial (C) | Local Street (E) | ||
Building | 20 feet for buildings less than 20 feet in height; 30 feet for all other buildings | 120 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 10 feet | |
Minimum setback (side and rear) | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | |
NS | NS | 0 – 20 feet | 0 – 20 feet | NS | ||
200 feet for buildings north of NE 51st St. | 100 feet | 50 feet only for buildings on north side of NE 40th St. between 159th Ave. NE and the 16500 block | NS | See Figure 21.12.510C | ||
Building | Building fronts shall be oriented to, in priority order: 148th Ave. NE, Bel-Red Rd., Minor Arterial, Collector Arterial, Local Street | |||||
Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | ||
Residential privacy standards | RZC 21.58.6010 applies | |||||
Public | 13 – 17 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 11 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 8 – 20 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | NS | 5 – 6 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | |
Notes:
1Facade zone may be measured from behind the pedestrian zone if a trail system is provided at the street frontage.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 3186)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 3186)
A. Purpose. The Marymoor Village Center has been established as a countywide growth center pursuant to the King County Countywide Planning Policies.
The purpose of the Marymoor Village Center (“Marymoor Village”) is to implement policy calling for a walkable subarea that develops in a way that leverages investment in light rail and supports Bear Creek, Lake Sammamish, Redmond’s drinking water aquifer, and other natural features. Shallow groundwater and lack of a stormwater outfall mean that stormwater must be infiltrated in this area. Regulations are intended to allow developers to work within the natural constraints of the land.
Marymoor Village includes opportunities for living, employment, community gathering, education, and small-scale shopping, all enhanced by proximity to Marymoor Park. Regulations for this design district support business growth and adaptation, allow some general retail and service uses while encouraging the location and growth of businesses in primary industries, and take advantage of the planned light rail station for transit-oriented housing and employment. Marymoor Village is also an inclusive neighborhood with regulations that implement universal design and inclusive design to implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan.
The Marymoor Village zoning district regulations:
1. Implement the vision and policies for the Marymoor Village Center and zoning districts as set forth in the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
2. Allow for densities that accommodate the jobs and housing growth allocations and that maximize transit-oriented development potential;
3. Encourage a broad mix of medium-density uses and amenities in order to: achieve a vibrant, engaging center that is equitable, sustainable, and resilient; meet daily needs close to residential and office uses; enliven the area in the evening; and contribute to a sense of place;
4. Promote compact development forms that:
a. Are pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly;
b. Are conducive to and supportive of transit use and provide a variety of mobility options for community members of all ages and abilities;
c. Provide for active pedestrian commercial uses and flex spaces on the ground floor along arterials while allowing residential uses on the ground floor of development along local and interior streets;
d. Incorporates universal design and other inclusive design elements;
5. Allow additional building height, density, and other incentives to facilitate:
a. Achieving sustainable, equitable transit-oriented development, with higher bonuses available for properties closer to the light rail stations;
b. Provision of public and private infrastructure, green buildings, affordable housing, open space, and other city goals to implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
c. Achieving an inclusive neighborhood;
6. Provide affordable housing options and accessible and universally designed housing in the Center for community members with disabilities; and
7. Encourage use of environmentally sustainable site design and building features; urban tree canopy management; enhanced use of landscaping to buffer and mitigate urban impacts such as heat, noise, and concentrated stormwater runoff; and provide places of refuge and rest.
B. Zoning Districts. The Marymoor Village Center comprises Marymoor Core (MMC), Marymoor Edge (MME), and Marymoor Manufacturing (MMM). Some areas of the Center have citywide zones that are not Center-specific: Urban Mixed-Use (UMU), Corridor Mixed-Use (CMU), and Neighborhood Multifamily (NMF). The regulations for these districts can be found in RZC Chapter 21.08.
1. Marymoor Core (MMC). The purpose of the MMC zone is to provide transit-oriented services, entertainment, education, housing, and employment uses adjacent to and integrated with the planned light rail station and parking structure. This zone encourages nonresidential uses closest to the station and also allows upper-story multifamily and ground-floor pedestrian-oriented uses. The MMC features an active ground plane, accomplished through a well-designed public realm and a range of commercial uses that appeal to commuters, workers and residents alike. Connecting the station and Marymoor Park is critical in this zone. The MMC allows more intense development than other Marymoor Village zones while working within the natural constraints of the land.
2. Marymoor Edge (MME). The purpose of the MME zone is to provide opportunities for community gathering, multifamily living, and locally oriented goods and services, enhanced by proximity to Marymoor Park, while supporting existing buildings and uses. Ground-floor active pedestrian-oriented uses interface with the interior streets as well as to Marymoor Park; building and open space orientation to the park makes it an active amenity for community members.
3. Marymoor Manufacturing (MMM). The purpose of the MMM zone is to allow business to grow, adapt and change over time. This zone allows manufacturing and light industrial uses, including artisan manufacturing uses, along with other kinds of employment uses. It is connected to the light rail station area via NE 67th St. and NE 68th St. Employees at businesses in the MMM zone have easy access to recreation via the East Lake Sammamish Trail and to a variety of goods and services on the other side of the trail and housing opportunities in the surrounding zones. (Ord. 3220)
A. Use regulations for the Marymoor Village Center zones can be found in RZC Chapter 21.04.
B. For incentives available to properties outside of the Marymoor Center, see:
2. RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing;
3. RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program.
C. For information on how to measure various site requirements like height and setbacks, see RZC Chapter 21.16, Site Requirements Measurement and Other Applicable Regulations.
D. See RZC Chapter 21.58 for design standards.
E. See RZC 21.70.095 for SEPA infill exemptions. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the land use transition strategy for the Marymoor Design District is to effect a transition from existing uses to land uses that are consistent with the subarea vision in a way that allows for the continued economic vitality of existing and future manufacturing uses and encourages the reasonable expansion, modification, and re-leasing of existing properties over their useful economic lives. The strategy is more fully described in the community development and design chapter of the Redmond Comprehensive Plan.
B. Special Notification Requirements.
1. Purpose. The purpose of these requirements is to promote awareness among potential new residents of existing and potential manufacturing park and regional park uses when prospective residents are considering purchasing or leasing homes in the Marymoor Design District.
2. Applicability. Notification as described in this section shall be required when a site is developed with residential uses in the Marymoor Design District.
3. Requirements. Property owners shall, as a condition of land use entitlement, record a Notice of Manufacturing Park and Regional Park Uses against applicable properties, and all properties resulting from subdivision of applicable properties. Lessors shall, as part of residential lease disclosures, provide the same notice to prospective lessees prior to finalizing a lease agreement. The notice shall read as follows:
This property is within the Marymoor Center, formerly zoned Manufacturing Park and adjacent to a regional park. Activity may occur on or near this property that creates undesirable or detrimental impacts both day and night, including, but not limited to, noise, dust, light, and traffic. Uses on or near such property include various manufacturing, assembly, warehouse, entertainment, recreation and other activities. It is the City of Redmond’s policy to support existing and future manufacturing uses in the Marymoor Center as allowed in the Redmond Zoning Code and Redmond Municipal Code, and that the undesirable and/or detrimental impacts described above are allowed up to the legal limit. Nothing in the Redmond Municipal Code or Redmond Zoning Code shall be construed to require that legal existing or future uses abate activities that are consistent with the Municipal Code and Zoning Code.
C. Projects Under Review.
1. Applicability. This section shall apply exclusively to the following permit application types within the Marymoor Village Center:
a. Type II and III permit applications.
b. Type V permit applications projects encompassing at least three acres that are subject to the MPD and development agreement requirements in RZC 21.76.070.P; provided, that the Type V permit application includes a site plan entitlement application to construct the project in one phase.
2. At the discretion of the applicant, the above permit applications that are under review as of June 28, 2025, may continue to be reviewed under the RZC as it existed as of June 27, 2025. For the purpose of this section, “under review” means having received a determination of completeness.
3. To continue to advance projects reviewed under the RZC as it existed on June 27, 2025, applicants must notify the Administrator of this preference in writing by July 28, 2025. In addition, applicants must:
a. Meet all application review and decision time frames required of the applicant pursuant to RZC 21.76.040.D; and
b. Submit complete building permit applications for all proposed new buildings by June 27, 2027.
An application shall be considered void and deemed withdrawn if the milestones in RZC 21.13.150.C.3.a or C.3.b are not met and the project will be required to comply with Redmond Zoning Code regulations in effect at the time of the approval.
4. This section applies only to Redmond Zoning Code regulations (RZC Title 21) and not to any regulation outside of the Redmond Zoning Code.
5. Expiration of Project Review Flexibility. This section automatically expires on June 27, 2027.
D. Development agreements may not be used to vest projects to regulations in place before June 28, 2025, or to extend the vesting provided in this section. (Ord. 3220)
A. All legal lots are allowed the greater of either the maximum allowed floor area ratio (FAR) or 10,000 square feet of buildings, provided all other applicable site requirements are met.
B. Each zone has a minimum FAR; the minimum FAR is the minimum required FAR for a development proposal requiring a land use permit, excluding administrative modifications. In no case shall proposed FAR exceed the maximum combined FAR.
C. Master plans are required for all developments encompassing at least three acres and are optional for sites under three acres.
D. The following table contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Marymoor Core (MMC), Marymoor Edge (MME), and Marymoor Manufacturing (MMM) zoning districts.
Table 21.13.200.D. Marymoor Village Development Standards
Development Standards | Marymoor Village Districts | Notes | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
MMC | MME | MMM | ||
Min. FAR | 1.5 | 1.5 | 0.5 | |
Max. FAR (no incentives / with incentives) | 3.0 / 8.0 1 | 2.54 / 8.0 1 | 1.4 / 2.0 1 | See RZC Chapter 21.55 for incentive adjustments to FAR |
Max. Height (no incentives / with incentives) | 45 ft. / 144 ft. 2 | 38 ft. /144 ft. 2 | 38 ft / 45 ft 2 | • See RZC Chapter 21.55 for incentive adjustments to building height. • See RZC 21.13.300.E, upper story step-backs, and RZC 21.58.5200, Towers, for additional regulations regarding building heights and floorplates. • Development above six stories does not qualify for the Marymoor Village Infill Exemption (see RZC 21.70.095). |
Ground Floor Ceiling Height (min.) in TOD Focus Area | • Applicable to nonresidential and mixed-use projects. • See RZC 21.13.300.D, Ground Floor Uses. | |||
Max. Impervious Surface | 75% 5 | 70% 5 | 70% 5 | |
Min. Land Dedication for Stormwater Infiltration | 7% | 7% | 7% | |
Max. Lot Coverage | 70% | 65% | 55% | |
Notes:
1FAR may be calculated for the entire project then distributed across the site throughout multiple buildings and phases provided the maximum FAR is not exceeded. Where publicly accessible open space and amenities are provided on upper stories or rooftop, and spaces meet all requirements of RZC 21.36.200, the FAR for those spaces may be excluded from max FAR calculations when spaces include access to adjacent outdoor spaces designed per RZC Chapter 21.36, Open Space.
2Properties in the CARA
a. In the critical aquifer recharge area (CARA), construction methods for building foundation support will be limited to types that can be constructed to meet temporary construction dewatering (TCD) requirements of RMC Chapter 13.25.
b. Where underground parking is not possible due to RMC Chapter 13.25’s TCD limitations, the maximum building height may be exceeded by up to 12 feet if all the following criteria are met:
i. The additional height is the result of building a maximum of one level of additional above-grade parking; and
ii. Proposed parking added by the additional height shall not exceed the maximum fully dedicated parking ratios in RZC Chapter 21.40; and
iii. The additional height on street frontages meets a 20-foot step-back to limit impacts to the pedestrian realm.
3Exemptions from ground floor ceiling height requirements:
a. Buildings that do not contain nonresidential uses; and
b. Buildings where 100 percent of residential units are affordable housing units meeting the affordability threshold of RZC Chapter 21.20; and
c. Where buildings that are interior to the lot and not adjacent to a public parking garage, an urban pathway or other pedestrian-oriented sidewalks or pathways.
4A minimum of 50 percent of the first-floor nonresidential space must meet the minimum ceiling height of 16 feet.
a. Where first floor ceiling height varies, the tallest ceiling heights shall be provided on street frontage, spaces fronting urban pathways and/or mid-block connections, and in parking garage loading/unloading and waste pickup areas.
b. For portions of the building that have a first-floor ceiling height greater than 10 feet to meet minimum ground-floor ceiling height requirements, the additional ground floor ceiling height may increase the maximum building height. For example, if the first floor is 20 feet, the maximum building height increases by 10 feet (16 - 10 = 6 foot increase in max building height).
5Other regulations will impact the impervious surface area and may result in less than the maximum impervious area. These include but are not limited to critical areas requirements, open space and landscaping requirements, parking, mid-block connections, utility easements, and stormwater management.
(Ord. 3220)
A. Access and Circulation.
1. RZC Appendix 8A describes typical mid-block street and pathway cross section requirements for streets in the Marymoor Subarea. The widths and existence of cross section components may vary at intersections, as determined by the Technical Committee.
2. The Technical Committee shall review and approve each component of the street cross section on a project-by-project basis and has the authority to alter street cross section widths and uses, including utility locations.
3. Intersection design shall be based upon the pedestrian system plan, and bicycle system plan, and design guidance chapters of the Transportation Master Plan; the Bicycle Facilities Design Manual; the City’s Construction Specifications and Design Standards for Streets and Access; and any corridor study adopted by the City Council for the street(s) in question.
4. Provisions of medians and left turn lane access shall be determined on a project-by-project basis, based on traffic speeds, volumes and collision history, and using recognized engineering standards, such as those published by AASHTO, ITE, or other recognized authority.
5. Utilities, such as power, telephone, and cable, shall be placed under the sidewalk.
B. Map 21.13.300.B shows which block faces permit vehicle access. Where vehicle access is shown as “limited,” vehicle driveways shall be permitted only if the City determines that no other vehicle access is feasible or for traffic circulation purposes. Where vehicle access is shown as “prohibited,” vehicle access is limited to emergency response only. Unless otherwise indicated, primary vehicle access shall be from lowest-classification street (see RZC 21.52.030.E).
Typology | Access and Design Priorities |
|---|---|
![]() Type I Urban Core | Vehicle access permitted; primary truck route for businesses and main transit and bicycle circulation routes. Public right-of-way. |
![]() Type II Urban Mixed | Vehicle access permitted; designed for pedestrian, bicycles, and vehicles. Public right-of-way. |
![]() Type III Shared Street | Vehicle access limited; primary access to parking garages, and designed for pedestrian and vehicles with features that would allow for occasional closures to vehicles for events. May be public right-of-way or private with easements. |
![]() Type IV Limited Access | Vehicle access limited; pedestrian prioritization (parking garage access, fire, sanitation, or loading/unloading allowed access). May be public right-of-way or private with easements. |
![]() Mid-Block Passage/Paseo | Vehicle access prohibited except for first responders. Typically private with access easement. |
See Appendix 8A for street cross-sections. Please note exact locations of street alignment and locations for mid-block passages will be reviewed and confirmed at project submittal.
Table 21.13.300.B. Access and Circulation
NONMOTORIZED ACCESS | MMC | MME | MMM |
|---|---|---|---|
Primary Access | Primary access shall be provided along all block faces requiring or encouraging ground-floor pedestrian-supportive uses. | ||
Secondary Access | Secondary access is permitted from other block faces and the Marymoor Park perimeter path. | ||
Ground Floor Residential | Only allowed when facing interior of development (not facing a Type I, II, or III street) unless otherwise shown on Map 21.13.300.D. | Ground-oriented residential units facing a street or pathway shall have individual entries. | N/A |
Access to the Marymoor Park | Access to the Marymoor Park perimeter path shall be provided at the end of Type III and Type IV streets abutting Marymoor Park. | ||
Access to the East Lake Sammamish Trail | Access to the East Lake Sammamish Trail shall be provided along block faces abutting the trail. Requirement may be waived if access not granted by County (must show County review and denial). | ||
Parking Garage Standards | See RZC 21.58.5310, Parking Design. | ||
C. Building and Street Relationships. Table 21.13.300.C sets standards that contribute to an attractive public realm.
Table 21.13.300.C | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| |||
MMC | MMM | MME | |
Ⓐ and Ⓑ • Build-to line (BTL): 0 ft. • BTL defined by facade on pedestrian-supportive block faces: min. 80% • BTL defined by facade on other block faces: min. 50% Ⓒ and Ⓓ Min. setback: 0 ft. Park setback: min. 5 ft. from back of perimeter path shoulder | Ⓐ Min. setback: 30 ft. Ⓑ , Ⓒ , Ⓓ Min. setbacks: 10 ft. NE 68th St: • BTL: 0 ft Park setback: min. 5 ft. from back of perimeter path shoulder | Ⓐ •Facade zone: 5-15 ft. • Min. facade within zone: 50% • Buildings fronting NE 65th St. shall measure setback from back of landscape strip Ⓑ Facade zone: 5-15 ft. Min. facade within zone: 50% Ⓒ Min. setback: 5 ft.; no minimum if abutting uses are both residential or both nonresidential Ⓓ Min. setback: 10 ft. Park • Facade zone: 15-25 ft. from back of perimeter path shoulder • Min. facade within zone: 50% (assumes 12-ft. shared-use path along park edge) | |
D. Ground Floor Uses. Map 21.13.300.D shows which block faces require or encourage ground floor pedestrian-oriented uses. Where not specified, pedestrian-oriented uses are permitted, provided they are listed in the allowed uses table for the zone.
Map 21.13.300.D |
|---|
|
1. Where pedestrian-oriented ground floor uses are required as shown in Figure 21.13.300.D the following requirements must be met in addition to the design requirements found in RZC Article III, Design Standards.
a. A minimum of 50 percent of the linear sidewalk-level facade shall be occupied by pedestrian-oriented uses and must be continuous.
b. Up to 50 percent of the linear sidewalk-level frontage may be designed to accommodate future conversion to pedestrian-oriented uses. Any uses other than residential may be permitted until conversion of the space.
c. Active retail uses open to the public are required where shown in Figure 21.13.300.D and incentivized at podium top adjacent to Marymoor Park (see incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55).
d. Where active retail uses are encouraged, they shall be designed at a maximum of six inches above sidewalk grade with zero step access and entryways provided.
2. Where pedestrian-oriented (nonresidential) ground floor uses are encouraged, 100 percent of the linear sidewalk-level facade shall be designed to accommodate future conversion to pedestrian-oriented uses.
a. Residential and live-work uses are permitted up to a maximum of 50 percent of the linear block length except on corners and where active use retail is required.
b. In locations where ground floor residential uses are permitted, the units shall be set back a minimum of 10 feet from the sidewalk edge. The Administrator may consider alternative design solutions that retain resident privacy while enhancing the pedestrian environment on the sidewalk.
c. First floor residential units designed to be fully ADA accessible or meet the visitability checklist are encouraged (see incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55).
E. Upper-Story Stepbacks Adjacent to Marymoor Park.
1. Purpose. All building faces facing a street or path shall integrate upper-story building stepbacks to reduce the perceived scale of building facades, increase the amount of light and air to adjacent streets and paths, promote modulation of building facades that adds variety and provides visual interest, encourage the integration of courtyards and open space; and allow for flexibility in the design of buildings.
2. Building stepbacks shall be provided per the standards in Figure 21.13.300.E and RZC Article III.
3. Calculations for determining compliance with these standards shall consider the development’s first 30 feet of depth along streets and paths.
4. Portions of building may project beyond the average step-back, provided the block frontage as a whole complies with the minimum average.
5. Podium and tower standards apply per RZC Chapter 21.58.
Figure 21.13.300.E |
|---|
|
Where indicated on the map above, buildings must comply with the following standards: • A 20-foot building step-back is required at the 3rd or 4th floor where indicated in Figure 21.13.300.E. Podium-top publicly accessible amenity spaces (PEAS) with direct access to the ground level without requiring access through the interior of the building are encouraged to provide connection to Marymoor Park and trail system. See incentive provision in RZC Chapter 21.55 and PEAS standards in RZC 21.36.200. • No structure above 35 feet in height within 40 feet of property line except as allowed in RZC 21.16.200.A.3 and RZC Article III. |
(Ord. 3220)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2614; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2753; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3028; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2614; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3028; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2642; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2708; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2836; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the Business Park (BP) zone is to provide business and manufacturing employment opportunities that complement commercial activities that are typically found in the Downtown, involve limited outdoor storage, and include a high level of amenities. The Business Park zone provides areas to locate research and development, software development, advanced technology industries, wholesale businesses, manufacturing businesses with largely indoor operations, offices associated with these uses, and uses that require large floor plates such as major medical facilities. Compatible uses that directly support surrounding business park uses, such as restaurants, fitness centers, and cannabis retail sales, are allowed. This zone is not intended for uses that primarily serve the general public.
B. Maximum Development Yield.
Table 21.14.030A | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Base | Residential Bonuses Available, and Quantity | Maximum | Illustrations | ||
Floor area ratio (FAR) | 0.45 | TDRs or GBP: 0.55 | 1.0 | Example of a 45-foot building with FAR = 0.45 ![]() | Example of a 60-foot building with FAR = 1.0 ![]() |
Height | 45 feet | TDRs or GBP: 15 feet | 60 feet | ||
C. Regulations Common to All Uses.
Table 21.14.030B | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Regulation | Standard | Exceptions | |
Minimum | Tract Area (acres) | 1.5 | Regulation does not apply to: A. Unoccupied accessory utility facilities, or B. Building pad sites where the pad site and the property leased for parking, landscaping, or other purposes exceed the minimum tract area. |
30 | |||
30 | A. Side and rear setback distances may be modified to permit zero side and rear setbacks to accommodate joint wall construction and clustering of buildings. B. Front setbacks may be modified from private streets and access corridors, provided front setbacks are maintained from all public streets. C. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other requirements are met; no other structures, and no accessory structures are permitted in setback areas. D. Setbacks from Willows Road north of NE 95th Street shall average 100 feet and in no instance be less than 75 feet. This setback shall also apply to parking areas. E. Setbacks may be reduced by 50 percent if located adjacent to a nonresidential zone and reduced by 25 percent if located adjacent to a residential zone through RZC Chapter 21.67, Green Building Program (GBP), except as required along Willows Road north of NE 95th Street, as provided above. | ||
Rear Setbacks (feet) | 20 | ||
Side Setbacks (feet) | 40 | ||
Landscaping | 20 percent | ||
Maximum | 75 percent | Limited to 60 percent in the Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood north of NE 95th Street. | |
Height | 45 feet without TDRs or GBP 60 feet with TDRs or GBP | Maximum height in shoreline area is 35 feet. This height limit is restricted to that portion of the building physically located within the Shoreline Jurisdiction. This height restriction does not apply to rock crushing equipment, asphalt and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment necessitated to meet environmental controls and structures housing manufacturing facilities which require more clear space than by a 35-foot height limit. The maximum height limit for these features shall be 90 feet. The maximum height of structures, including bridges, that support a regional light rail transit system may be higher than 35 feet but shall be no higher than is reasonably necessary to address the engineering, operational, environmental, and regulatory issues at the location of the structure. (SMP) | |
FAR (Floor Area Ratio) | 0.45 without TDRs or GBP 1.0 with TDRs or GBP | All legal lots are entitled to 10,000 square feet gfa without the use of TDRs; provided, that other site requirements can be met. | |
Some land uses and activities are prohibited in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II. Refer to RZC 21.64.050.C, Prohibited Land Uses and Activities in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II, for more information. | |||
D. Supplemental Standards in Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this subsection is to implement Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood vision and policies and to retain the following features of the Willows Business Park Corridor:
a. Important natural features of the hillside corridor;
b. A pastoral and parkway appearance;
c. Visual compatibility between buildings and the forested hills and open pastures of the Willows Corridor;
d. Developments separated from each other with areas of open space.
f. Visual buffering of nearby residential uses from development along the Willows Corridor.
2. Applicability. These regulations apply to properties zoned Business Park in the Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood that are located north of NE 95th Street.
3. Design Standards.
a. Requirements.
i. Parking shall be screened by buildings or trees from Willows Road.
ii. Structures shall be screened by topography, trees, or other measures to visually buffer the development from nearby residential uses to the west.
iii. Repealed by Ord. 3220.
iv. Convenience uses should be located to minimize walking distance between them and to enable the convenience use to serve as a gathering and meeting place for employees in the BP zone.
v. Convenience uses shall be located to encourage employee access by walking or bicycling.
vi. Developments should be separated from one another and from Willows Road. Forested gullies, wetlands, old pastures and treed areas are the preferred means of separating uses. The separation areas may include trails, open recreation areas, and natural-looking stormwater ponds.
vii. Open space, critical areas and treed areas should be connected to existing or projected open space on adjoining properties to provide for a continuous band of open space across the hillside.
4. Tree Preservation.
a. No more than 35 percent of the significant trees on any property may be removed without approval of a planting plan that provides improved wildlife habitat and provides for the replacement of more healthy trees than are removed. (Ord. 2652; Ord. 2709; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3053; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the Manufacturing Park (MP) zone is to provide locations for existing and future manufacturing and industrial uses, particularly those that require significant areas for storage of materials and equipment (both indoors and outdoors), and that are better suited for locations outside of Downtown and Overlake due to site requirements, noise impacts, transportation needs, or other considerations. The intent of the Manufacturing Park zone is to allow manufacturing, research and development, light industry, wholesale, assembly and distribution businesses, and essential public facilities. Office and other secondary uses are limited to those that support these primary uses. Other uses such as day care centers, retail vehicle fuel sales, and technical colleges may be considered. Residential uses, except for secure community transition facilities, are not allowed. A broader range of commercial uses are allowed within the Manufacturing Park Overlay in SE Redmond as shown in RZC 21.05.400.
B. Maximum Development Yield.
Table 21.14.040A | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Base | Residential Bonuses Available, and Quantity | Maximum | Illustrations | ||
Floor area ratio (FAR) | 0.5 | TDRs or GBP: 0.5 | 1.0 | Example of a 45-foot building with FAR = 0.50 ![]() | Example of a 60-foot building with FAR = 1.0 ![]() |
Height | 45 feet | TDRs or GBP: 15 feet | 60 feet | ||
C. Regulations Common to All Uses.
Table 21.14.040B | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Regulation | Standard | Exceptions | |
Minimum | Tract Area (acres) | 1.5 | Regulation does not apply to: A. Unoccupied accessory utility facilities, or B. Building pad sites where the pad site and the property leased for parking, landscaping, or other purposes exceed the minimum tract area. |
30 | |||
30 | A. Side and rear setback distances may be modified to permit zero side and rear setbacks to accommodate joint wall construction and clustering of buildings. B. Front setbacks may be modified from private streets and access corridors, provided front setbacks are maintained from all public streets. C. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other requirements are met; no other structures and no accessory structures are permitted in setback areas. D. Setbacks may be reduced to 50 percent if located adjacent to a nonresidential zone and reduced by 25 percent if located adjacent to a residential zone through the GBP. | ||
Rear and side setbacks (feet) | 10 | ||
Landscaping | 20 percent | ||
Maximum | 80 percent | ||
Height | 45 feet without TDRs or GBP 60 feet with TDRs or GBP | Maximum height in shoreline area is 35 feet. This height limit is restricted to that portion of the building physically located within the Shoreline Jurisdiction. This height restriction does not apply to rock crushing equipment, asphalt and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment necessitated to meet environmental controls and structures housing manufacturing facilities which require more clear space than by a 35-foot height limit. The maximum height limit for these features shall be 90 feet. (SMP) | |
FAR (Floor Area Ratio) | 0.5 without TDRs or GBP 1.0 with TDRs or GBP | All legal lots are entitled to 10,000 square feet gfa without the use of TDRs or GBP; provided, that other site requirements can be met. | |
Some land uses and activities are prohibited in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II. Refer to RZC 21.64.050.C, Prohibited Land Uses and Activities in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II, for more information. | |||
D. General Allowed Uses and Cross-References. For use regulations, refer to RZC Chapter 21.04. (Ord. 2642; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2708; Ord. 2709; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3053; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose Statement. The purpose of the Industry (I) zone is to provide locations for manufacturing, industrial uses, mineral and resource extraction and processing, wholesale trade and distribution, and associated warehouse and storage activities. Residential uses are generally prohibited.
B. Maximum Development Yield.
Table 21.14.050A | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Base | Residential Bonuses Available, and Quantity | Maximum | Illustrations | ||
Floor area ratio (FAR) | 0.5 | TDRs or GBP: 0.5 | 1.0 | Example of a 60-foot building with FAR = 0.5 ![]() | Example of a 70-foot building with FAR = 1.0 ![]() |
Height | 60 feet | TDRs or GBP: 10 feet | 70 feet | ||
C. Regulations Common to All Uses.
Table 21.14.050B | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Regulation | Standard | Exceptions | |
Minimum | Tract Area (acres) | 1 | Regulation does not apply to: A. Unoccupied accessory utility facilities, or B. Building pad sites where the pad site and the property leased for parking, landscaping, or other purposes exceed the minimum tract area. |
30 | |||
30 | A. Side and rear setback distances may be modified to permit zero side and rear setbacks to accommodate joint wall construction and clustering of buildings. B. Front setbacks may be modified from private streets and access corridors, provided front setbacks are maintained from all public streets. C. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other requirements are met; no other structures, and no accessory structures, are permitted in setback areas. D. Setbacks may be reduced to 50 percent if located adjacent to a nonresidential zone and reduced by 25 percent if located adjacent to a residential zone through the GPB. | ||
Rear and side setbacks (feet) | 10 | ||
Landscaping | 20 percent | ||
Maximum | 80 percent | Industrial uses on sites less than 10 acres may exclude lined ponds that are part of a water treatment facility from impervious surface area calculations. | |
Height (feet) | |||
Without TDRs or GBP | 60 | Maximum height in shoreline area is 35 feet. This height limit is restricted to that portion of the building physically located within the Shoreline Jurisdiction. This height restriction does not apply to rock crushing equipment, asphalt and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment necessitated to meet environmental controls and structures housing manufacturing facilities which require more clear space than by a 35-foot height limit. The maximum height limit for these features shall be 90 feet. (SMP) | |
With TDRs or GBP | 70 | ||
FAR (Floor Area Ratio) | |||
Without TDRs or GBP | 0.5 | All legal lots are entitled to 10,000 square feet gfa without the use of TDRs or GBP; provided, that other site requirements can be met. | |
With TDRs or GBP | 1.0 | ||
Some land uses and activities are prohibited in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II. Refer to RZC 21.64.050.C, Prohibited Land Uses and Activities in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II, for more information. | |||
D. General Allowed Uses. For use regulations, refer to RZC Chapter 21.04. (Ord. 2642; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2709; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2652; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2951; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3154; Ord. 3186)
A. Urban Recreation Zone. The Urban Recreation zone is meant to provide for limited urban uses on lands inappropriate for more intense urban development due to: (1) extensive environmentally critical areas, natural hazards, or significant natural or cultural resources; and (2) extreme cost or difficulty in extending public facilities. This zone provides for suitable urban uses, such as recreational uses needed to serve Redmond and the region.
B. RA-5 Semirural Residential Zone. The RA-5 Semirural Residential zone maintains low, semirural residential densities within the urban growth area on lands not suited to intense urban uses and not already characterized by urban development. Densities in this zone cannot exceed one unit per five acres, exclusive of density bonuses. The Semirural Residential zone may be used to maintain the semirural character of lands with significant amounts of critical areas that make the land unsuited to urban development, that are characterized by urban development, and that are not appropriate for long-term agriculture or forestry use. Land uses other than residential that may be appropriate and are allowed in the Semirural Residential zone would include uses that do not impact the primarily residential character and uses of the zone.
C. Conservation Open Space Zone. This zone is intended for wetland banking and conservation. No development activity will occur within this zone other than for trails and passive recreational uses. (Ord. 3220)
A. For allowed uses, see RZC Chapter 21.04.
B. For incentives see:
2. RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing;
3. RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program.
C. For mandatory green building requirements, see RZC Chapter 21.67.
D. For design standards, see RZC Chapter 21.58.
E. For information on how to measure various site requirements like height and setbacks, see RZC Chapter 21.16, Site Requirements Measurement and Other Applicable Regulations. (Ord. 3220)
A. Table 21.15.100.A contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Conservation and Recreation zoning districts.
Table 21.15.100.A . Conservation and Recreation Development Standards
Development Standards | Conservation and Recreation Zones | References | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
UR | RA-5 | COS | ||
Max Height | 35 ft., 30 ft. within shorelines | 35 ft., 30 ft. within shorelines | 0 ft. | For properties subject to the King County Farmland Preservation Program, the maximum building height shall be 45 feet. Agricultural structures shall not exceed 45 feet. |
Max. Impervious Surface 1 | 10% | 20% | N/A | For properties in the COS zone, impervious surface area resulting directly from the Bear and Evans Creek Trail and Greenway is exempt from impervious surface area calculations. |
N/A | 2.5% of total lot area | N/A | ||
Notes:
1Other regulations will impact the impervious surface area and may result in less than the maximum impervious area, including open space and landscaping requirements, parking, mid-block connections, utility easements, and stormwater management.
(Ord. 3220)
A. Urban Recreation Location of Structures. In order to reduce lengthy public facility or road extensions, buildings on a single development site shall be clustered together; provided, that the separation requirements of the City’s Buildings and Construction Code, RMC Title 15, shall be met.
B. Parcel size, setbacks, and public realm standards are as shown on Table 21.15.200.B.
Table 21.15.200.B . Conservation and Recreation Site Design Standards
Standards | Conservation and Recreation Zones | References | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
UR | RA-5 | COS | ||
Average Minimum Lot Size | 10 acres | 4.5 acres | N/A | |
Lot Width Minimum | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | N/A | |
Lot Depth Minimum | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | N/A | |
Minimum Lot Frontage | 300 ft. | 20 ft. | N/A | |
Lot Width Circle Minimum Diameter | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | N/A | |
Front Setback Minimum | 30 ft. | 30 ft. | N/A | |
40 ft. | 30 ft. | N/A | ||
Side (Interior) Setback Minimum | 20 ft. | 30 ft. | N/A | a. Within the Urban Recreation zoning district, building separation is not applicable to accessory structures on the same lot as the primary structure. b. Within the RA-5 Semirural zoning district, for zero lot line development, a dwelling unit may be placed on one interior side property line, giving it one zero side/interior setback. If it is an interior lot line, the setback from the other side property line shall be 30 feet. See RZC 21.16.200.D, Zero Lot Line Development, for additional requirements. |
Rear Setback Minimum | 40 ft. | 30 ft. | N/A | |
Lake Sammamish Setback Minimum | N/A | 35 ft. | N/A | |
Building Separation Minimum | N/A | 10 ft. | N/A | |
(Ord. 3220)
A. Urban Recreation Special Use Standards. To protect agricultural uses from nuisance lawsuits and reduce potential land use conflicts, a statement describing the nature of the agricultural uses shall be recorded with the property. All approved plats, development permits, and building permits within 500 feet of land used for agricultural uses or vacant land within the Urban Recreation zone shall include the following notice:
The property covered by this approval is located in or near an area where agricultural uses are allowed. A variety of commercial and agricultural activities may occur which are not compatible with some development.
(Ord. 3220)
A. This chapter explains how to measure site requirements, such as height and setbacks. Each zone has different site requirements, but the manner in which those requirements must be measured is the same for each zone. Definitions of site requirements can be found in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions. This chapter also identifies regulations in the zoning code and generally when they apply. These requirements implement Redmond’s Comprehensive Plan, the Growth Management Act, the Multicounty Planning Policies, and the Countywide Planning Policies, while also protecting from public nuisances, incompatible uses, and other hazards.
B. Relationship to Building and Construction Codes. Compliance with the general residential requirements of this chapter does not relieve a unit owner from complying with any requirement set forth in RMC Title 15, Buildings and Construction Codes. In the event of a conflict between the requirements in this chapter and the requirements of the City Building and Construction Code, the most restrictive requirement shall apply. (Ord. 3220)
A. Net Buildable Area Calculation. Net buildable area, for the purpose of determining the minimum density for a site, shall be calculated by subtracting areas where building is prohibited or subject to significant restrictions from the gross area of a site. The area remaining after these exclusions from the gross site area represents the net buildable area. The following exclusions from the gross site area, and only these exclusions, may be used in determining net buildable area:
1. Critical areas and shoreline areas where development is prohibited or restricted shall be excluded from the net buildable area. These critical areas and shoreline areas shall include: landslide hazard areas; Category I through IV wetlands; Class I through IV streams; floodways; floodplains; critical areas buffers; the area waterward of the line of the ordinary high water mark on Lake Sammamish, regardless of the extent of ownership; lands required to be maintained in open space; and native growth protection areas.
2. Surface water retention areas that are dedicated or otherwise held in common shall also be excluded from the net buildable area.
3. Public rights-of-way, private streets and access corridors, parks and open space that are dedicated or otherwise held in common, and aboveground public facilities shall also be excluded from the net buildable area.
4. For example, where gross site area equals 87,120 square feet or two acres, the following calculation is made to determine net buildable area:
Table 21.16.100.A. Calculating Net Buildable Area
FORMULA | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
– | – | Public rights-of-way | = | |||
EXAMPLE | ||||||
87,120 sq. ft. | – | 6,100 sq. ft. | – | 15,680 sq. ft. | = | 65,340 sq. ft. (1.5 acres) |
5. In order to avoid the expense of technically assessing a site’s net buildable area, a builder/developer may elect to apply the minimum required density percentage to the gross area of the site instead of the net buildable area in order to determine the minimum required number of units or gross floor area.
B. Tract Area. Some zones require a minimum tract area in order to develop a site. This is the land area that is part of the development application. Existing rights-of-way are excluded from the calculation. (Ord. 3220)
A. Building Height.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the maximum height of structures requirement is to:
a. Maintain a consistent land use pattern and visual character in residential neighborhoods;
b. Protect important community-recognized view corridors; and
c. In the case of shoreline height limits, to protect habitat values and the aesthetic resources of the shoreline and aid in preserving views in shoreline areas.
2. Measuring Building Heights. All zones set limits on building height. To calculate the height of a structure:
a. Draw the smallest rectangle possible around it.
b. Find the midpoint of each side of the rectangle.
c. Calculate the finished grade at that point.
d. Average the elevations for the four midpoints.
e. Subtract the result from the building’s highest elevation.
3. Requirements. The maximum height of structures requirement sets the limit above which structures shall not extend, as set forth in the zone use chart for each zone.
a. Maximum Height Exceptions. The following projections above the roof height maximum are allowed:
i. Hose towers (when associated with a fire station), chimneys, antennae, smoke and ventilation stacks flagpoles, heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, mechanical equipment screens and enclosures, roof access stair enclosures, solar panels, and wind turbines may exceed the highest point of the existing or proposed structure by no more than 15 feet.
ii. Faith-Based and Structures. Special height exceptions for steeples, bell towers, crosses or other symbolic religious icons are contained in RZC 21.04.2130, Faith-Based and Funerary.
iii. Parapets, cupolas, light monitors, and rooftop railings may extend four feet above the height limit.
iv. Walls or fences located between rooftop decks may extend six feet above the height limit.
v. Stairway enclosures, elevator penthouses, or other mechanical equipment that provide rooftop access, including vestibules for entry and exit to rooftop amenity spaces, and cumulatively cover no more than 10 percent of the roof area may extend up to 10 feet above the height limit; provided, that the enclosures are set back at least 15 feet from all roof edges on the street facing facades.
vi. Encroachments are also permitted for green building construction methods and technologies that project from or are attached to the building, including but not limited to building integrated photovoltaics, wind and solar energy devices, shade structures, foundation and structural reinforcement in support of net zero or green building construction.
vii. Where design flexibility is allowed per RZC Chapter 21.58.
4. Maximum Height of Structures – Height Limits Within Shorelines (SMP). Maximum height limits for structures within shorelines can be found in Table 21.68.050.B.
B. Building Separation.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the building separation requirement is to:
a. Maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern for Redmond’s neighborhoods;
b. Provide for adequate light and air to all properties;
c. Minimize incompatibilities, such as excessive light and noise;
d. Prevent public nuisances such as the potential for fire damage from buildings constructed too close to each other; and
e. Allow for easy access to structures in the event of fire or other emergency.
2. Requirement. Buildings, except for accessory structures, shall maintain the separation required in the zone use chart for the zone in which the building is located.
C. Building Setbacks.
1. Purpose. The purpose of front, rear, side/interior, and side street setbacks is to:
a. Maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern for Redmond’s residential neighborhoods;
b. Provide for adequate light and air to all properties;
c. Minimize incompatibilities, such as excessive light and noise; and
d. Prevent public nuisances, such as the potential for fire damage from buildings constructed too close to each other.
2. Measuring Setbacks. All zones require minimum or maximum setbacks or have build-to lines. Setbacks shall be measured:
a. From the property line.
b. At right angles, or as near to right angles as possible.
c. In a plane horizontal to the ground.
3. Requirements.
a. The front of the lot is the side nearest the street or access corridor that provides the primary access. The rear is opposite the front, or as nearly so as the lot shape permits. The sides are 90 degrees to the front, or as nearly so as the lot shape permits. Where a lot does not front on a named street and it is most logical to have the front oriented towards the unnamed access corridor, the yard towards the unnamed access corridor is considered the front.
Figure 21.16.200.C.3 |
|---|
|
b. Measurement. All setbacks shall be measured at right angles, or as near to right angles as possible, to the nearest property line in a plane horizontal to the ground, or in the case of access corridors for single-family residential development, from the nearest edge of the easement to the foundation line of the structure. Front, side street, side/interior, and rear directions shall be determined as provided in RZC 21.16.200.C.3.a.
c. Side Street Setbacks. Side street setbacks shall apply whenever a side yard adjacent to a structure faces a public street, private street, or access corridor.
d. Corner Lots. Corner lots shall be subject to only one front setback requirement.
e. Side/Interior Setbacks. In those zones where the side/interior setback is a total of six feet between buildings, each lot shall have no less than a three-foot side/interior setback. The total of six feet may be shared between the abutting setbacks; provided, that no individual setback is less than three feet from the nearest property line.
f. Rear Setbacks – Alleys. When vehicular access to a lot is by an alley, the rear setback shall be four feet from the nearest alley line.
Figure 21.16.200.C.3.f |
|---|
|
4. Encroachments – Front, Rear, Side Setbacks. Minor structures, appurtenances and improvements may encroach into required front, rear, and side setbacks as follows:
a. Encroachments Into Setbacks. The following features are permitted to encroach up to five feet into front, rear, and side street setback areas: chimneys, porches, bay windows, roof structures, eaves, ground mounted mechanical equipment, and other building extremities, such as gas fireplace enclosures. Encroachments are also permitted for green building construction methods and technologies that project from or are attached to the building, including but not limited to building integrated photovoltaics, wind and solar energy devices, shade structures, foundation and structural reinforcement in support of net zero or green building construction. No encroachments into setback areas may extend more than three feet from the nearest property line.
b. Lake Sammamish Encroachments. No encroachments are allowed with the Lake Sammamish waterfront building setbacks, except as provided in RZC 21.16.200.C.5.c, Waterfront Building Setbacks along Lake Sammamish (SMP).
c. Improvements. Improvements less than 30 inches above grade including decks, patios, walks and driveways are permitted in setback areas. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters, public utility equipment, and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other applicable requirements are met.
5. Setback Modifications.
a. Multifamily/Front Setbacks. A binding site plan, site plan, or preliminary plat may modify front setbacks along access corridors within multifamily developments; provided, that front setbacks are maintained from all public streets.
b. Zero Lot Line Development. Within zero lot line developments, buildings may be located within the side yard setback according to the requirements set forth in RZC 21.16.200.D, Zero Lot Line Development.
c. Waterfront Building Setbacks along Lake Sammamish (SMP). Waterfront building setbacks for Lake Sammamish can be found in Table 21.68.050.B and RZC 21.68.060.B.
D. Zero Lot Line Development.
1. Purpose. The purpose of zero lot line development is to:
a. Provide more usable private open space;
b. Promote the efficient use of land;
c. Protect critical areas; and
d. Provide greater flexibility in site development standards while at the same time assuring that the single-family character of the development is maintained.
2. Requirements. All zero lot line developments shall comply with the standards and requirements of site requirements set in the zone use chart for the underlying residential zone, as well as other related policies and regulations of the Zoning Code. In the event that any of the zero lot line requirements described below conflict with other standards of the Zoning Code, the requirements for zero lot line development shall apply:
a. Building Setbacks.
i. One building side/interior setback may also be reduced so long as the opposite side/interior or side street setback on the lot is increased by an amount corresponding to the original side setback reduction.
ii. These side/interior setback reductions shall not apply to side setbacks adjacent to lots that are not part of the zero lot line development.
iii. Accessory buildings and structures shall conform to the setbacks set or required for the primary dwelling unit.
b. Maintenance and Drainage Easements. A perpetual easement related to maintenance, eaves, and drainage of at least five feet shall be provided on the lot adjacent to the zero lot line property line which, with the exception of wall and/or fences, shall be kept clear of structures. This easement shall be shown on the face of the plat map and incorporated into each deed transferring title on the property. The building wall along the zero lot line shall be maintained in its original color and treatment unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the two affected lot owners.
c. Platting Requirements. The final plat or short plat shall show the approximate location of buildings proposed to be placed within the required setbacks.
E. Maximum Gross Floor Area for Structures on a Lot in Neighborhood Residential Zone.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the maximum gross floor area for structures on lots within the Neighborhood Residential zone requirement is to:
a. Serve Redmond’s planned housing needs and increase Redmond’s housing supply;
b. Ensure that the maximum for the total square footage for all structures is regulated with consistent methods; and
c. Provide for a greater net maximum for the total square footage for all structures to lots with multiple dwelling units.
2. Requirements.
a. RZC 21.08.200 establishes the maximum for gross floor area (GFA) of all structures on a lot within the Neighborhood Residential Zone. The maximum for the total square footage for all structures within the lot shall be determined by the quantity of dwelling units provided on the lot.
b. Measurements. For the purpose of calculating maximum GFA in the Neighborhood Residential zone, the following shall be applied. The area included within the inside finished wall surface of the surrounding exterior walls of a building, exclusive of vent shafts, elevator shafts, stairwells, courts, second-story atriums, lobbies, unroofed areas, roofed areas open on two or more sides, and accessory structures less than 200 square feet. Gross floor area shall include garages and below grade floor. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the allowed density requirement is to:
1. Maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern in Redmond in compliance with the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
2. Serve Redmond’s planned housing needs; and
3. Prevent public nuisances that result from a lack of adequate open space and the over-utilization of public facilities.
B. Density Calculations for Residential Zones.
1. RA-5 Density Calculation. When calculating allowed density for a site in the RA-5 zoning district, the gross area of the site is multiplied by the allowed density per acre. The result is the maximum number of units (other than ADUs) that may occupy that site. Any available density bonuses are calculated on the base density.
Table 21.16.300.B. Calculating Maximum Number of Dwelling Units in the RA-5 Zoning District
FORMULA | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Gross Site Area (sq. ft.) | x | Density per Acre (in sq. ft.) | = | Max Dwelling Units |
EXAMPLE | ||||
217,800 sq. ft. | x | 0.2/43,560 | = | 1 unit max |
2. Neighborhood Residential Density Calculation. Allowed density in the Neighborhood Residential zoning district is measured in dwelling units per lot, inclusive of accessory dwelling units and exclusive of bonuses.
3. Neighborhood Multifamily Density Calculation. Allowed density in the Neighborhood Multifamily zoning district is measured in floor area ratio.
C. Floor Area Ratio (FAR).
1. Many zones set FAR limits. To calculate FAR:
a. Determine the gross site area (but exclude existing rights-of-way).
b. Determine the gross floor area of all structures on the site (excluding parking structures).
c. Divide the gross floor area by the gross site area.
d. Use the same units (e.g., feet or acres) for both site and structure area.
2. For properties under a common ownership that are contiguous or separated only by rights-of-way, FAR may be calculated based on the average FAR across those properties, and density and impervious surface coverage may be transferred among contiguous properties, provided the properties meet other applicable regulations.
D. Minimum Required Density.
1. Purpose. The purpose of minimum required density is to:
a. Establish a consistent and compatible land use pattern in Redmond residential neighborhoods;
b. Provide for the efficient use of land;
c. Provide for the efficient use of public facilities and services; and
d. Reduce public nuisances that often result when undeveloped areas are urbanized.
2. Relationship to Allowed Density. While allowed density places an upper limit on the number of units that may be located on a site, the minimum required density establishes a lower limit. When taken together, the site calculations for allowed density and minimum required density create an upper and lower range that defines the number of units that may be built on a site. One important difference between allowed density and minimum required density is that allowed density is calculated using gross site area while minimum required density uses the net buildable area of a site.
3. Requirements.
a. RA-5 Zoning District. The minimum required number of dwelling units for a site is equal to the site’s net buildable area multiplied by the site’s allowed or “zoned” density, and multiplied again by the minimum required density (80 percent of net acres). The net buildable area calculation is explained in RZC 21.16.100.A.
b. Neighborhood Residential Zoning District. One dwelling unit is required per lot.
c. Neighborhood Multifamily Zoning District. The minimum required gross floor area for a site is equal to the site’s net buildable area multiplied by the minimum FAR of 0.44.
d. Neighborhood Mixed-Use Zoning District. One dwelling unit is required per lot.
4. Applicability/Exceptions. Minimum required density applies to all new residential development with the following exceptions:
a. The construction of any new dwelling unit on an existing lot of record;
b. The renovation or conversion of existing dwelling units; provided, that such a renovation or conversion does not result in a reduction in the number of dwelling units to a number below the minimum required;
c. An existing legal lot, with one existing home, being divided into two lots;
d. New development where 60 percent or more of the new units provided would be affordable to households earning 50 percent or less of area median income; and
e. Lots with an approved food truck court are exempt from minimum density requirements. (Ord. 3220)
A. Lot Coverage for Structures.
1. Purpose. The maximum lot coverage for structures requirement sets the maximum percentage of a lot that may be covered with primary and accessory structures. The purpose of the maximum lot coverage for structures requirement is to:
a. Maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern for Redmond’s residential neighborhoods;
b. Provide for adequate light and air to all properties; and
c. Prevent public nuisances that may result from a reduction of open space, such as increased stormwater runoff and other environmental hazards.
2. Measuring Lot Coverage. Many zones have lot coverage limits. Calculate lot coverage area by summing all structure and accessory structure footprints as viewed in plan view, including decks exceeding 30 inches in height above grade, decks with roofs, patios with roofs, and porches with roofs, and dividing the total by the lot area.
B. Impervious Surface Area.
1. Purpose. The maximum impervious surface percentage in the zone use chart for each zone establishes the maximum percentage of a lot’s area that may be covered with structures (including outdoor storage), paved areas, and other impervious surfaces. The purpose of the maximum impervious surface requirement is to:
a. Maintain open space;
b. Prevent adverse impacts from stormwater runoff;
c. Replenish ground water resources; and
d. Minimize flooding.
2. Calculating Maximum Impervious Surface Area. All zones have impervious surface area limits. Calculate impervious surface area by summing the area of all impervious surfaces on the site. Developments can meet impervious surface area requirements on a lot-by-lot basis or on a development-wide basis.
3. Modifications. As part of an approved binding site plan or subdivision, the Technical Committee may allow for increased maximum impervious surface limits on individual lots within a multi-lot development; provided, that the total amount of impervious surface for the development as a whole does not exceed the limit established for that zone in the zone summary. If a modification is approved, the development shall be conditioned to ensure compliance with the maximum impervious surface limits set by the zone summary for the zoning district.
C. Lot Frontage.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the minimum lot frontage requirement is to:
a. Prevent congestion by allowing for on-site parking; and
b. Reduce public nuisances that result from an inability of emergency vehicles to access a building either because vehicles block the access to a residence or because the lot is not wide enough to allow emergency vehicles to enter from the street.
2. Calculating Lot Frontage. Some zones require a minimum lot frontage in order to develop a site. Calculate this by measuring the length of the lot abutting a public or private street or access corridor. See Figure 21.16.500.C.3 for an example.
3. Requirement. Minimum lot frontage is the minimum width of a lot, as defined by the zone use chart for each zone, where it shall adjoin a street or approved access corridor. For individual flag lots, lot frontage is measured where the access corridor meets the street. For private streets and access corridors serving less than three lots and accessing directly onto a public street, lot frontage may be reduced to 14 feet.
Figure 21.16.500.C.3 |
|---|
|
D. Lot Size Averaging.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the average lot size requirement is to:
a. Allow for the development of consistent and compatible land use patterns throughout Redmond’s residential neighborhoods; and
b. Minimize public nuisances that may result from a lack of adequate open space and the overutilization of public facilities.
2. Requirements.
a. Limitations on Averaging.
i. No lot shall be created as a result of lot averaging that results in a lot size that is less than 50 percent of the average lot size standard. For example, with an average lot size of 3,000 square feet in an NR zone, no single lot in a proposed subdivision in this zone may be sized at less than 1,500 square feet. For short subdivisions where three or fewer lots are created, no lot shall be created that is less than 75 percent of the average lot size standard.
ii. Critical areas and their associated buffers and shoreline areas (the area waterward of the line of the ordinary high-water mark on Lake Sammamish) shall not be included in the average lot size determination for all residential zones.
iii. Nothing in this section shall be construed to allow for an increase in the allowed density in the RA-5 zone as calculated in RZC 21.16.300.B.1 and as shown for all residential zones in the zone use charts in RZC Chapter 21.04.
b. Areas of Lots with Access Corridor. The calculation of lot area shall not include any area of the lot that serves as an access corridor.
E. Lot Width Circle.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the minimum lot width circle requirement is to:
a. Ensure that each lot is wide enough to maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern; and
b. Ensure that a minimum buildable area is included in each lot created.
2. Requirement.
a. The zone use chart for each zone identifies the minimum lot width circle diameter that must fit within each newly created lot, if applicable. This circle establishes that at least some portion of a lot must be at least as wide as the minimum lot width. The lot width circle shall not include the area waterward of the line of ordinary high-water mark on Class I through Class IV streams and Lake Sammamish, regardless of the extent of ownership; floodways; Category I wetlands; or Landslide Hazard Areas (SMP).
b. In the area between Lake Sammamish and West Lake Sammamish Parkway, the minimum lot width circle diameter shall be 45 feet.
c. The minimum lot width circle requirement does not apply where structures overlap two or more lot lines.
(Ord. 3220)
Residential land adjacent to commercial zones.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the notification special requirements is to promote among potential new residents awareness of existing and potential business park, manufacturing and industrial uses when prospective residents are considering purchasing property located within, adjacent to, or near properties in Business Park, Manufacturing Park, or Industrial zones.
B. Applicability. Notification as described in RZC 21.16.600 shall be required when:
1. A site is developed in a Neighborhood zone that was created from an existing Business Park, Manufacturing Park or Industrial zone;
2. A site is developed in a Neighborhood Residential (NR), Neighborhood Multifamily (NMF), or Neighborhood Mixed-Use (NMU) zone that is adjacent to or within 300 feet of a Business Park, Manufacturing Park, or Industrial zone (measured from the edge nearest the BP, MP, or I zone); or
3. A residential development is created within an existing BP or MP zone (subject to allowed uses shown in RZC 21.04.0100).
4. See RZC 21.58.1100, Relationship to Adjacent Properties, and 21.58.1600, High Traffic Corridors, BP, MP, and I Zones, for additional applicable standards.
5. See RZC Chapter 21.05 for special districts, buffering, and overlays for additional applicable site planning criteria.
C. Requirements. For the properties described in RZC 21.16.600, the City shall require the owners of said properties, as a condition of land use entitlement, to record a notice of business park, manufacturing park, and industrial uses against said properties, and all properties resulting from subdivision of the properties. The notice shall read as follows:
1. This property is within, adjacent to, or within 300 feet of property zoned Business Park (BP), Manufacturing Park (MP), or Industry (I). Activity may occur on such property that creates undesirable or detrimental impacts both day and night, including, but not limited to, noise, dust, light, and traffic. Uses on such property include various manufacturing, assembly, resource extraction, warehouse, entertainment, and other activities. It is the City of Redmond’s policy to support existing and future uses in BP, MP, and I zones as allowed in the Redmond Zoning Code and Redmond Municipal Code, and that the undesirable and/or detrimental impacts described above are allowed up to the legal limit. Nothing in the Redmond Municipal Code or Redmond Zoning Code shall be construed to require that legal existing or future uses abate activities that are consistent with the Municipal Code and Zoning Code.
2. This notice shall be recorded against this property and any future subdivisions of this property as long as the Business Park, Manufacturing Park, or Industrial zone that warranted this notice exists. This notice shall remain recorded against this property even if future subdivisions of the property are not within 300 feet of the Business Park, Manufacturing Park or Industrial zone that warranted this notice. (Ord. 3220)
Zone-Based Regulations, §§ 21.04.0010—21.16.600
(Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 2652; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3153; Ord. 3153)
A. Zones.
1. Purpose. The purpose of establishing zones is to:
a. Provide a pattern of land use that is consistent with and fulfills the vision of Redmond’s Comprehensive Plan;
b. Maintain stability of land uses and protect the character of the community by encouraging groupings of uses that have compatible characteristics;
c. Provide for appropriate, economic, and efficient use of land within the city limits; and
d. Provide for coordinated growth and ensure that adequate public facilities and services exist or can be provided in order to accommodate growth.
2. Establishment of Zones. Zoning districts in the City of Redmond are hereby established as follows:
•Conservation Open Space – COS
•Urban Recreation Zone – UR
•Semi-Rural Zone – RA-5
•Neighborhood Residential Zone – NR
•Neighborhood Multifamily Zone – NMF
•Neighborhood Mixed-Use – NMU
•Corridor Mixed-Use – CMU
•Urban Mixed-Use – UMU
•Business Park Zone – BP
•Manufacturing Park Zone – MP
•Industry Zone – I
•Marymoor Core (MMC), Marymoor Edge (MME), Marymoor Manufacturing (MMM)
•Downtown Core (DTC), Downtown Edge (DTE), Town Center (TWNC)
•Overlake Village (OV), Overlake Business and Advanced Technology (OBAT), Overlake Urban Multifamily (OUMF)
B. Interpretation and Application.
1. How Terms Are Defined. For the purpose of this title, certain terms, phrases, words and their derivatives shall have the meanings set forth in this title. Where terms are not defined, they shall have their ordinarily accepted meanings within the context with which they are used. Webster’s Third New International Dictionary of the English Language, Unabridged, copyright 1986 and as subsequently amended, shall be considered as providing ordinarily accepted meanings. Words used in the singular include the plural and the plural the singular. Words used in the masculine gender include the feminine and the feminine the masculine.
2. Conflict With Other Code Sections. In the event of a conflict between provisions within this title, the provision imposing the greater restriction shall control, unless otherwise provided.
3. General Interpretation and Application Rules. In the interpretation and application of this title, the provisions set out shall be held to be minimum requirements. It is not intended by this title to repeal, abrogate, annul or in any way impair or interfere with any other provisions of law or ordinance or any regulations or permits adopted or issued pursuant to law. (Ord. 2614; Ord. 2753; Ord. 2883; Ord. 2951; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.010)
A. Establishment of Zoning Map. The designation, location and boundaries of the zones established by RZC 21.04.0010.A.2 are as shown and depicted on the Zoning Map(s) of the City, which shall be maintained as such and which are hereby incorporated by reference in this section and maintained electronically in the City’s geographic information system and displayed on the City’s website and other locations. Zoning for all land within the City of Redmond is established as shown on the Official Zoning Map.
B. Zoning Map Interpretation. Where uncertainty exists as to the location of any boundaries of the zones as shown in the Official Zoning Map, the following rules shall apply:
1. Where boundaries are indicated as following approximately the centerline of the streets, alleys, highways, railroads or watercourses, the actual centerlines shall be considered the boundaries;
2. Where boundaries are indicated as following approximate lot lines and are map scaled at not more than 20 feet from the lines, the actual lot lines shall be considered the boundaries;
3. Where the land is not subdivided or where a zone boundary divides a lot, the boundary shall be determined by map scaling unless the actual dimensions are noted on the map;
4. Where boundaries are indicated as following lines of ordinary high water, government or meander line, the lines shall be considered to be the actual boundaries, and, if they should change, the boundaries shall be considered to move with them;
5. Where a public right-of-way is vacated, the vacated area shall have the zone classification of the adjoining property that it merges with;
6. Where an area with one owner is divided into more than one zone, each portion of the property shall have the zone designation indicated, unless RZC 21.04.0020.B.2 applies.
7. Where a single parcel is split between two zones and a portion of the parcel is zoned NR and contains critical areas, the outermost boundary of the critical area buffer shall be considered the boundary between the two zones.
C. Overlay Zones and Special Districts. Overlay zones impose restrictions on a specific geographic area within an existing zone; special districts (see RZC Chapter 21.05) may apply any combination of restrictions, allowances, and incentive. Property in these areas remains subject to the restrictions and limitations of the underlying zone and the overlay regulations act to supplement but not replace the regulations of the underlying zone.
D. Concomitant Zoning Agreements and Development Agreements. Concomitant zoning agreements and development agreements impose conditions on the development of specific parcels, such as use restrictions, mitigation measures, and infrastructure requirements. Properties that are subject to concomitant zoning agreements or development agreements are indicated on the Official Zoning Map. Copies of such agreements may be obtained from the Planning Department.
E. Classification of Newly Annexed Territory. All newly annexed territory shall be designated Semi-Rural (RA-5) unless other preannexation zoning has been established. If no preannexation zoning is established, RA-5 zoning would remain in effect until RZC 21.04.0020, Zoning Map, is amended and the annexed territory is classified in conformance with the Comprehensive Plan. All territory annexed to the City shall become subject to the regulations contained in the RZC.
F. Unclassified Property. All property not classified by RZC 21.04.0020, Zoning Map, is designated RA-5 until the Zoning Map is amended in conformance with the Comprehensive Plan.
*The Zoning Map can be viewed in full as a PDF file here.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.020)
A. Generally. The use tables show the permitted uses within each zone. Please refer to the table notes for special use requirements or limitations. Additional restrictions and requirements may apply, as shown in the following:
•For temporary uses refer to RZC 21.04.4000.
•For uses in the shorelines refer to RZC Chapter 21.68.
•For uses in the critical aquifer recharge area, see RZC 21.64.050.
•For existing nonconforming uses and structures see RZC 21.04.5000.
B. Use Permissions.
1. The permissions of use classes are indicated with the following:
•“P” where a use class is permitted;
•“L” where a use class is limited by special regulations;
•“C” where a conditional use permit (CUP) is required; and
•“N” where a use class is not permitted.
2. Uses that are not listed below nor within the associated definition of the individual use category or class shall be classified by the Administrator for applicability based on the purpose and intent of the zone within which the use is proposed.
3. Limited (“L”) refers to the use permissions when a use category or class is limited in one or more of the following ways:
a. A broad use category or class is limited to allow or prohibit one or more specific uses within the category;
b. Use is limited to a geographic area or specific location;
c. Special limitations apply such as size limitations, spacing, etc.
C. Interpretation of Comprehensive Allowed Use Charts by the Administrator.
1. Director’s Authority. In the case of a question as to the inclusion or exclusion of a particular proposed use in a particular use category, the Administrator shall have the authority to make the final determination. The Administrator shall make the determination according to the characteristics of the operation of the proposed use and based upon the Administrator’s interpretation of the Standard Land Use Coding Manual, the Standard Industrial Classification Manual and the North American Industry Classification System.
2. Conflict. In the case of a conflict between RZC 21.64.050, Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas, and the Comprehensive Allowed Use Charts in RZC 21.04.0100 and 21.04.0200, RZC 21.64.050 shall prevail.
3. Appeal. An applicant may appeal the final decision of the Administrator pursuant to RZC 21.76.070.D, Administrative Interpretation, and the procedures set forth in RZC Article VI. (Ord. 2652; Ord. 2744; Ord. 2753; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2836; Ord. 2883; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2951; Ord. 3053; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3154; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.030)
Residential and Lodging Uses by Zone P = A use class is permitted L = Limited use, see note number(s) indicated C = A conditional use permit (CUP) is required N = Not permitted | Neighborhood Zones | Citywide Mixed-Use Zones | Marymoor Village Zones | Downtown Zones | Overlake Zones | Nonresidential Zones | Notes and References | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NR | NMF | NMU | CMU | UMU | MME | MMC | MMM | DTE | DTC | TWNC | OV | OBAT | OUMF | BP | MP | I | UR | RA-5 | COS | ||
Residential | |||||||||||||||||||||
Dwelling unit, detached | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 7 | P | N | See RZC 21.04.1160 for manufactured homes |
Dwelling unit, attached | P | P | P | P | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | |
P | P | P | P | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | N | See RZC 21.04.1110 | |
P | P | P | P | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 4 | P | N | See RZC 21.04.1110 | |
Dwelling unit, multifamily | N | P | P | P | L 3 | P | L 3 | N | P | P | P | L 3 | L 3 | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | See RZC 21.57.010 | |
N | L 5 | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
L 8 | P | P | L 8 | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | L 3 | L 3 | L 3 | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
P | P | N | N | N | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | P | N | ||
N | C | N | N | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
C | C | N | N | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | C | N | ||
P / C 6 | P / C 6 | N | N | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | N | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | P / C 6 | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | N | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | ||
Lodging | |||||||||||||||||||||
Bed and breakfast inn or boarding house | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | P | P | N | N | P | P | N | P | N | N | N | N | N | P /C | L 2 | N | A CUP is required for bed and breakfast inns with three or more bedrooms |
Hotel or motel | N | N | N | P | P | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | |
Notes and Limitations:
1Affordable housing developments are allowed in all land use districts where faith-based uses are allowed, so long as that affordable housing development is located on real property owned or controlled by a faith-based or religious organization at the submittal of a complete building permit application. For affordable housing developed on property owned by a faith-based or religious organization, density bonuses may apply, subject to RZC 21.20.060.D.
2Limited to bed and breakfast inns: No more than eight rental rooms are permitted.
3Limited to mixed-use developments: Not permitted as a stand-alone use. Administrator may approve an exception where:
a. Site conditions (including but not limited to parcel size and/or slope) substantially limit mixed-use viability; or
b. The street frontage is to a neighborhood street (see RZC 21.12.510); or
c. Ground floor residential is allowed.
4One tiny home is allowed for each allowed dwelling unit. Where only one primary dwelling is on a lot, two tiny homes are allowed.
5Maximum commercial square feet per Table 21.08.200.B.
6If a development is not to be subdivided or sold as a condominium, then a conditional use permit shall be required for the retirement residence rather than a subdivision or binding site plan.
7Permitted use only for dwelling units occupied by those engaged in crop production on the property or operating a stable on the property and accessory dwelling units.
8Limited to developments with six or more dwelling units per lot. Not permitted for developments with less than six dwelling units per lot.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.100)
Nonresidential Uses by Zone P = A use class is permitted L = Limited use, see note number(s) indicated C = A conditional use permit (CUP) is required N = Not permitted | Neighborhood Zones | Citywide Mixed-Use Zones | Marymoor Village Zones | Downtown Zones | Overlake Zones | Nonresidential Zones | Notes and References | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NR | NMF | NMU | CMU | UMU | MME | MMC | MMM | DTE | DTC | TWNC | OV | OBAT | OUMF | BP | MP | I | UR | RA-5 | COS | ||
N | N | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | L 1, 2, 3A, 3B, 3C | N | N | N | Gasoline sales require a CUP. For kiosks and other temporary uses see RZC 21.04.4000 For animal sales, see RZC 21.04.2040 For vehicle sales, see RZC 21.04.2220 | ||||||||||
N | N | N | P | P | N | N | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | L 15 | N | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2070 | |
N | N | L 1 | P | P | P | P | L 7J | P | P | P | L 3E / C | L 3E | L 1, 3A, 3B, 3C, 3E | L 21 | N | N | N | A CUP is required for auto rental and animal sales and services | |||
N | N | L 1 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | L 4 | P | N | N | N | For food carts, food trucks, and other temporary uses see RZC 21.04.4000 | ||||||
Food truck, pop-up retail court | N | L 1 | L 1 | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | N | P | P | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2140 |
N | N | N | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | N | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2090 | |
N | N | N | P | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | N | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | N | N | L 15 | N | L 15 | C | N | See RZC 21.04.2040 | |
Arts, Entertainment, and Recreation | |||||||||||||||||||||
L 1 / C | P | P | P | P | C | P | P | P | P | P | L 22 | P | N | C | C | C | A CUP is required for athletic, sports, and play fields, marine recreation, and commercial swimming pools. See RZC 21.04.2210 and 21.04.2050 For special regulation for uses in the UR zone see RZC 21.04.2210 | ||||
L 2 / C | L 2 / C | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 / C | L 2 / C | N | See RZC 21.04.2210 | |
P / C | P / C | C | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P / C | C | A CUP is required for commercial facilities. See RZC 21.04.2210 | |
N | N | N | N | C | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | C | C | C | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2030 | |
Education, Public, Health, and Other Institutions | |||||||||||||||||||||
Education, government, health care and other institution | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | N | N | L 26 / C | N | A CUP is required for educational facilities with capacity > 150 full-time-equivalent students. A CUP is required in the RA-5 zoning district. | |
L 13 / C | L 13 / C | L 13 | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | L 15 | N | N | N | N | A CUP is required in NR and NMF. See RZC 21.04.2080 | |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | P | P | See RZC 21.04.1150 | |
P / C | P / C | N | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | N | N | N | N | A CUP is required for uses with over 250 seats. See RZC 21.04.2130 | |
P / C | P / C | N | N | P | N | P | P | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | N | N | P / C | N | N | N | N | A CUP is required for uses with over 250 seats. See RZC 21.04.2130 | |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | C | C | C | N | N | N | See RZC 21.76.070.M | |
N | N | N | N | L 2 | N | N | N | N | L 3D | L 3D | N | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2170 | |||
Artisanal manufacturing, retail sales, and service | N | N | L 1 | L 1 | P | L 1 | P | P | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | N | P | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | |||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2070 | |
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities | |||||||||||||||||||||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | P | N | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | N | L | N | P | N | N | P | P | N | N | N | P | N | N | N | N | N | ||
Truck and freight transportation | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2220 |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2220 | |
N | N | N | N | P | L 1 | L 1 | P | N | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | N | N | N | ||
L 9 / C | L 9 / C | N | N | P | N | C | C | N | N | N | N | N | N | C | C | C | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | P | P | L 14 | P | P | P | P | P | L 1 | L 1 | L 1 | L 14 | L 14 | L 14 | N | N | N | ||
P | P | L 1 / C | P | P | L 1 / C | P | P | L 1 / C | P | P | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | See RZC 21.04.2230. A CUP is required for large satellite dishes; amateur radio tower; antenna array, base station, and support structures | |
P | P | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P | P | P | P / C | P / C | P / C | P | P | P | N | P | P | A CUP is required if 40 feet in height or greater | |
L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | L 1 / C | P / C | P / C | P / C | P | P | P | N | C | C | A CUP is required if 40 feet in height or greater | |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | ||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2160 | |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 / C | L 2 | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2160 | |
Water extraction well | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2 | N | N | |
Agriculture | |||||||||||||||||||||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 11 | L 11 | N | See RZC 21.04.2040 | |
P | P | P | N | N | P | N | N | P | N | N | P | P | P | N | N | N | P | P | N | ||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2070 | |
L 12 /C | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | N | See RZC 21.04.2040 | |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | N | P | P | P | P | P | N | N | N | N | P | P | N | ||
Other | |||||||||||||||||||||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | N | N | N | N | P | L 2 | L 2 | N | N | N | ||||
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | L 2/C | N | N | N | See RZC 21.04.2180 | |
N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | N | P | P | P | ||
Notes and Limitations
1Shall not be materially detrimental in terms of noise, truck traffic, vibrations, odors, and other potential operational impacts with neighborhood units or nearby mixed-use/residential developments. Application of this note is limited in the MMC and MMM zoning districts to new structures permitted after June 17, 2017.
3Uses Not Permitted.
a. Gasoline service;
b. Outdoor automobile sales, rental or service;
c. Rental storage and mini-warehouses;
d. Warehouse and storage services;
e. Outdoor storage.
4Limited to less than 75,000 square feet gross floor area in a single use.
5Membership wholesale/retail warehouse limited to showroom only with a maximum size of 75,000 square feet gross floor area.
6Administrative office/business functions only.
7Is limited to:
a. Athletic, sports, and play fields.
d. Education facilities allowed in MP zones outside of MP Overlay but limited to technical, trade, and other specialty schools only.
e. Animal kennels.
f. Real estate services limited to mini-warehouse/self-storage only.
g. Professional services limited to research and development services and other uses that support another permitted use within the MP zone only.
h. Administrative services limited to corporate headquarters and regional offices associated with manufacturing and wholesale trade uses within an MP zone.
i. Athletic club or fitness center.
j. Repair and rental of goods.
8Includes noncommercial indoor recreation uses, such as community clubhouses, indoor swimming pools, and other similar facilities.
9Permitted only abutting Lake Sammamish. Excludes medical airlift.
10Limited to mixed-use developments. Not permitted as a stand-alone use.
11All commercial livestock, dairy and fowl enterprises limited to lots 35,000 square feet in size or larger, and must meet Seattle-King County Health Department regulations and the regulations of Redmond’s Municipal Code. Personal, noncommercial livestock, dairy, and fowl activities are considered an accessory use and are allowed; provided, that all Health Department and Municipal Code requirements are met.
12Limited to lots 35,000 square feet or larger.
13Day care uses are only permitted in a building or building complex used for other uses, such as a school, church, meeting hall, or some other building used for more than one purpose.
14Shall not be located on a parcel that abuts a Neighborhood Residential or Neighborhood Multifamily zone.
15Only allowed in the MP Overlay (see note 7D for educational facilities).
16Limited to MP Overlay only: pet and animal sales or services (except veterinary), ambulatory and outpatient health care services, health and personal care, and finance and insurance.
17Shall be located in multi-tenant buildings or a single building in a multibuilding, multi-tenant complex.
18Fifty-person seating capacity, except when associated with manufacture of food or kindred products. In that case, maximum is 100-person seating capacity, so long as the seating area does not occupy more than 25 percent of combined gross floor area. The seating limit does not apply when the use is secondary to a winery or brewery, but the 25 percent limit continues to apply.
19Hours of operation limited to:
a. 6:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m. in the MMM and MP zoning districts.
b. 6:00 a.m. – 10:00 p.m. in the BP and I zoning districts.
20Not permitted north of NE 90th Street and west of Willows Road.
21Finance and insurance, convenience use, and personal services uses:
a. Permitted in Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood north of NE 95th Street only.
b. Must be closed a minimum of four hours in any 24-hour period.
c. Minimum size per tenant is 1,000 square feet gfa.
d. Maximum size per tenant is 20,000 square feet gfa.
e. Shall be secondary use in multi-tenant building; shall not be located in separate building containing only convenience uses.
23For automobile sales, service, or repair:
a. May occupy up to 25 percent of the combined gross floor area.
b. Vehicle display area shall be outside of required parking and landscape areas.
c. Vehicles shall be stored on paved surfaces.
d. Advertising signs are not permitted on the outside of vehicles. Signs providing information about the vehicle, such as year, make, model, etc., may be displayed on the outside of or in the windows of vehicles.
24Outdoor loudspeaker systems are prohibited.
26Limited to government and administration uses only.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.200)
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.300)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the accessory dwelling unit (ADU) and tiny home provisions is to:
1. Provide a housing type that responds to changing needs and lifestyles (e.g., small families, retired couples) and that allows persons of all ages and incomes to live in a neighborhood by promoting diversity in the size, type, and price of new single-family development;
2. Enhance opportunities for ownership housing;
3. Better utilize existing infrastructure and community resources;
4. Add to Redmond’s stock of affordable dwelling units; and
5. Ensure that ADUs and tiny homes are compatible with surrounding land uses by appropriately regulating their bulk, size and scale.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to all accessory dwelling units and tiny homes.
C. Requirements.
1. Number of ADUs. Two ADUs or tiny homes shall be allowed on each residential lot.
2. Location.
a. An ADU may be added to or included within the primary unit, or located in a detached structure on the same lot as the primary dwelling unit.
b. Detached ADUs and the primary dwelling unit must each conform to all lot coverage restrictions and any other standards or regulations required of a detached dwelling unit in a residential zone. Detached ADUs may be sited immediately abutting a lot line if the lot line abuts a public alley or right-of-way, overriding other setback regulations.
c. Tiny homes located within public view shall provide landscaping to fully screen the tandem axle trailer or similar configuration of trailer base.
3. Size/Scale.
a. The total square footage of an ADU shall not exceed 1,000 square feet.
b. If an ADU occupies an entire single floor of the primary dwelling unit, the Administrator may allow for an increase in the allowed size of the ADU in order to efficiently use all of the floor area, so long as all other standards of this section are met.
c. If the site size is larger than 10,000 square feet, the Administrator may allow for an increase in the allowed size of the ADU so long as all other standards of this section are met and the following criteria are met:
i. The ADU is an affordable housing unit; or
ii. A public benefit is provided as deemed appropriate by the Administrator.
4. Home business shall be allowed, subject to existing regulations, in both the ADU and the primary unit.
5. Affordability Requirement. ADUs shall not be used to meet any requirement to provide affordable dwelling units per RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing.
6. Applicable Codes – ADUs. The portion of the dwelling in which the accessory dwelling unit is proposed must comply with all standards for health and safety contained in all applicable codes, with the exception of the ceiling height requirements of the International Building Code. The Building Official may waive the ceiling height requirements of this chapter if it is determined that the structure was built in compliance with past building code requirements. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the accessory structures provisions is to allow for the opportunity to add additional structures to residential property for the purpose of increased storage space, work space, or other uses that would not qualify it as a dwelling unit.
B. Applicability. Accessory structures are allowed in all neighborhood zones of the City as an accessory use to an existing dwelling unit.
C. Requirements.
1. Height. Accessory structures may not exceed 22 feet in height, with the exception of accessory structures that contain accessory dwelling units, which shall not exceed the height maximum of the underlying zone.
2. Size.
a. Total square footage for the footprint of the accessory structures may not exceed 60 percent of the footprint of the living area on the ground floor (excluding garage) of the primary dwelling unit.
b. In no case shall the total square footage of the accessory dwelling unit portion of an accessory structure exceed 1,000 square feet.
3. Building Separation. Unless the International Building Code or International Fire Code dictates otherwise, there shall be no minimum building separation for accessory structures.
4. Location. Accessory structures are prohibited within the front yard setback, with the exception of garages where lot size or lot configuration are not supportive of lessening the dominant appearance of a garage, such as where lot width measured at the front street is less than 50 feet, where steep grades are present, or when compliance with this section would endanger or impair pedestrian and vehicular safety.
5. Accessory Structure Setbacks. Side interior and rear setbacks (but not side street) for accessory structures in the Neighborhood Multifamily zone are five feet. In the Neighborhood Residential Zone and the Neighborhood Mixed-Use Zone, accessory structures shall comply with the underlying setback regulations of the zone.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the conversion provisions is to facilitate the conversion of existing buildings that are zoned for commercial or mixed-use uses to residential uses, for the purpose of creating new housing units in existing buildings. These provisions support serving the City’s housing needs and compliance with state requirements. The intent of these provisions is to fully comply with state requirements (RCW 35A.21.440, 43.21C.450, and 19.27A.270) related to conversions of existing buildings to residential uses.
B. Applicability. Existing buildings constructed for commercial or mixed-use uses. For the purpose of this section, “existing building” means a building that received a certificate of occupancy at least three years prior to the permit application to add housing units. “Existing building” has the same meaning as explained in RCW 35A.21.440, and as thereafter amended.
C. Special Allowances. For compliance with state requirements, for applications related to the conversion of existing buildings that are constructed for commercial or mixed-use uses to residential uses, the City review process shall not restrict or impose the following:
1. A restriction on housing unit density that prevents the addition of housing units at a density up to 50 percent more than what is allowed in the underlying zone if constructed entirely within an existing building envelope in a building located within a zone that permits multifamily housing; provided, that generally applicable health and safety standards, including but not limited to building code standards and fire and life safety standards, can be met within the building;
2. Impose parking requirements on the addition of dwelling units or living units added within an existing building; however, cities may require the retention of existing parking that is required to satisfy existing City residential parking requirements and for nonresidential uses that remain after the new units are added;
3. With the exception of emergency housing and transitional housing uses, impose permitting requirements on the use of an existing building for residential purposes beyond those requirements generally applicable to all residential development within the building’s zone;
4. Impose design standard requirements, including setbacks, lot coverage, and floor area ratio requirements, on the use of an existing building for residential purposes beyond those requirements generally applicable to all residential development within the building’s zone;
5. Impose exterior design or architectural requirements on the residential use of an existing building beyond those necessary for health and safety of the use of the interior of the building or to preserve character-defining streetscapes, unless the building is a designated landmark or is within a historic district established through a local preservation ordinance;
6. Prohibit the addition of housing units in any specific part of a building except ground floor commercial or retail that is required by RZC standards, unless the addition of the units would violate applicable building codes or health and safety standards;
7. Require unchanged portions of an existing building used for residential purposes to meet the current energy code solely because of the addition of new dwelling units within the building; however, if any portion of an existing building is converted to new dwelling units, each of those new units must meet the requirements of the current energy code;
8. Deny a building permit application for the addition of housing units within an existing building due to nonconformity regarding parking, height, setbacks, elevator size for gurney transport, or modulation, unless the Administrator makes written findings that the nonconformity is causing a significant detriment to the surrounding area; or
9. Require a transportation concurrency study under RCW 36.70A.070 or an environmental study under RCW Chapter 43.21C based on the addition of residential units within an existing building.
D. Life Safety Standards. Nothing in this section shall require the City to approve a building permit application for the addition of housing units constructed entirely within an existing building envelope in a building located within a zone that permits multifamily housing in cases in which the building cannot satisfy life safety standards. (Ord. 3220)
Reserved. (Ord. 3220)
Reserved. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the home business regulations is to allow for limited commercial activity within dwelling units while ensuring that commercial activity remains incidental to the primary use and does not create disproportionate levels of noise, traffic, safety hazards, or other public nuisances.
B. Applicability. Home businesses are allowed in all neighborhood, mixed-use and center zones of the City as an accessory use to an existing dwelling unit. A business license is required for all home businesses. In addition, the Administrator may impose conditions to mitigate any potential adverse impacts on surrounding uses and may consider the need to limit the hours of operation of a home business.
C. Requirements. The following standards shall apply to all home businesses. An applicant wishing to apply for a business license for a home business must demonstrate compliance with these standards prior to obtaining a business license:
1. Number. Any number of home businesses may be conducted within any single dwelling unit, including an accessory dwelling unit and all accessory structures; provided, that the combined impacts of any and all businesses do not exceed the limits set forth in this section.
2. Size. No more than 49 percent of the gross floor area of the principal dwelling unit may be used for the home business. In the case of home businesses being conducted within accessory structures or detached accessory dwelling units, there shall be no size restriction placed upon the usable area for the home business.
3. Residency. A home business must be conducted by a person who resides in the dwelling unit. Floor space in either the primary dwelling unit or an accessory structure may not be rented out to persons not residing within the primary dwelling unit or accessory dwelling unit for business purposes.
4. Home businesses shall not be materially detrimental in terms of noise, traffic, vibrations, odors, and other potential operational impacts to neighboring residential units or nearby mixed-use/residential developments. No toxic, explosive, flammable, combustible, corrosive, etiologic, radioactive, or other restricted materials shall be used or stored on the site.
5. Business Traffic.
a. Vehicle Trips. No combination of visitors, customers, and/or deliveries may exceed a total of 40 vehicle trips per day.
b. Visitors, customers, and deliveries to home businesses shall be prohibited before 7:00 a.m. and after 8:00 p.m. unless authorized by the Administrator.
6. Vehicles.
a. Vehicles larger than 10,000 pounds gross weight shall not be operated out of the premises or park on the property or adjacent streets. No more than one vehicle used in the business may be parked on the premises or operated out of the premises when the business is located in a Neighborhood Residential zone.
b. Home businesses operated in multifamily and mixed-use zones shall be prohibited from parking or storing vehicles other than personal vehicles permitted on site by the underlying zone or authorized by a mobility management program.
7. Parking. The home business shall not displace or impede the use of required parking spaces for primary or accessory dwelling units.
8. Utility Demand. Utility demand (water, sewer, or garbage) shall not exceed normal residential levels.
9. Applicable Codes. Structures must meet City building, construction, fire and land use regulations.
10. Motor Vehicle-Related Home Businesses.
a. Office-only activities for motor vehicle-related uses may be allowed as home businesses, provided all other requirements of this section are met.
b. Office-only motor vehicle-related home businesses and stock-in-trade within the residence may be allowed; provided, that the following activities related to the office use are performed at other locations: washing and waxing, paint striping and detail application, window repair or replacement, and repairing and tuning of boats.
c. Except as provided in RZC 21.04.1150.C.7 and C.10.b and for businesses legally licensed as such within the City of Redmond as of June 14, 1995, no motor vehicle-related businesses shall be allowed as home businesses, including, but not limited to: auto, truck, or heavy equipment repair; body work, welding, detailing, or painting; or taxicab, van shuttle, limousine, or other transportation services.
11. Family Day Care Providers.
a. Family day care providers are permitted as home businesses as permitted or limited by the underlying zone.
b. Family day care providers shall obtain a business license and maintain the City of Redmond license as long as the use operates.
c. The family day care provider shall not care for more than 12 children at any time or as licensed pursuant to a waiver granted by the Washington State Department of Children, Youth, and Families per RCW Chapter 43.216 and WAC Chapter 110-300, now or as hereafter amended.
i. Family day care providers are encouraged to request from the City of Redmond preapplication review of proposed waivers to the number of children to be cared for at any time in advance of application to the state.
d. Family day care facilities are required to adhere to all standards prescribed in this section for home businesses, except that:
i. Family day care facilities are exempt from the limitations on business traffic to and from the facility as specified in RZC 21.04.1150.C.5.
ii. The amount of gross floor area within the principal dwelling unit that may be devoted to the family day care business shall be the minimum number of square feet required by the state.
iii. Family day care providers may have two additional employees on the premises at a time outside the family group that reside on the premises engaged in the family day care home business.
A. Family day care providers may exceed two additional employees outside the family group up to the number of employees required to comply with the terms of the waiver issued by the state.
e. Family day care providers may operate from 5:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.
f. Family day care providers shall comply with all building, fire, safety, and health codes. Family day care providers that receive a waiver from the state to increase the number of children permitted under the terms of their license shall request an inspection from the City of Redmond, and any other agencies with jurisdiction, to confirm that operations comply with all building, fire, safety, and health codes. This inspection shall be performed, and compliance with applicable building, fire, safety, and health codes shall be confirmed in advance of the operation receiving an updated business license.
g. Family day care providers shall obtain all required state approvals. The state shall certify that the proposed family day care provider will have a safe passenger-loading area. The family day care provider shall provide the City with a copy of the state license.
12. Cannabis-Related Home Businesses. No cannabis production, cannabis processing or cannabis retail sales shall be allowed as a home business. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of regulations related to designated manufactured homes, manufactured homes, and mobile homes is to allow for opportunities for reduced building and infrastructure costs for households interested in affordable housing options.
B. Applicability. Designated manufactured homes may be sited on individual residential lots in the same manner and to the same extent as a detached single-family dwelling unit. Manufactured homes and mobile homes may be sited only within manufactured home parks or mobile home parks. Manufactured home parks and mobile home parks are allowed through the subdivision and binding site plan processes in zones RA-5, NR, and NMF.
C. Requirements for Designated Manufactured Homes. Designated manufactured homes must be attached to a foundation in accordance with state regulations. Designated manufactured homes shall be subject to all of the land use, density, site requirements and development standards of the underlying zone.
D. Requirements for Manufactured Home Parks and Mobile Home Parks. New manufactured home parks and mobile home parks are subject to all of the land use, density, site requirements and development standards of the underlying zone with the following exceptions:
1. Size. A manufactured home park or mobile home park shall be at least one acre in area.
2. Allowed Uses. A manufactured home park or mobile home park may include either mobile or manufactured housing; provided, that the mobile homes meet the minimum livability and safety requirements set forth in the Redmond Building Code. A manufactured home park or mobile home park may also include: an office for the use of a manager, a common laundry facility for use of the tenants, a common recreation facility for primary use of the tenants, a common storage area, or an on-site day care facility.
3. Separation. A minimum of 10 feet of separation shall be maintained between all units which shall include modular or site built additions, decks, porches or roof structures excluding decks, patios, or walkways less than 30 inches above grade. Exceptions may be made to allow carports constructed of nonflammable materials, in which case the minimum separation shall be five feet from that carport to the neighboring unit. Accessory structures shall maintain the following separations:
a. Ten feet to mobile homes or manufactured homes on adjacent spaces;
b. Five feet to accessory structures of mobile homes or manufactured homes on adjacent spaces;
c. Five feet to the mobile home, manufactured home, or other accessory structures on the same space, except for a carport or garage which may be attached to the mobile home or manufactured home; this separation may be waived when accessory structures are constructed of nonflammable materials.
4. Coverage/Impervious Surface Area. A manufactured home park or mobile home park shall be exempt from the structure coverage and impervious surface area requirements set forth in the zone summary for the applicable residential zone. (See RZC 21.08.200.)
5. Access and Driveways.
a. Internal roads and sidewalks shall provide access to each mobile home or manufactured home space and shall be constructed in accordance with the adopted City of Redmond road standards for residential local access streets or private streets.
b. Private streets may be used; provided, that such streets do not directly connect two or more points of vehicular access to the park; provided, that no roadway shall exceed 150 feet in length without providing a fire vehicle turnaround area; and provided, that the roadway is not intended to accommodate required parking.
c. Driveways must be spaced to maximize the distance between one driveway and another and between driveways and road intersections. Driveways shall be aligned wherever possible with existing driveways on the opposite side of the street. Joint use of driveways is allowed.
d. Skirting and Foundations. All mobile homes supported by piers shall be fully skirted. All manufactured homes must be attached to a foundation in accordance with state regulations.
e. Recreational Vehicles. No spaces or pads in a manufactured home park or mobile home park may be used to accommodate recreational vehicles. A manufactured home park or mobile home park may include a storage area for recreational vehicles owned by the residents of the park; provided, the storage area contains no utility hook-ups and recreational vehicles within the storage area are not used as living quarters.
E. Nonconforming Mobile Home Parks.
1. Standards. Mobile home parks established prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this code shall continue to be governed by all standards relating to density, setbacks, landscaping and off-street parking in effect at the time they were approved.
2. New Structures. The replacement of mobile homes in existing mobile home parks shall be governed by the site requirements in effect when the parks were approved. Where internal setbacks are not specified, the average of the prevailing setbacks on the pads to either side of the proposed new or replacement structure shall apply. New accessory structures must meet the setback requirements of conforming mobile parks unless the existing setbacks create an inability to meet these standards in which case the accessory structure shall be made of a fireproof material. Replacement mobile homes in nonconforming mobile home parks must be fully secured to the ground as required by the Redmond Building Code, fully skirted, and the structure must meet the minimum livability and safety requirements of the Redmond Building Code.
3. Recreational Vehicles. No spaces or pads in an existing mobile home park shall be used to accommodate recreational vehicles except where the spaces or pads were specifically for recreational vehicles at the time the park was established.
4. Enlargement. A nonconforming mobile home park may be enlarged, provided the proposed enlargement meets the standards set forth for new mobile home parks in this section. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to ensure that newly constructed multifamily residential developments provide and maintain pet waste stations.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section apply to all newly constructed multifamily residential developments within the City.
C. Pet Waste Station Requirements. The following requirements for pet waste stations shall be incorporated into the design of multifamily development.
Table 21.04.1170. Pet Waste Station Requirements
Zoning | Requirement |
|---|---|
NMF zone | One pet waste station, consisting of bag dispenser and garbage container, shall be installed and maintained in a publicly accessible and highly visible location. |
Multifamily and mixed-use developments with housing units in centers or mixed-use zones | Two pet waste stations, consisting of bag dispenser and garbage container, shall be installed and maintained in two separate publicly accessible and highly visible locations. |
D. General Standards. The following provisions shall apply to the installation and maintenance of pet waste stations:
1. Pet waste stations shall be incorporated into the layout of the project and identified on civil plans.
2. Installation shall allow for safe ingress and egress to the site, fire access, visibility for transportation, and pedestrian access.
3. Pet waste stations shall be co-located with outdoor garbage containers or have garbage containers incorporated into the design.
4. Pet waste stations shall be installed outside of critical areas and their buffers, utility corridors, easements, or rights-of-way.
5. Pet off-leash areas provided in conjunction with pet waste stations shall be designed to capture waste and not infiltrate directly into stormwater infrastructure or permeable surfaces.
6. Maintenance. Property owners and/or managers shall be responsible for supplying bags and emptying trash containers associated with pet waste stations.
E. Review and Approval. The proposed site plan including a pet waste station detail shall be submitted to the City for review and approval at site plan entitlement. (Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of retirement residences is to help meet the housing needs of an aging population while protecting other uses from potential adverse impacts which may otherwise occur as a result of traffic, a concentration of people, and from buildings that may otherwise be out of scale with the area in which they are located.
B. Applicability. Retirement residences are allowed in all residential zones through the subdivision or binding site plan processes.
C. Requirements.
1. Age Restriction. The development shall be restricted to persons age 55 or older and handicapped persons as defined by federal law. At least half the total housing units shall be occupied by persons 55 years of age or older, except for spouses of such residents for whom there is no minimum age requirement.
2. Conversion from a Retirement Residence. No conversion of occupancy to persons other than those specified by RZC 21.04.1190.C.1 shall be allowed without first complying with the underlying zoning and site requirements.
3. Density. In zones where density is regulated by number of dwelling units per acre, the maximum number of retirement residence units shall not exceed the number permitted by the allowed density of the zone. In zones where density is regulated by floor area ratio (FAR), the maximum development capacity of the retirement residence shall not exceed the FAR permitted by the allowed density of the zone. Retirement residences in the NR zone shall be measured in FAR and shall not exceed a FAR of 1.1. Exceptions to maximum density limits for retirement residences are as follows:
a. In all residential zones which allow retirement residences, the maximum density shall not exceed the allowed density for that zone in the zone use chart for the zone, together with any density bonus authorized under RZC 21.20.030, General Requirements and Incentives, or RZC 21.20.070, Affordable Senior Housing, except any facilities developing under RZC 21.04.1190.C.3.b.
b. Retirement residences located in the NR zone or NMF zone that provide some component of assisted living or skilled nursing care may be allowed an increase in density by up to twice the maximum floor area ratio (FAR) of 1.1, up to a total allowed maximum FAR of 2.2, provided each of the following conditions are met:
i. A minimum of 10 percent of the units are licensed for assisted living or skilled nursing care programs; however, no more than 25 percent of the units may be licensed for skilled nursing care.
ii. There is adequate water and sewer capacity to serve the proposed development, together with the water and sewer capacity existing to accommodate the planned growth for the service area(s) in which the property is located.
iii. Traffic generated by the retirement residence is not significantly greater than traffic generated in the surrounding residential neighborhoods. In addition, a traffic mitigation plan is required. The plan shall address traffic control, parking management (including the mitigation of overflow parking into the adjoining residential areas), and traffic movement to the arterial street system. In addition to on-site parking requirements, parking in excess of the maximum may be permitted on existing off-site satellite parking lots, subject to City approval of a joint use agreement. Off-site parking in a residential zone shall be limited to lots shared with existing institutional uses, such as schools.
iv. The project shall comply with all development standards for the zone in which the development is located, including height, setbacks, open space, lot coverage, and impervious surface requirements.
v. Landscape Requirements. Setback areas located adjacent to the side, street side, and rear property lines shall be landscaped to sufficiently screen the development from surrounding residential uses. Similar landscaping shall also be provided within the front setback areas when needed to screen parking. Where possible, existing mature vegetation shall be retained. The Administrator may allow reduced landscaping requirements for projects that exhibit exceptional site and architectural design qualities that reflect nearby neighborhood character. Such projects shall be well integrated with the surrounding neighborhood, including linkages to surrounding uses through pedestrian and vehicular connections. Alternative linkages may be proposed by those facilities where an enclosed facility is mandated by licensing requirements for the type of care offered at the retirement residence, such as Alzheimer’s or other dementia care facilities.
vi. Retirement residence facilities developed under these provisions shall not be entitled to any other senior housing density bonuses, including those described in RZC 21.20.030.D, General Requirements and Incentives, or RZC 21.20.070.A, Affordable Senior Housing.
vii. Availability. A minimum of 25 percent of the new units increased above the underlying zone as a result of this section shall be set aside for households earning less than 80 percent of the area median income, adjusted for household size.
viii. For existing developments that are expanding under these provisions, the set-aside units may be located either in the existing or new units, but shall be in addition to any set-aside units already provided in the existing facility.
ix. The operator of the facility shall provide an annual report to the City providing information documenting compliance with the set-aside requirement. Facilities financed under Washington State Housing Finance Commission (WSHFC) programs may submit a copy of the annual report to WSHFC to satisfy this requirement.
x. Set-aside units required by these regulations shall be administered according to the same requirements as used by the Washington State Housing Finance Commission (WSHFC) for similar type facilities, regardless of how a retirement residence developed under these provisions is financed.
4. Site Requirements. All site requirements and development standards of the Redmond Zoning Code shall apply to retirement residences.
5. Design and Development Standards.
a. Parking should be divided into small parking areas screened from on-site and off-site uses.
b. In the NR zone, no retirement residence shall be located adjacent to another retirement residence development to avoid the adverse effects of a concentration of such housing.
6. Recorded Covenant and Conditions. An agreement in a form approved by the City shall be recorded as a covenant or other legally binding limitation on the use and intensity of the property and requiring compliance with the requirements of this section, including any requirements for set-aside units. This covenant or other legally binding limitation on the use and intensity of the property shall run with the land, shall be binding on the assigns, heirs and successors of the applicant, and shall be recorded in King County’s real property records before the use is occupied.
D. Approval Criteria. Approval of a retirement residence development is a discretionary decision unless it is a permitted use. The applicant shall have the burden of proof to show that the following approval criteria are met for all retirement residences that are not permitted uses:
1. The application complies with the requirements of this section and the Zoning Code.
2. The design, scale, and appearance of the development is consistent with the character of the existing and planned neighborhood in which it may be located.
3. Adequate public facilities and services are available at the site to serve the development.
4. The development is located along a transit route that provides all day service, or the applicant is proposing to provide affordable transportation services to transport residents to the Redmond Senior and Community Center, library, shopping, medical services, and other basic needs. If the applicant is proposing to provide transportation services, the applicant shall provide those uses until all day public transit service is provided to the site. (Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Support displaced businesses by providing additional options to remain in Redmond while searching for a new site.
2. Commercial businesses experiencing displacement may enter into a restricted lease agreement for co-location with a preexisting business.
B. Co-Location Requirements.
1. The primary business must be located and operated in accordance with the Redmond Zoning Code or the regulations under which it was originally approved.
2. The primary and accessory uses and their operations must be compatible with one another.
3. The total floor area dedicated to accessory commercial must not exceed 25 percent of the combined gross floor area of the primary and accessory uses.
4. All operations by the accessory commercial must be compatible with the underlying zoning district and avoid impacting the standard operations of neighboring uses.
5. With the exception of signs, the site and building design must not be impacted or modified as a result of the co-location. Signs identifying the accessory commercial must be designed and located pursuant to RZC Chapter 21.44, Signs, for the underlying district and any preexisting sign programs for the location.
6. Permits for interior improvement and other co-location and operational limitations may also apply.
C. Restricted Lease Requirements.
1. A written agreement with the City must be executed in advance of the co-location.
2. The lease terms must identify all of the following:
a. The restricted lease shall terminate and the accessory commercial business will cease occupancy and operations at the respective location at such time that the primary business, building owner, or lease holder vacates the space or sells the respective property.
b. The lease will terminate at such time that the accessory commercial business takes occupancy of any separate location.
3. A copy of the executed lease and its successors must be maintained on file at the City. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. Active retail uses are provided in mixed-use and nonresidential development in centers, where a high number of people live, work, and visit. These uses support street level retail and are conducive to placemaking. They may also serve as retail incubation tools by including space sharing and pop-up opportunities. Active retail uses energize street level public space and may contribute to an 18-hour district and vibrant nightlife.
B. Standard.
1. Applicability.
Table 21.04.2020.B. Active Retail Uses Applicability
Overlake Center See RZC 21.12.510 | Downtown Center See Table 21.10.300 | Marymoor Village Center See RZC 21.13.300 | |
|---|---|---|---|
Required | • Retail street frontages • At intersection of Retail Street and Shared Street • Street frontages facing light rail stations | • At the intersection of two Urban Core streets, or otherwise shown in Map 21.10.300 – Downtown Street Typology • Street frontages facing light rail station | • At the intersection of two Urban Core streets, or otherwise as shown in RZC 21.13.300.D • Street frontages facing light rail station |
Encouraged | • At intersections along NE 24th Street from 148th to 152nd Ave NE • Intersections with access to Urban Pathway | • At the intersection of one Urban Core street with one or more Urban Mixed streets | • At intersections in Marymoor Core • At access points to E Lake Sammamish Trail |
2. Entrance faces the street, urban pathway, or plaza street. Often located at corners or wrapped around two sides of a building’s corner.
3. Secondary uses may be allowed, such as residential and live-work units, across a minor portion (not to exceed 30 percent of linear measurement) of the building frontage except as prohibited in development and land use regulations for the underlying zone.
4. See ground floor use design standards in RZC 21.58.3620.
Table 21.04.2020.B. Example Illustrations of Active Use Retail
![]() | ![]() |
![]() | |
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. All adult entertainment facilities shall comply with the requirements of this section. The purpose and intent of requiring standards for adult entertainment facilities is to mitigate the adverse secondary effects caused by such facilities and to maintain compatibility with other land uses and services permitted within the City. The standards established in this section apply to all adult entertainment facilities and include, but are not limited to, the following: adult arcades, adult cabarets, adult drive-in theaters, adult motels, adult motion picture theaters, adult retail stores, adult sauna parlors, escort agencies, and nude or semi-nude model studios. The standards established in this section shall not be construed to restrict or prohibit the following activities or products: expressive dance as defined in RMC 5.68.030(R); plays, operas, musicals, or other dramatic works; classes, seminars, or lectures conducted for a scientific or educational purpose; printed materials or visual representations intended for educational or scientific purposes; nudity within a locker room or other similar facility used for changing clothing in connection with athletic or exercise activities; nudity within a hospital, clinic, or other similar medical facility for health-related purposes; and all movies and videos that are rated G, PG, PG-13, R and NC-17 by the Motion Picture Association of America.
B. Separation Requirements. Adult entertainment facilities shall be permitted as indicated in RZC 21.04.0200, Nonresidential Use Table, only if the following separation requirements are met:
1. No adult entertainment facility shall be located closer than 825 feet to another adult entertainment facility whether such other facility is located within or outside the City limits.
2. No adult entertainment facility shall be located closer than 825 feet to any of the following zones or uses whether such zone or use is located within or outside the City limits:
a. A residential zone as defined in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions;
b. An Urban Recreation zone as defined in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions;
c. A public park;
d. A community center as defined in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions;
e. A public library;
f. A day care center or family day care as defined in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions;
g. A public or private nursery school or preschool;
h. A public or private primary or secondary school; and
i. A church, temple, synagogue, mosque or other similar religious facility (activities and uses related to churches, temples, synagogues, and mosques are not subject to the separation requirements).
C. Measurement. The separation requirements specified in RZC 21.04.2030.B, Separation Requirements, shall be measured as follows:
1. The 825-foot buffer required by RZC 21.04.2030.B.1 shall be measured by extending a straight line from the nearest point on the property line of the lot containing the proposed adult entertainment facility to the nearest point on the property line of the lot containing the other adult entertainment facility.
2. The 825-foot buffer required by RZC 21.04.2030.B.2 shall be measured by extending a straight line from the nearest point on the property line of the lot containing the proposed adult entertainment facility to:
a. The nearest point on the boundary line of a residential or Urban Recreation zone;
b. The nearest point on the property line of a public park;
c. The nearest point on the property line of the lot containing a public library, day care center, family day care, community center, public or private nursery school or preschool, public or private primary or secondary school, or church, temple, synagogue, mosque or other similar religious facility.
D. Waiver of Separation Requirements. An applicant may obtain a waiver of the separation requirements required by RZC 21.04.2030 only if the applicant demonstrates that all of the following criteria are met:
1. Conditional Use Permit Required. Any party proposing to locate an adult entertainment facility within 825 feet of any zone or use specified in RZC 21.04.2030.B, Separation Requirements, may do so only after obtaining a conditional use permit in accordance with RZC 21.76.070.K, Conditional Use Permit.
2. Special Notice Requirements. In addition to the notice requirements for conditional use permits, first class mailing of notice shall be made to all individuals owning or occupying property within 825 feet of the property for which the application is made. The applicant shall provide the name and addresses of all property owners and businesses within 825 feet of the property of the proposed location.
3. Criteria for Decision. The final decision on the request for a waiver of the separation requirements shall be made by the City Council upon the recommendation of the Hearing Examiner, based upon consideration of the following criteria:
a. The extent to which physical features would result in an effective separation between the proposed adult entertainment facility and any zones or uses identified in RZC 21.04.2030.B, Separation Requirements, in terms of visibility and access;
b. The extent to which the proposed adult entertainment facility complies with the goals and policies of the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
c. The extent to which the proposed adult entertainment facility is compatible with adjacent and surrounding land uses;
d. The availability or lack of alternative locations for the proposed adult entertainment facility;
e. The extent to which the proposed adult entertainment facility can be avoided by alternative vehicular and pedestrian routes; and
f. The extent to which the applicant can minimize the adverse secondary effects associated with the proposed adult entertainment facility.
E. Nonconforming Adult Entertainment Facility. An adult entertainment facility shall be deemed a nonconforming use and shall be subject to the requirements of RZC 21.04.5000, Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures, if a zone or use identified in RZC 21.04.0030.B, Separation Requirements, locates within 825 feet of such adult entertainment facility after the date that such adult entertainment facility has located within the City in accordance with the requirements of RZC 21.04.2030. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the regulations in this section is to minimize the impacts of noise, odor, and sanitation associated with animals or animal boarding activities. Applicable for all pet and animal sales, services, boarding, kennels, shelters, and training facilities. Applicable to all veterinary services that provide those services.
B. Requirements for Animal Kennels and Shelters. The following regulations apply to all animal kennels and shelters in the zones in which they are approved or in the permit process under which the use is regulated. Additional criteria can be found in RZC 21.04.2040.B.2 and C.
1. The applicant shall comply with requirements set forth in RMC Chapter 7.04, Animal Control.
2. Development Criteria.
a. Kennels shall be allowed as either indoor or outdoor facilities. Boarding and training facilities must be located inside of a structure.
b. Location. All animal containing structures and runs shall be set back a minimum distance of 50 feet from the property line. The structures may be required to be set back, landscaped, or designed in such a fashion to screen them from neighboring residential uses.
c. Mitigation of Noise.
i. In order to mitigate potential noise impacts, animal-containing structures constructed of materials such as chain link, which do not provide sound proofing, may be required to meet greater setback distances from adjoining uses. These standards include but are not limited to the construction of fences and installation of landscaping to meet Type I landscape requirements.
ii. Outdoor runs or yards are allowed for the purpose of exercising animals. Runs/yards must be enclosed by eight-foot-high walls of sound-attenuating fencing or material such as masonry or concrete.
d. Number of Animals. The planned maximum number of animals to be sheltered shall be indicated on the application. This maximum may be reduced by the Technical Committee if it cannot be shown that the development has adequate lot size and facility design to accommodate the planned number of animals in a fashion that ensures that neighboring properties will not be impacted by noise, odor, sanitation, and runoff problems.
C. Requirements for Equestrian Facilities. The following development criteria shall apply to private or commercial equestrian facilities such as stables, facilities for breeding and training, and riding academies, in the zones in which they are permitted. The keeping of horses or other large domestic animals for private use on individual residential lots is regulated by RMC Chapter 7.04, Animal Control.
1. Minimum Lot Requirement. The minimum land area for an equestrian facility shall be no less than five acres. The required land area may be reduced or increased in the NR zone through a conditional use permit. The required land area will be based on how the proposal meets the intent of each of the requirements of this subsection.
2. Setback Requirements. All buildings used to house or train animals shall have a minimum setback of 50 feet from the nearest property line. Upon a written mutual agreement between property owners along a common interior lot line, areas for roaming or grazing, horse paddock areas and structures or pens may be permitted to extend into a common interior lot line; provided, that the structure or pen complies with all other setback regulations in that zone. Small tool sheds or other storage facilities similar to accessory structures for a primarily residential structure in the RA-5 and N-R zones shall have a minimum setback of five feet from the nearest property line. All other buildings shall meet the setback requirements of the zone in which they are located.
3. Odor and Sanitation. Stable manure shall not create a health hazard or an ongoing odor problem for neighboring properties. A plan for storage, reuse, or composting of manure shall be required that shows any or all of the following: use of absorbent bedding or odor-absorbing chemicals in stalls, the location, method of storage or composting proposals for waste materials, a schedule for manure removal, plans for use of manure as a fertilizer on the property including a proposed buffer area.
4. Pasturage/Paddocks/Exercise Facilities. The number of animals allowed to use pasturage shall be controlled to prevent overgrazing and erosion. If foals are to be kept at the facility, a sufficiently sized pasture area shall be available and used for extended periods of daily turnout of young animals. Setbacks or limited access may be required from streams. Paddock areas shall be designed to prevent erosion and cleaned as needed to prevent runoff of waste materials. Provision shall be made to properly exercise animals boarded in stalls; exercise wheels, paddocks for turnout, or an exercising schedule may be required.
5. Parking. A parking plan shall be submitted showing sufficient parking area or spaces to accommodate users, employees, visitors, or spectators. A ratio of one space for each five users, visitors, or spectators shall be required, including spectators for horse shows or similar events. In addition, the parking plan must delineate trailer parking area and an emergency access route.
6. Noise, Dust, Special Events. The use of public address systems to conduct instruction of the riders or announce at spectator events shall be controlled to prevent conflicts with nearby residential uses. In residential zones, limited hours of operation may be required for the use of the loudspeaker system and shall be consistent with the development regulations for noise. Cleanup shall be required after an event or show. The number of large special events may be limited under conditions of approval in the land use permit process.
7. Lighting. Parking lot lighting and lighting on structures or signs shall comply with the development regulations for lighting and signage and with the design standards of RZC Chapter 21.58, Community Design Standards.
8. Number of Animals. The planned maximum number of animals to be sheltered shall be indicated on the application. The City may lower this maximum if it cannot be shown that the development has adequate lot size and facility design to accommodate the planned number of animals in a fashion that ensures the neighboring residential properties will be minimally impacted with noise or odor problems. (Ord. 3220)
Faith-based and funerary requirements apply to all arts, entertainment, recreation, and assembly uses. See RZC 21.04.2130, Faith-Based and Funerary. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the bed and breakfast inn regulations is to allow for limited temporary lodgings in residential neighborhoods for commercial purposes, while at the same time ensuring that bed and breakfast inns within residential zones are compatible with the residential character of the neighborhood and the surrounding residences.
B. Applicability. Bed and breakfast inns with up to two guest rooms are permitted outright in the RA-5 and N-R zones. Bed and breakfast inns with up to eight rooms are permitted outright in the RA-5 zone.
C. Requirements for Bed and Breakfast Inns.
1. Applicable Codes. Bed and breakfast inns shall be considered transient facilities pursuant to WAC Chapter 246-360. Bed and breakfast inns must meet all applicable city, county, and state health and fire codes.
2. Employees. No more than two nonresident employees may be employed at the bed and breakfast inn. The owner and operator of the facility shall reside on site.
3. Home Based Business. Where a bed and breakfast inn is conducted as a home business, all standards in RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, must be met.
4. Conditions. The Administrator may impose additional conditions on the bed and breakfast inn in order to mitigate potential impacts that the operation might create. (Ord. 3220)
A. Relationship to Federal Law. The production, processing, and retailing of cannabis is and remains illegal under federal law. Nothing in RZC Chapter 21.04 or as provided elsewhere in the RZC or RMC authorizes or permits any person or entity to circumvent or violate federal law.
B. Collective Gardens.
1. On May 21, 2015, the Washington State Supreme Court, in Cannabis Action Coalition v. City of Kent, 183 Wn.2d 219 (2015), held that consistent with former RCW 69.51A.140 (Chapter 181, Laws of 2011), cities may adopt zoning regulations regarding collective gardens including regulations which prohibit collective gardens.
2. During the 2015 Regular Session, the Washington State Legislature passed the Cannabis Patient Protection Act, 2SSB 5052 (Chapter 70, Laws of 2015) which, among other things, deleted RCW 69.51A.085, which authorizes collective gardens, effective July 1, 2016. Therefore, as of July 1, 2016, the state law authorizing collective gardens will no longer exist.
3. Consistent with state law, collective gardens are not allowed within the City.
C. State License. No cannabis processor, cannabis producer, or cannabis retailer shall locate in the City without a valid license issued by the Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Control Board, and must at all times conform with state law and City regulations. In the event any City regulation conflicts with state law or state regulations, the more restrictive provision shall prevail.
D. Location – Buffers.
1. Cannabis production, cannabis processing, and cannabis retail uses are allowed uses within the City where in compliance with state law and regulation and this chapter.
2. No cannabis producer or cannabis processor shall locate within 1,000 feet, measured in the manner set forth in WAC 314-55-050(10), from any of the following uses in existence at the date of application to the City and as defined in WAC 314-55-010 as of the date of adoption of RZC Chapter 21.04:
a. Elementary or secondary school;
b. Playground;
c. Recreation center or facility;
d. Child care center;
e. Public park;
f. Public transit center;
g. Library; or
h. Game arcade.
3. No cannabis retailer shall locate within 1,000 feet, measured in the manner set forth in WAC 314-55-050(10), from any of the following uses in existence at the date of application to the City and as defined in WAC 314-55-010 as of the date of adoption of this chapter:
a. Elementary or secondary school; or
b. Playground.
4. No cannabis retailer shall locate within 100 feet, measured in the manner set forth in WAC 314-55-050(10), from any of the following uses in existence at the date of application to the City and as defined in WAC 314-55-010 as of the date of adoption of this chapter:
a. Recreation center or facility;
b. Child care center;
c. Public park;
d. Public transit center;
e. Library; or
f. Game arcade.
E. Structural Requirements. All cannabis processors, cannabis producers, and cannabis retailers must operate in a permanent structure designed to comply with the City Building Code. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. This section provides development criteria for commercial day care centers in residential zones.
B. Development Standards.
1. Commercial Day Care Centers (Residential Zones).
a. Day care centers shall comply with all building, fire, safety, and health codes, and all applicable development standards.
b. Day care centers shall obtain a business license and maintain the use license as long as the use operates.
c. Day care centers shall obtain all required state approvals.
d. In the RA-5 zone, stand-alone day care centers are prohibited.
e. Day care centers shall not be located closer than 300 feet from another existing day care operation in residential zones.
f. The minimum lot size shall be 20,000 square feet in all residential zones.
g. Play equipment used in the day care operations shall be placed no closer than 10 feet from any property line.
i. Building design, site plans and landscaping shall be of a character which is appropriate for the area.
j. Day care centers may be approved in new or existing churches and other places of worship, and no additional approval will be required, provided all other requirements of this section are met.
k. Day care centers located in residential zones shall operate within the hours of 5:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. (Ord. 3220)
A. Shall not locate in required parking, landscaping, or drive aisle area, or any area that would impede emergency access.
B. Shall not reduce or interfere with functional use of walkway or plaza to below standards of Americans with Disabilities Act.
C. Structures shall be secured to prevent tipping and endangering public safety.
D. Maximum size is six feet wide by 10 feet long.
E. Administrative design review required for structures.
F. Must submit circulation plan addressing queuing.
G. Drive-up stands within the Shoreline Jurisdictions of Bear Creek and the Sammamish River are limited to uses associated with water enjoyment. (Ord. 3220)
A. Adequate vehicle queuing space shall be provided outside the public right-of-way, on-site vehicular circulation aisles, and the area between the building and the street.
B. Type II landscaping shall screen drive-through lanes.
C. Drive-through facilities are prohibited in the Business Park zone except in the Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood north of NE 95th St. Where permitted, drive-through windows are permitted only in multi-tenant buildings and must be designed to prevent interference with pedestrian access, driveway access to surrounding development, and traffic flow on adjacent streets.
D. Drive-through facilities are prohibited in the Overlake, Downtown, and Marymoor Centers unless:
1. They are confined within the garage of a multistory building of at least three stories; and
2. The drive-through lanes provide a queuing length adequate to serve peak demand without overflowing onto public sidewalks or streets, as determined by a professional traffic engineer and approved by the City.
E. Drive-through facilities are prohibited in the Neighborhood Mixed-Use, Urban Mixed-Use, Manufacturing Park, and Industry zoning districts. (Ord. 3220)
A. Educational facilities within manufacturing zones shall allow for the efficient operation of manufacturing uses.
B. The proposed site design and layout shall minimize the effects of existing manufacturing uses upon the proposal. Site design and layout should include adequate screening of noise, light, and view of adjacent and less aesthetic uses (such as a storage yard). (Ord. 3220)
See RZC 21.76.070.M, Essential Public Facilities. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. This section is intended to ensure that the unique impacts associated with faith-based organizational uses and their accessory uses are addressed while still allowing for a wide range of possible locations for faith-, religious-, belief-, and affiliation-based assembly.
B. Calculation of Seating Capacity. For the purposes of this regulation, a seat shall be defined as either:
1. One individual fixed seat; or
2. A length of 18 inches on a pew or bench; or
3. A measurement of seven square feet per person for the area seating the general assembly with movable chairs or other portable seating fixtures. The total area includes aisle space, but excludes areas such as stage and podium areas, space for musical instruments, and lobbies.
C. Requirements. The following development criteria shall apply to structures and properties associated with faith-based organizations and their related activities without regard to the zone in which they are located or the permit under which the use is processed:
1. Lighting for parking lot areas, structures, statuary and signage shall comply with the development regulations for parking, lighting and signs, and the design standards of RZC Chapter 21.58, Community Design Standards.
2. In no event shall parking be in excess of one space per three seats in a residential zone.
3. The storage of buses or vans over 10,000 pounds gross weight is permitted on site under the following conditions:
a. The location of the parking areas for these vehicles is indicated on the site plan at the time of application;
b. Vehicles must be leased or owned by the owner or tenant of the site, must be in operable condition, and must have a current vehicle registration;
c. Vehicles shall not intrude into public rights-of-way or obstruct sight visibility from any driveway;
d. Structural and/or natural screening, as approved by the City, shall screen the vehicles from neighboring properties. The screening requirement or amount of screening may be eliminated or reduced in light industrial zones to the extent that the storage of vehicles is treated uniformly with other uses in the same zone.
4. Faith-Based Organizations Within Shorelines. Within the Shoreline Jurisdiction, site development shall comply with the general standards of the zone in which it is located, except as otherwise provided in RZC 21.04.2130.D. The maximum building height, exclusive of symbolic icons mounted on the rooftop, is 35 feet. An additional building height allowance of 15 feet is allowed for symbolic icons located on the building (SMP).
5. A traffic mitigation plan shall be submitted for approval by the City. The plan shall address traffic control, parking management (including the mitigation of overflow parking into adjoining residential areas), and traffic movement to the arterial street system. In addition to on-site parking requirements, parking in excess of the maximum may be permitted on existing off-site satellite parking lots, subject to City approval of a joint use agreement. Off-site parking in residential zones shall be limited to lots shared with existing institutional uses, such as schools.
6. The maximum height for separate structures on site, such as symbolic icons, shall be 15 feet. The maximum building height, based on the zone in which the building is located, may be exceeded by 15 feet for the installation of religious icons on the building.
7. The proposed structure(s) shall comply with the applicable design criteria contained in RZC Chapter 21.58, Community Design Standards, for the zone in which the use is located.
8. Additional standards are applicable to the use. The underlying zoning and size of the structures shall determine which additional criteria shall apply. The additional criteria for residential zones can be found below, depending on seating capacity.
9. Decorative fencing or decorative walls and landscaping on side or back lots are required when necessary to prevent visual impacts on neighboring properties and public shoreline areas.
D. Development Criteria for Seating Capacities in a Neighborhood Zone.
1. Faith-based organizations with a seating capacity of less than 250 seats:
a. The structures shall be located within 1,200 feet, as measured along the centerline of the right-of-way, of an arterial (collector, minor or principal);
b. The structures shall be located on a paved road having two lanes with a minimum width equal to the public works standard for a local access street;
c. Structures shall maintain a minimum setback of 20 feet from all property lines; building setbacks shall be increased by five feet for every one foot in building height over 30 feet;
d. The minimum lot size shall be the same as that required in the zone in which the proposed faith-based organization is located;
e. The maximum lot coverage of structures may not exceed 35 percent, and total impervious surfaces may not exceed 75 percent of lot area;
f. No more than two large vehicles may be stored on site at a given period of time; and
g. Structures, parking lots and lighting shall be designed to avoid excessive light and glare impacts on adjacent properties. Restrictions on light pole height and type, deflectors and other such measures may be required as necessary to prevent overspill and excessive intensity of light.
2. Faith-based organizations with a seating capacity of between 250 to 750 seats:
a. The proposed structures must be located adjacent to at least one arterial (collector, minor or principal);
b. Structures shall maintain a minimum setback of 20 feet from all property lines;
c. Building setbacks shall be increased five feet for every one foot in building height over 30 feet;
d. The maximum lot coverage of structures may not exceed 35 percent, and total impervious surfaces may not exceed 75 percent of the lot area; and
e. No more than two large vehicles may be stored on site at a time.
3. Institutions with a seating capacity greater than 750 seats shall require a traffic study or other documentation deemed suitable by the Technical Committee that demonstrates that there will be no significant adverse impacts to traffic operations on the adjacent street system; have a maximum building height of five stories; be set back five additional feet for every one foot in building height over 45 feet exclusive of rooftop symbolic icons; not contain accessory or stand-alone parking facilities; not contain primary or secondary schools; and shall require a conditional use permit. See RZC 21.76.070.K, Conditional Use Permit.
4. Institutions with a seating capacity greater than 7,500 seats shall be located adjacent to at least one collector, minor, or principal arterial. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. Implement the Comprehensive Plan goals for supporting small businesses and complete neighborhoods.
B. Location and Uses.
1. A Type II permit is required.
2. Food truck courts may be used for pop-up retail, kiosks, and other temporary uses including seasonal sales (pumpkins, trees, etc.).
3. Events, including but not limited to concerts, farmers’ markets, and flea markets, are allowed.
C. Site Plan.
1. A site plan must be approved pursuant to RZC Chapter 21.76.
2. The number of spaces available for food trucks must be identified on the site plan.
3. Food truck locations, drive aisles, and seating areas shall be designed and constructed in such a way that all areas can be accessed by emergency vehicles.
4. Seating area with tables and chairs – one table per truck minimum with at least four chairs (or seating spaces if a picnic table or similar) per table.
5. Event Spaces. The site plan may include the option of identifying a location and size for a temporary or permanent stage and other event space and size. If planning for events the following requirements shall apply:
a. Stage should be six inches to one foot above grade without fencing. If higher than one foot above grade, fencing shall be provided along sides and back of stage.
b. Stage area shall be provided with electrical outlets, weather coverage with open beams, and lighting.
c. Neighborhood Residential (NR) limitations:
i. No amplification of music is allowed.
ii. Use of generators shall be limited to daylight hours.
iii. Maximum noise levels are limited Class A restrictions identified in RMC 6.36.030.
iv. If outdoor dining or if live music is planned to be provided outdoors, a Type I – Solid Screen shall be provided at property lines where adjacent to NR or NMF zone (see Table 21.32.120). Administrative design flexibility limited to Type I – Solid Screening may be allowed; provided, that the resulting screening design meets or exceeds the purpose of visual screening and sound mitigation.
D. Required Facilities and Utilities.
1. Electrical hookups must be provided to each food truck.
a. Generators shall not be allowed unless such generator operates at less than 60 decibels as measured 10 feet away.
b. Generators shall not be placed adjacent to event stage or eating areas and must be placed to vent away from public gathering spaces to minimize exposure to exhaust fumes.
2. At least one water tap must be provided and accessible to food trucks.
3. Permanent restrooms facilities that comply with Health Department standards and accessibility standards. Facilities may be shared with permanent on-site structure if there is capacity.
4. Permanent parking facilities must be provided: minimum of three parking stalls, including one van-accessible ADA stall.
E. Operations.
1. Mobile food court operators shall be responsible for properly disposing of refuse, recycling, trash, and litter generated by operations of the food trucks as would any business and shall have a contract for refuse and recycling removal.
2. All food truck court operators are responsible for all lessee operations and ordinance compliance and are held responsible for all infractions.
F. Noise Management. A noise management plan is required. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Help prevent and minimize unnecessary risk to the public health, safety, and welfare due to hazardous liquid pipelines;
2. Minimize the likelihood of accidental damage to hazardous liquid pipelines;
3. Avoid exposing land uses with high on-site populations that are difficult to evacuate and land uses that serve emergency functions to risk of injury or damage in the event of a pipeline failure;
4. Help reduce adverse impacts in the event of a pipeline failure;
5. Supplement existing federal and state regulations related to hazardous liquid pipeline corridor management.
The provisions of this section are intended to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the general public and are not intended to protect any particular individual, class of individuals, or organization.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all development on properties within 150 feet of any hazardous liquid pipeline corridor. This chapter does not apply to the conduct of pipeline operators. The conduct of pipeline operators is regulated by the Federal Pipeline Safety Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 60101, et seq., and the Washington State Pipeline Safety Act, RCW Chapter 81.88. Pipelines within public rights-of-way are also regulated by the terms and conditions of franchise agreements between the City and the pipeline operator.
C. Development Application Submittal Requirements.
1. Applicants shall show the hazardous liquid pipeline corridor and applicable setbacks on site plans and subdivision plats for proposed development on properties to which this chapter applies. Modifications to existing structures that do not involve landfilling or excavation on site or changes to off-site improvements are exempt from this requirement.
2. All other applicable development application submittal requirements apply; see RZC 21.76.030, Application Requirements.
D. Setback Requirements.
1. Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Corridor (“Corridor”). No landfilling or excavation and no construction or expansion of structures is allowed within the corridor.
2. Areas Along the Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Corridor.
a. Construction or expansion of structures or other activities involving landfilling or excavation shall be set back a minimum of 25 feet from the edge of the corridor.
b. The Administrator may determine that the setback shall be measured from the pipeline when measurement from the corridor is not appropriate due to site-specific conditions.
c. The Administrator may expand the setback when necessary to meet the purpose of this section due to site-specific conditions, such as extraordinary land disturbance.
d. The Administrator may reduce the setback due to site-specific conditions and an applicant’s demonstration that the purpose of this section will be met. Factors that may be considered include but are not limited to:
i. Pipeline location as determined using normal locating procedures.
ii. Type of construction proposed.
e. If the Administrator reduces the setback or measures it from a hazardous liquid pipeline, the following applies:
i. The setback shall be a minimum of 30 feet from the nearest hazardous liquid pipeline and shall comply with RZC 21.04.2150.D.2.a.
ii. The setback shall be measured from the nearest edge of the hazardous liquid pipeline.
iii. The location of the hazardous liquid pipeline and the reduced setback shall be shown on all approved site plans and subdivision plats.
3. Exemptions. The Administrator can, when deemed necessary by the Administrator, exempt trails, streets and utilities identified in currently adopted plans, such as the Comprehensive Plan, Transportation Improvement Plan, Water System Plan, or General Sewer Plan, from RZC 21.04.2150.D.1 and D.2. Trails, streets, and utilities proposed to use this exemption shall be designed to minimize potential conflict with the hazardous liquid pipeline to the maximum extent feasible.
The Administrator can, when deemed necessary by the Administrator, require applicant to provide written approval from the pipeline owner(s) for the proposed structures, construction, and maintenance operations prior to the City’s permit issuance.
4. Emergency Work. In the event of any emergency in which a hazardous liquid pipeline breaks, is damaged, or is otherwise in such a condition as to immediately endanger the life, health, safety, or property of any person, the hazardous liquid pipeline operator shall not be required to comply with this chapter or obtain permits prior to taking corrective action. The hazardous pipeline operator shall, however, notify the City Public Works Director by telephone immediately upon learning of the emergency or, if the emergency occurs outside of the City’s normal business hours, immediately upon the commencement of the next business day during which the Redmond City Hall is open for business. The hazardous liquid pipeline operator shall also apply for all required permits not less than the second succeeding business day during which the Redmond City Hall is open for business.
5. Setback Protection. Setbacks shall be identified and protected during construction by placement of a temporary barricade and on-site notices. Barricades and on-site notices are subject to review by the Administrator.
6. Reasonable Use Provision. The required setback from the hazardous liquid pipeline corridor shall not deny all reasonable economic use of property. An applicant who believes that the required setback does deny all such use may apply for a reasonable use exception under RZC 21.76.070.U, Reasonable Use Exception (Critical Areas/Hazardous Liquid Pipelines).
E. Requirements for Land Use Compatibility.
1. High Consequence Land Uses.
a. New high consequence land uses proposed for location within 500 feet of a corridor are prohibited.
b. Proposed expansions to existing high consequence land uses located within 500 feet of a corridor shall be designed to avoid increasing the level of risk in the event of a pipeline failure, and where feasible, reduce the risk compared to the existing development. Potential techniques to minimize risk include but are not limited to:
i. Site design features, such as maintaining or increasing the distance between occupied structures, or structures that provide critical lifeline functions, and the hazardous liquid pipelines and anticipated flow paths for leaking hazardous materials.
ii. Building features, such as design to avoid a significant increase in on-site population or to expedite evacuation.
iii. Technological features, such as accelerated notice of a pipeline failure to high consequence land uses, to facilitate evacuation or features that help avoid damage in the event of a failure.
iv. Operational features, such as emergency plans and education programs for occupants and employees concerning pipeline safety, developed in accordance with the procedures in RZC 21.04.2150.E.2.b.
2. Other Development in the Willows/Rose Hill and Grass Lawn Neighborhoods.
a. Applicants for the following types of new or expanded development shall use appropriate mitigation measures to reduce adverse impacts in the event of a pipeline failure:
i. Commercial or industrial.
ii. Multifamily.
iii. Religious facilities.
iv. High consequence land uses proposed for locations not covered by RZC 21.04.2150.E.1.a.
v. Other developments, as required by the Administrator, that because of proximity to a corridor pose a safety concern.
b. Mitigation measures intended to reduce risk and minimize impact in the event of a pipeline failure include but are not limited to:
i. Site and building design techniques, such as maximizing the distance between new or expanded development and anticipated flow paths for leaking hazardous materials and controlling ignition sources.
ii. Emergency procedures, such as emergency plans and guides, employee training and drills, and education programs for occupants and employees concerning pipeline safety, such as what to be aware of and how to respond in the event of a problem.
A. Applicants shall consult with the Fire Department regarding the level of emergency planning and procedures appropriate for the proposed development. Based on the nature, occupancy, or location of a proposed development, the Fire Department may require emergency plans and procedures for any occupancy classifications.
B. Emergency plans and procedures shall be consistent with the Redmond Fire Code and shall be approved by the Fire Department.
3. Location. All land use permits issued for properties that are contiguous to a hazardous liquid pipeline corridor shall be conditioned upon notification of utilities through the one-call locator service prior to commencement of any of the permitted work. (Ord. 3220)
A. Measures shall be taken in the construction of structures, design of storage areas, and design of delivery areas to prevent release of materials including those resulting from a “worst case” accident and including consideration of large storms where areas are not covered.
B. Hazardous materials shall not cause fumes, unpleasant odors, or harm to others in the course of normal handling. This shall not preclude the handling of materials with the use of approved filters, hoods, scrubbers, or other methods of removing odors or harm.
C. Outdoor storage requires Technical Committee approval and shall be confined to outbuildings, sheds, and other structures where leakage confinement or spill treatment can be reasonably handled and where exposure to the elements does not increase the possibility of a spill incident.
D. Requirements for Primary and Incidental Hazardous Waste Treatment and Storage.
1. Incidental Use.
a. Allowed only as an accessory use; all site requirements for primary use apply.
b. Storage limited to amount necessary for proper function of business, not to exceed quantities permitted by Redmond Fire Department; excess stockpiling prohibited.
2. Primary Use.
a. Conditional Use Permit Required. See RZC 21.76.070.K, Conditional Use Permit. (Ord. 3220)
A. At least 75 percent of business activity by area must be conducted indoors, including storage of materials used in business activity.
B. Retail sales of goods manufactured on the premises, or accessory or secondary to the primary manufacturing and wholesale trade use, are permitted. Area devoted to retail sales shall not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of combined gross floor area or 1,000 square feet.
C. Asphalt and concrete batch plants shall have direct access to arterials.
D. Rock crushing equipment, asphalt, and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment may extend to a maximum height of 90 feet.
E. Outdoor processing operations follow a Type II review process.
F. Retail sales of goods manufactured on the premises, or accessory or secondary to the primary manufacturing and wholesale trade use, are permitted. Area devoted to retail sales shall not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of combined gross floor area or 1,000 square feet.
G. One caretaker residence per parcel is permitted as an accessory use, and shall not exceed 1,500 square feet. (Ord. 3220)
A. Conditional Use Permit Required. See RZC 21.76.070.K, Conditional Use Permit.
B. Rock crushing equipment, asphalt, and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment may extend to a maximum height of 90 feet.
C. Extraction shall occur during daylight hours; nighttime trucking is permitted.
E. Uses shall minimize noise and lighting impacts by using noise suppression devices and light shielding, and by using landscape buffers to screen lighting from adjacent shoreline areas. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Create an attractive and economically healthy community by allowing for outdoor retail display as an accessory use to a permitted use.
2. Provide economic opportunities for existing businesses while encouraging pedestrian activity in commercial areas.
3. Create safe and attractive walkways within nonresidential zones and mixed-use zones and control of storage or display of materials to allow the minimum amount necessary to encourage quality development and avoid creation of a nuisance.
4. Protect parking areas and walkways from encroachment and impacts of outdoor storage.
5. Ensure that adequate opportunity is allowed for the outdoor storage of vehicles and materials in residential zones while not impacting the character and uses intended for those zones.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this chapter apply to all outdoor storage and retail displays within the City with the exception of:
2. RV parking and storage covered by RZC 21.40.010.G, Parking and Storage of Recreational, Utility, and Commercial Vehicles and Vessels in Residential Neighborhoods; and
3. Outdoor storage associated with emergency situations such as utility repairs; and items stored on a site during construction.
C. Outdoor Storage Standards. Outdoor storage shall be allowed as provided in the table titled “Requirements for Outdoor Storage.” Transition Overlay Standards relating to outdoor storage shall apply as provided for in RZC 21.05.600.C, Use, Operations and Development Standards in a Transition Overlay.
Table 21.04.2200.C. Requirements for Outdoor Storage
Zone | Type of Storage Permitted | Size and Height Requirements | Location Restrictions | Screening Requirements |
|---|---|---|---|---|
Downtown, OV, CMU | None | N/A | N/A | N/A |
UMU | Bulk and nonbulk | Maximum height of 10 feet | Bulk storage cannot be located between the building and the front street. Nonbulk storage shall be moved indoors during close of business | Screening shall be placed on all sides of storage areas other than where a building wall would act as a screen. Screening shall be adequate to provide a solid barrier at least six feet in height. It may include fences, walls, earth berms or vegetation. |
UR, RA-5, BP, OBAT, MMC, MME | Bulk and nonbulk | Maximum height 20 feet | ||
MMM, MP and I | Bulk and nonbulk | Maximum height 20 feet | N/A | |
BP | Bulk and Non-Bulk | Maximum height 20 feet | Screening shall be placed on all sides of storage areas other than where a building wall would act as a screen. Screening shall be adequate to provide a solid barrier at least six feet in height. It may include fences, walls, earth berms or vegetation. | |
COS, RA-5, NR, NMF, NMU | See RZC 21.04.2200.F, Outdoor Storage in Neighborhood Zones | |||
D. Prohibited Locations for Outdoor Storage. Outdoor storage is prohibited as follows:
1. In floodways;
2. Within shoreline setbacks indicated in RZC 21.68.060, Shoreline Buffers; and critical area buffers as identified in RZC 21.64.020.B, Stream Buffers; RZC 21.64.030.B, Wetland Buffers; and RZC 21.64.060.B, Landslide Hazard Area Buffers;
3. On slopes greater than 15 percent;
4. In portions of industrial and business park areas abutting residential districts;
5. In required parking stalls;
6. In areas where outdoor storage causes traffic, pedestrian circulation or safety problems as determined by the Administrator, or where a minimum five-foot width of walkway does not remain clear and free of obstructions;
7. Any materials that attract animals, birds or vermin; and
8. Within emergency fire lanes.
E. Covering and Containing Outdoor Storage. Hazardous materials or deleterious substances that have the potential to threaten public health or stormwater, soil, or groundwater quality shall be stored within secondary containment and under cover to prevent contact with precipitation and stormwater. Compliance with WAC Chapter 173-218, Underground Injection Control (UIC), regulations shall be demonstrated for outdoor storage areas that drain to infiltration.
F. Outdoor Storage in Neighborhood Zones.
1. Limitations. Outdoor storage is prohibited in all neighborhood zones except when the items stored are customarily associated with and accessory to the use of the dwelling and comply with the requirements of RZC 21.04.2200. Outdoor storage in RA-5 zones shall comply with the standards listed above in the requirements for outdoor storage table of this section.
2. Allowed Outdoor Storage. Items customarily associated with the residential use of a dwelling may be stored outside provided the following conditions are met:
a. Outdoor storage may only take place outside of the front yard setbacks and side yard setbacks.
b. Except for vehicles allowed under RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, or 21.04.2200.F.3 or F.4, outdoor storage shall not be visible from a public or private street. Fences, landscaping, or a building wall may be used to ensure that an outdoor storage area is not visible from the street.
c. Outdoor storage areas shall not prevent emergency access to the residence or any accessory structure.
d. Outdoor storage shall not cover more than 200 square feet of land area.
e. Except for motor vehicles allowed under RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, or RZC 21.04.2200.F.3 or F.4, materials stored outdoors shall not be owned by or used in any business or industry including a home business.
f. Except for vehicles allowed under RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, or RZC 21.04.2200.F.3 or F.4, materials stored outdoors shall not exceed a height of six feet nor shall they be stacked or stored higher than six feet.
3. Recreational and Utility Vehicles. See RZC 21.40.010.G, Parking and Storage of Recreational, Utility, and Commercial Vehicles and Vessels in Residential Neighborhoods.
4. Commercial Vehicles.
a. Allowed Commercial Vehicles.
i. Within a residential zone, no more than one commercial vehicle may be parked on a lot(s) occupied by a residence or on a street(s) adjoining the residence. Where a lot includes more than one residence, one commercial vehicle may be parked on the lot(s) or an adjoining street for each residence. Notwithstanding this provision, where an accessory dwelling and a primary dwelling occupy one or more lots, only one commercial vehicle may be parked on the lot(s) occupied by the residences or on the street(s) adjoining the residences.
ii. The commercial vehicle shall be operable.
iii. Other than cleaning the commercial vehicle, maintenance and repairs shall not be performed on the commercial vehicle within a residential zone except on the premises of a home business that meets the requirements of RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses.
iv. The commercial vehicle shall not be parked or stored on a lawn or in any landscaped area.
b. Prohibited Commercial Vehicles. Except as provided in RZC 21.04.2200.F.4.c, and RZC 21.04.1150, Home-Based Businesses, and except as to school buses parked or stored on the property of a school or religious institution, truck tractors, truck tractor trailers, vehicles over 10,000 pounds gross weight, and commercial vehicles that do not comply with RZC 21.04.2200.F.4 shall not be parked or stored within a residential zone.
c. Vehicles used in a business may be parked in a residential zone when making pickups or deliveries or being used in conjunction with the performance of a service on property within a residential zone.
5. Storage, Shipping, or Moving Container.
a. Applicability. This subsection applies to residential uses only. Storage, shipping, and moving containers proposed for permitted nonresidential uses in NR and NMF zones are reviewed through the temporary use permit process.
b. A rented, leased, purchased, or assembled storage, moving, or shipping container, when associated with the construction of a home, or homes, in a subdivision, may be located anywhere on a property within the NR and NMF zones. Any rented, leased, purchased, or assembled storage, moving, or shipping container associated with construction permits must be removed no later than 60 days after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or final inspection approval for the construction.
c. Rented, leased, purchased, or assembled storage, moving, or shipping containers within the NR or NMF zones that are not associated with construction permits may be placed temporarily on a driveway and/or hard surface only, providing that:
i. Any and all containers are visible from a public right-of-way;
ii. Any and all containers fit entirely on the driveway and/or hard surface;
iii. Containers are not stacked;
iv. Any and all containers do not protrude onto any part of any sidewalk or public right-of-way without the owner or agent of the property having first obtained a street use permit;
v. Any and all containers are not located in a sight distance triangle; and
vi. Any and all containers remain on the property for no more than 60 calendar days in any 365-calendar-day period. The 365-calendar-day period commences the first day that the container is located on site.
G. Outdoor Retail Display Standards. Outdoor retail display shall comply with the following criteria:
1. The outdoor retail display shall be accessory to a permitted retail use.
2. The total space allowed for outdoor retail display shall not exceed 50 percent of the length of the storefront; provided, that a minimum area of 32 square feet shall be allowed in any event.
3. Retail items must be displayed in a neat and orderly manner, and remain in the area specified for its display.
4. Retail display shall not be located within required fire lanes or required parking stalls.
5. Retail display shall not be located within the public right-of-way without required permits and shall maintain a clear zone of a minimum of 44 inches in width to accommodate pedestrian access along sidewalks.
6. Safe ingress and egress to the site, visibility for transportation, and pedestrian access shall be maintained.
7. The location of the retail display shall be established as a condition of approval of any applicable permits. (Ord. 3220)
A. Within the Urban Recreation zone, recreation uses which require a conditional use permit and accessory restaurants shall comply with the following requirements:
1. The buildings and parking areas shall be sited in locations least likely to block or interrupt scenic vistas from public areas and to minimize impacts on uses on adjacent properties.
2. Parking and storage areas shall be screened from the Sammamish River Trail which is located on both the east and west sides of the Sammamish River.
3. No uses shall be externally illuminated by artificial light except for parking lot lighting, safety lighting near buildings, and outdoor recreational uses. Outdoor recreational uses shall not be illuminated by artificial light from 11:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. Lighting shall be designed and constructed to minimize glare and prevent glare and light from intruding on neighboring properties.
4. Amusement parks, water slides, miniature golf courses, motorized or nonmotorized race tracks, and uses similar to any of these uses shall be prohibited within the Urban Recreation zone.
5. Publicly owned buildings of less than 1,000 square feet gross floor area that serve trails and trail parking lots may be located within the 200-foot buffer of the Sammamish River, provided they are at least 70 feet away from the ordinary high water mark of the Sammamish River.
B. Urban Recreation Accessory Uses.
1. Accessory uses shall be permitted in conjunction with an allowed use. Accessory uses may include, but are not limited to, equipment storage, outbuildings, fences, kiosks, and parking (unless otherwise excluded by another provision of the Zoning Code, such as Table 21.68.050A, Shoreline Environments, Permitted Uses and Activities Chart).
2. Accessory uses shall meet the requirements of this section and, unless otherwise provided for within this section, shall also meet all related requirements of the Zoning Code. The primary allowed use shall be maintained during the time any accessory use is maintained.
3. Fences as Accessory Uses.
a. Fences, including safety netting, installed within the Urban Recreation zoning district may exceed the maximum height limit set forth by RZC 21.24.030, Height, provided all the following criteria are met:
i. The fence is required to protect public safety, and the applicant demonstrates that the height is the minimum necessary to fulfill its intended purpose;
ii. A Type II – Visual Screen, per RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be established and maintained at the exterior or public-facing side of the fence to reduce the visual impact on adjacent uses; and
iii. A conditional use permit addressing the changes to previously approved site conditions and accessory uses shall be obtained. (Ord. 3220)
B. Sales uses must operate as stand-alone businesses; rental uses may operate in mixed-use developments.
C. Rental uses operating in mixed-use developments are limited to eight rental vehicles at any given time in existing parking spaces; additional vehicles may be stored on site in a building or elsewhere given submittal and approval by the Technical Committee of a vehicle storage plan.
D. Vehicle display area shall be outside of required parking and landscape areas.
F. Advertising signs are not permitted on the outside of vehicles. Signs providing information about the vehicle, such as year, make, model, may be displayed on the outside of or in the windows of vehicles.
G. Outdoor loudspeaker systems are prohibited.
H. Razor wire, chain link, and barbed wire fences prohibited on street or access frontage.
J. Where allowed, auto and motorcycle repair uses may also allow sales; sales area not to exceed 25 percent of the combined gross floor area of all uses.
K. Auto sales only permitted in conjunction with repair (see RZC 21.04.2220.J), or as stand-alone businesses on properties with frontage on NE 90th Street between Willows Road and 152nd Avenue NE, NE 95th Street between Willows Road and 151st Avenue NE, and 151st Avenue NE between NE 90th Street and NE 95th Street. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Establish clear regulations for the siting and design of wireless communication facilities (WCFs) consistent with state and federal regulations;
2. Promote the health, safety, and general welfare of the Redmond community by regulating the siting of WCFs;
3. Minimize visual, safety, aesthetic, and environmental impacts of WCFs on surrounding areas by establishing standards for location, structural integrity, and compatibility;
4. Encourage the location and collocation of wireless communications equipment on existing structures; and
5. Accommodate the growing need and demand for wireless communication services.
B. Applicability Permits and Exemptions.
1. Permits Required.
a. A land use permit is required to locate or install any wireless communication facility (WCF) outside public rights‐of‐way, and in certain instances within public rights‐of‐way, unless the WCF is exempt under RZC 21.04.2230.B.2. Table 21.76.070, Wireless Communication Facilities Review Process, in RZC Chapter 21.76, sets forth the type of permit required based upon the nature of the facility and its location.
b. RMC Chapter 12.14, Telecommunications, governs the installation of any WCF within public rights‐of‐way. A facilities lease agreement is required to install any WCF on City‐owned property or infrastructure within the City of Redmond, including public rights-of-way.
2. Exemptions. The following WCFs shall be exempt from the requirement to obtain land use permits:
a. VHF and UHF Receive-Only Television Antenna(s). VHF and UHF receive-only antenna(s) shall not be required to obtain land use permit approval nor shall they be required to obtain building permit approval. VHF/UHF antenna(s) shall be restricted to a height limit of no more than 15 feet above the existing or proposed roof.
b. Small Satellite Dish Antenna(s). Small dish antenna(s) in all zones shall be exempt from obtaining land use permit approval. Such antennas shall not be required to obtain building permit approval, but installation must comply with any applicable provisions of the City Building Code.
c. Small cell facilities attached to utility poles, light poles and miscellaneous poles within public rights‐of‐way shall be exempt from obtaining land use permit approval except for small cell facilities located within special design areas where a Type II land use permit is required. See RMC Chapter 12.14, Telecommunications, for additional requirements.
d. Eligible facilities requests that meet the definition as set forth in RZC Chapter 21.78 shall be exempt from having to obtain a land use permit. A written request for an eligible facilities request must be submitted to determine if the modification qualifies for this exemption. An eligible facilities request shall be denied upon determination by the City that the proposed facility modification will substantially change the physical dimensions of an eligible support structure.
e. The addition of a new antenna(s) attached to an existing antenna support structure or structure mounted facility which already has at least one WCF; removal or replacement of existing antennas; and associated ground mounted equipment enclosures on existing legally established structure mounted facilities (other than towers) that have received previous WCF approval and that comply with size and concealment requirements established in this section or the applicable permit approving the WCF. Other applicable permits such as building permits and right‐of‐way use permits may be required. This exemption shall not apply to small cell facilities.
f. Routine maintenance and repair or replacement of antennas and equipment associated with wireless communication facilities. Replacement antennas shall be located within the same location as existing antenna and shall be of similar size, weight and height and shall comply with concealment requirements established in this section and in the applicable permit approving the WCF, unless such replacement antennas are exempted as an eligible facilities request. Other applicable permits such as building permits and right‐of‐way use permits may be required.
g. Temporary WCF for emergency communications equipment during a declared public emergency.
h. Wireless communication equipment, including, but not limited to, the support of traffic signal systems, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) devices, intelligent transportation systems (ITS), LED street light gateways, transit signal priority devices and other similar devices shall not be required to obtain land use permit approval.
3. Permits may be conditioned to allow review of the continued use of the antenna support structure or structure mounted facility at five-year intervals in order to recognize that rapid technological advancements, changing markets, and legal interpretations by the FCC and by the courts may require periodic design review.
4. In addition to complying with the requirements of this chapter and the International Building Code, all wireless communication facilities located within the shorelines of the City shall comply with RZC 21.68.160, Utilities Within Shorelines.
5. All permits for WCFs shall be expressly conditioned upon compliance with the removal requirements of RZC 21.04.2230.I, Cessation of Use, upon cessation of use of any such facility.
6. Performance Assurance. The Administrator may require a performance assurance under RMC Chapter 12.14, Telecommunications, when located within public rights‐of‐way to ensure compliance with any aspect of RZC Chapter 21.04. The Administrator may require a performance assurance under RZC 21.76.090 when located outside of public rights‐of‐way or when located on any private property.
7. Prohibited Devices. WCFs that are not permanently affixed to a support structure and which are capable of being moved from location to location (e.g., “cell on wheels” or ballast mounts) are prohibited except for when allowed as a temporary WCF consistent with RZC 21.04.2230.C.
C. Temporary Wireless Communication Facilities.
1. Permits Required.
a. A Type I land use permit is required to locate or install any temporary wireless communication facility (WCF) on private property within the City of Redmond unless specially exempted per RZC 21.04.2230.B.2.f. See Table 21.76.070, Wireless Communication Facilities Review Process, in RZC Chapter 21.76.
b. Except during a declared public emergency a lease agreement is required, consistent with RMC Chapter 12.14, Telecommunications, to install any temporary WCF on City‐owned property within the City of Redmond. Temporary WCFs are not permitted within public rights‐of‐way except for exempt facilities per RZC 21.04.2230.B.2.g.
2. Temporary WCFs shall only be allowed for:
a. The reconstruction of a permanent WCF and limited to a duration of 18 months from the date of approval unless an extension is requested at least 30 days prior to the expiration date; or
b. Large-scale events limited to the duration of the event, plus 10 days prior to the event and 10 days after; or
c. Emergency communications equipment during a declared public emergency.
3. Temporary WCF facilities shall be portable without a permanent foundation. Roof-mounted temporary WCF facilities shall comply with size requirements established for structure-mounted facilities and ground-mounted temporary WCF facilities shall comply with size requirements for antenna support structures as established in RZC 21.04.2230.E, General Development Standards.
D. General Siting Criteria.
1. RZC 21.76.070.AD, Wireless Communication Facilities, identifies zoning districts, standards and the review process for wireless communication facilities.
2. New antenna support structures shall:
a. Comply with the siting standards and hierarchy set forth in the following subsections.
b. Not be permitted within public rights‐of‐way unless the applicant can demonstrate that alternative locations outside the right‐of‐way are not feasible.
c. Not be permitted if an existing antenna support structure is in a higher priority location within one‐quarter mile and such existing structure is suitable for attachment of an antenna or collocation, unless the applicant demonstrates that the alternative location is not feasible. The applicant shall provide a map showing all existing antenna support structures and existing structure-mounted facilities housing WCFs located within one‐quarter mile of the proposed site.
3. New antenna support structures for macro cell facilities and small cell facilities located outside public rights‐of‐way and macro cell facilities located within public rights‐of‐way shall be sited within the zoning districts of the City according to the following siting hierarchy, with (a) being the highest (most preferable) ranking site and (i) being the lowest (least preferable) ranking site. New antenna support structures for small cell facilities located within public rights‐of‐way shall be sited according to the siting hierarchy established in RZC 21.04.2230.D. New antenna support structures must be located on the highest ranking site unless the applicant can demonstrate that the site is not technically feasible or available given the location of the proposed structure and the network need. This demonstration shall be provided in a report prepared by a qualified licensed radio frequency engineer, professional engineer, or a professional with training in the field of wireless communications facility siting. In order of ranking, from highest to lowest, the sites are:
a. Attached to an existing legally established antenna support structure or structure-mounted facility with an existing WCF.
b. Attached to a structure-mounted facility on sites used exclusively for business park, general commercial, industrial or manufacturing park uses within the BP, GC, I and MP zones.
c. Attachment to a structure-mounted facility, such as a water tower, within all zoning districts.
d. Attached to a structure-mounted facility on sites used exclusively for manufacturing, research and development, commercial, and office uses in the mixed-use, commercial, Downtown, and Overlake zoning districts. Within these zoning districts, the highest to lowest ranking sites are I, MP, BP, CMU, UMU, OBAT, OV, and Downtown zones.
e. On institutional structures, places of worship, and other nonresidential structures located in residential zones.
f. Attached to multifamily residential structures in the NMF zoning district. Wireless communication facilities attached to residential structures are not permitted in any Neighborhood zoning district other than NMF.
g. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within BP, CMU, I and MP zones.
h. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within all zones except BP, CMU, I, MP, UR, RA‐5, NR and shoreline areas.
i. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within UR, RA‐5, NR and shoreline areas. See RZC 21.04.2230.G for additional requirements. Antenna support structures located within NR are subject to special exceptions outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.G.
4. New antenna support structures for small cell facilities located within public rights‐of‐way shall be in accordance with the following siting hierarchy, with (a) being the highest (most preferable) ranking site and (h) being the lowest (least preferable) ranking site. A new small cell facility must be located on the highest ranking site unless the applicant can demonstrate that the site is not technically feasible or available given the location of the proposed structure and the network need. This demonstration shall be provided in a report prepared by a qualified licensed radio frequency engineer, professional engineer, or a professional with training in the field of wireless communications facility siting. In order of ranking, from highest to lowest, the sites are:
a. Placement of small cell facility on existing or replacement utility poles, light poles or miscellaneous poles in nonresidential zones.
b. Placement of small cell facility on existing or replacement utility poles, light poles or miscellaneous poles in residential zone.
c. Attachment of a small cell facility on an existing structure-mounted facility or existing antenna support structure which has an existing WCF in any zone.
d. Placement of a small cell facility on a new light pole when pole design standards are met and a lighting analysis is submitted showing the need and correct placement for a new light pole.
e. Placement on a structure-mounted facility in any zone.
f. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within BP, CMU, I and MP zones.
g. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within all zones (except BP, CMU, I, MP, UR, RA‐5, NR and shoreline areas).
h. Placement on a new antenna support structure located within UR, RA‐5, NR and shoreline areas. See RZC 21.04.2230.G for additional requirements. Antenna support structures located within the NR zone are subject to special exceptions outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.G.
E. General Development Standards.
1. All wireless communication facilities shall be installed and operated in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission and in compliance with the development standards set forth in the following subsections:
a. Large Satellite Dish Antenna(s).
i. Shall not be located within front or side yard building setback areas. Shall be located outside of any required landscaped area and preferably located in service areas or other less visible locations.
ii. Ground-mounted and roof-mounted antennas are allowed in all zones except for Urban Recreation (UR) zones and Neighborhood zones where only ground-mounted antennas are allowed. Ground-mounted antennas shall not exceed 12 feet in diameter and 15 feet in height, including their bases measured from existing grade. Roof-mounted antennas shall not exceed 12 feet in diameter and 15 feet in height, including their bases measured from the roof line.
iii. Mountings and satellite dishes shall be no taller than the minimum required for obtaining an obstruction‐free reception window.
iv. Construction plans and final construction of the mounting bases of all large satellite dish antenna(s) shall be approved by the City’s Building Division.
b. Amateur Radio Towers.
i. Towers in all zones shall not be located within any easements, front, side, or rear yard building setback areas. Shall be located at a point farthest from lot lines as feasible, or the point farthest from residential structures on abutting properties. Towers located in Semi‐Rural (RA‐5) zone, UR, and COS zones shall be located in the yard of the residence and avoid using land that is available for crops, pasturage, or other agricultural activities.
ii. Ground-mounted and roof-mounted antennas are allowed in all zones. Ground-mounted towers shall not exceed 65 feet in height unless a proposal demonstrates that physical obstructions impair the adequate use of the tower. Telescoping towers may exceed the 65‐foot height limit only when extended and operating.
iii. The combined structure of a roof‐mounted tower and antenna(s) shall not exceed a height of 25 feet above the existing roof line. Within the Shoreline Jurisdiction, the height limit for ground‐mounted and roof-mounted towers and antennas, inclusive of building height, is 50 feet (SMP). Screening shall be restricted to a height limit of no more than 15 feet above the existing or proposed roof.
iv. Mountings and amateur radio towers shall be no taller than the minimum required for the purposes of obtaining an obstruction‐free reception window.
v. Construction plans and final construction of the mounting bases of amateur radio towers covered by RZC 21.04.2230 shall meet the structural design requirements of RZC 21.04.2230 and shall be approved by the City’s Building Division.
vi. Applications shall document that the proposed tower and any mounting bases are designed to withstand wind and seismic loads as established by the International Building Code.
c. Macro Cell Facilities and Small Cell Facilities Located on Structure-Mounted Facilities and Associated Equipment Enclosures.
i. Macro cell facilities and small cell facilities shall be structure-mounted only (rooftop or facade) under RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.c.i. Standalone ground-mounted facilities are not allowed and associated equipment enclosures may be roof- or ground-mounted. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures shall not be located within public rights‐of‐way and shall not be permitted in any public easements or building setback areas.
ii. Associated aboveground equipment enclosures for macro cell facilities shall be minimized, and shall not exceed 240 square feet (e.g., 12 by 20 feet) unless operators can demonstrate that more space is needed.
iii. Associated aboveground equipment enclosures for small cell facilities shall be minimized, and shall not exceed a footprint of 16 square feet (e.g., four by four feet) unless operators can demonstrate that more space is needed.
iv. Where an antenna is to be mounted on the roof of a building, the combined antenna(s) and all associated equipment and required screening shall not extend more than 15 feet above the existing or proposed roof structure. Attachments to residential structures are not permitted in any residential zoning district other than NMF.
v. New Antenna Support Structures for Small Cell Facilities and Macro Cell Facilities and Associated Equipment Enclosures.
A. New antenna support structures shall be ground-mounted only and shall not be located in any setback areas on private and public property.
B. In all zones except for UR and Neighborhood zones, the combined height inclusive of antennas shall not exceed 85 feet, except when collocation is specifically provided for, then the new antenna support structure shall not exceed 100 feet. New antenna support structures located within public rights‐of‐way shall be limited to 50 feet in height inclusive of antennas.
C. In UR and Neighborhood zones, the combined height inclusive of antenna(s) shall not extend more than 15 feet above the maximum height of the zone for which it is proposed to a maximum of 60 feet. A height increase of 15 feet may be allowed by the Administrator when collocation is specifically provided. New antenna support structures located within public rights‐of‐way shall be limited to the maximum height allowed in the underlying zone.
D. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures outside the public rights‐of‐way shall not exceed a footprint of 240 square feet (e.g., 12 by 20 feet) for macro cell facilities and 16 square feet (e.g., four by four feet) small cell facilities unless operators can demonstrate that more space is needed.
E. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures, unified camouflage designs and associated transmission equipment (excluding antennas but including all conduit), and all other wireless equipment associated with the antennas and any preexisting associated equipment on the pole shall be of the minimum size possible and shall not exceed 28 cubic feet.
F. Placement of a new antenna support structure shall be denied unless the applicant can demonstrate through an alternative site analysis or other supporting documentation that other existing WCF sites and the siting hierarchy per RZC 21.04.2230.D.3 and D.4 were considered and are either not technically feasible or available.
G. Special exceptions per RZC 21.04.2230.G apply to locate a new antenna support structure in UR, RA‐5, and NR zones or within shoreline areas of the City or to exceed height limits in any zone.
d. Small Cell Facilities Attached to Existing and Replacement Utility Poles (Excluding Light Poles) and Miscellaneous Poles.
i. Antennas and pole‐top extenders to the extent allowed by RZC 21.04.2230.F shall not extend more than 15 feet above the top of pole or electrical lines, if any. Additional height may be allowed to meet the pole owner’s separation requirements. Antenna canisters or shrouds on top of a utility pole shall not exceed 16 inches in diameter or three inches outside the diameter of the existing/replacement pole, whichever is greater, measured at the top of the pole. Pole‐top antenna canisters or shrouded panel antennas on miscellaneous poles shall not exceed more than three inches outside the diameter of the existing/replacement pole measured at the top of the pole. An increase in diameter may be allowed for pole‐top antennas if compatible with the pole design.
ii. Distribution utility poles shall be limited to a maximum height of 50 feet inclusive of antennas measured above grade unless additional height is required by the pole owner.
iii. Transmission utility poles shall be limited to a maximum height extension of 15 feet unless additional height is required by the pole owner.
iv. Miscellaneous poles shall be limited to a maximum height of 35 feet.
v. When additional height is required to meet separation requirements of the pole owner, the applicant shall be required to submit a letter from the pole owner specifying the height required for antennas attached to the top of pole or the height required for the pole.
vi. Replacement poles shall be limited to a 25 percent increase in diameter measured from the base of the existing pole to accommodate conduit routed through the inside of the pole or to allow the placement of equipment enclosures in the base of the pole. A minimal increase above the 25 percent limit may be allowed to accommodate more equipment inside the pole. Any increase in diameter is subject to meeting ADA requirements, sight distance triangles, sidewalk clearance requirements and other applicable requirements.
vii. Replacement poles shall be located within five feet of the existing pole and shall be placed in a location that meets all applicable City standards.
viii. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures are not permitted in public rights‐of‐way except for pole-mounted equipment or when incorporated into street furniture (including but not limited to mailboxes, garbage cans and benches and other similar features), the base of a pole or other similar concealment techniques.
ix. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures, unified camouflage designs and associated transmission equipment (excluding antennas but including all conduit), and all other wireless equipment associated with the antennas and any preexisting associated equipment on the pole (excluding antennas) shall be of the minimum size possible and shall not exceed 28 cubic feet for equipment on utility poles and three cubic feet for equipment on miscellaneous poles.
x. Vertical clearance shall be reviewed by the Public Works Department and verified by the underlying utility owner to ensure that structures will not pose a hazard to other users of the right‐of‐way.
e. Small Cell Facility Attached to Existing, Replacement and New Light Poles.
i. Antennas on top of the light pole are not to extend more than six feet above the height of the existing pole and shall be equal to the diameter of the existing/replacement pole. An increase in diameter for pole‐top canister antennas or shrouded panel antennas may be allowed if compatible with the pole design when the applicant demonstrates it is the minimum diameter necessary to meet technical requirements. Antennas may extend beyond six feet up to a maximum of 10 feet if the applicant can demonstrate that more space is needed.
ii. Replacement poles shall be limited to a 25 percent increase in diameter measured from the base of the existing pole to accommodate conduit routed through the inside of the pole or to allow the placement of equipment enclosures in the base of the pole. A minimal increase above the 25 percent limit may be allowed to accommodate more equipment inside the pole. Any increase in diameter is subject to meeting ADA requirements, sight distance triangles, sidewalk clearance requirements and other applicable requirements.
iii. Replacement poles shall be located within five feet of the existing pole and shall be placed in a location that meets all applicable City standards.
iv. New light poles are allowed when determined necessary through a lighting analysis and when illumination design standards and pole standards are met. New light poles shall be the same height as other nearby light poles of the same pole design. A minimal increase in diameter may be allowed to accommodate conduit routed through the inside of the pole or to allow the placement of equipment enclosures in the base of the pole subject to meeting ADA requirements, sight‐distance triangle and other applicable requirements.
v. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures, unified camouflage designs and associated transmission equipment (excluding antennas but including conduit), and all other wireless equipment associated with the antennas and any preexisting associated equipment on the pole, shall be of the minimum size possible and shall not exceed 28 cubic feet for enclosures.
vi. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures outside public rights‐of‐way shall not exceed a footprint of 16 square feet (e.g., four by four feet) for small cell facilities unless applicants can demonstrate that more space is needed.
vii. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures are not permitted in public rights-of-way except for pole-mounted equipment or when incorporated into street furniture (including but not limited to mailboxes, garbage cans and benches and other similar features), the base of a pole or other similar concealment techniques.
viii. Small cell facilities are prohibited on all traffic signal poles.
ix. Vertical clearance shall be reviewed by the Public Works Department and verified by the underlying utility owner to ensure that the structures will not pose a hazard to other users of the right‐of‐way.
f. Macro Cell Facility Attached to Existing and Replacement Utility Poles.
i. Antennas shall not extend more than 20 feet above the top of the pole or electrical lines, if any. Additional height may be allowed to meet the pole owner’s separation requirements. An increase in diameter for pole‐top canister antennas or shrouded panel antennas may be allowed if compatible with the pole design when the applicant demonstrates it is the minimum diameter necessary to meet technical requirements.
ii. Distribution utility poles shall be limited to a maximum height of 50 feet inclusive of antennas measured above grade unless the existing pole is taller or unless additional height is required by the pole owner.
iii. Transmission utility poles shall be limited to a maximum height extension of 15 feet. A maximum height of 100 feet inclusive of antennas may be allowed if required by the pole owner or as required to match the height of the existing pole.
iv. When additional height is required to meet separation requirements of the pole owner, the applicant shall be required to submit a letter from the pole owner specifying the height required for antennas attached to the top of pole or the height required for the pole.
v. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures, unified camouflage designs and associated transmission equipment (excluding antennas but including conduit), and all other wireless equipment associated with the antennas and any preexisting associated equipment on the pole shall be of the minimum size possible and shall not exceed 28 cubic feet for enclosures.
vi. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures outside public rights‐of‐way shall not exceed a footprint of 240 square feet (e.g., 12 by 20 feet) unless operators can demonstrate that more space is needed. Ground-mounted equipment enclosures for macro cell facilities are not permitted within the rights-of-way, unless in an underground vault.
vii. Replacement poles shall be located within five feet of the existing pole and shall be placed in a location that meets all applicable City standards.
viii. Macro cell facilities are prohibited on utility poles along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets.
2. Macro cell facilities are prohibited on all light poles, miscellaneous poles and traffic signal poles in all public rights‐of‐way. Macro cell facilities are prohibited on utility poles along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway, and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets.
3. No wireless communication facility shall be used for the purposes of signage or message display of any kind, other than signage required by FCC regulations, or as specifically approved as stealth concealment.
4. Rooftop antenna(s) and all associated rooftop equipment shall be restricted to a height limit of no more than 15 feet above the existing or proposed roof unless otherwise specified.
5. A professional engineer licensed by the State of Washington shall certify in writing, over his or her seal, that both construction plans and final construction of the WCF are designed to withstand wind and seismic loads as established by the International Building Code.
F. Design Standards for Wireless Communication Facilities.
1. Compliance Required. All wireless communications facilities shall comply with the design standards set forth in the following subsections:
2. Large Satellite Dish Antenna(s).
a. Aluminum mesh dishes should be used whenever possible instead of a solid fiberglass type.
b. Screening shall be as high as the dish if technically feasible or shall be as high as the center of the dish. Full screening shall be provided as high as the dish if the proposed location abuts an adjoining residential zone.
c. Ground-Mounted. Screening shall be provided with one or a combination of the following methods: solid fencing, walls, landscaping or structures, to block the view of the facility as much as possible. Chainlink fencing with slats shall not be permitted unless in combination with a Type I visual landscape screen (90 percent solid or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting. When landscaping alone is proposed for screening purposes, a Type I visual screen as specified above is required. Landscaping for the purpose of screening shall be maintained in a healthy condition.
d. Roof-Mounted. Shall be placed as close to the center of the roof as possible. Screening shall be of a material and design compatible with the building, and can include penthouse screening, parapet walls, or other similar screening.
e. To the extent technically feasible and in compliance with safety regulations, specific paint colors shall be required for camouflage purposes.
3. Amateur Radio Towers.
a. The tower shall be painted to camouflage the facility with its surroundings when technically feasible and when in compliance with safety regulations.
b. Ground-Mounted. Screening shall be provided for all associated ground-mounted equipment with one or a combination of the following methods: solid fencing, walls, landscaping or structures, to block the view of the facility as much as possible. Chainlink fencing with slats shall not be permitted unless in combination with a Type I visual landscape screen (90 percent solid or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting. When landscaping alone is proposed for screening purposes a Type I visual screen as specified above is required. Landscaping for the purpose of screening shall be maintained in a healthy condition.
c. Roof-Mounted. Screening shall be placed as close to the center of the roof as possible. Screening shall be of a material and design compatible with the building, and can include penthouse screening, parapet walls, or other similar screening.
4. Macro Cell Facilities and Small Cell Facilities Located on Structure-Mounted Facilities and Associated Equipment Enclosures.
a. Antenna arrays located on existing buildings or other structures and associated equipment shall be screened to block the view of the antennas as much as possible and specific paint colors shall be required for camouflage purposes.
b. Antenna arrays for macro and small cell facilities mounted on rooftops of mixed-use, commercial, multifamily and other similar structures shall be fully screened. Screening shall be of a material and design compatible with the building, and can include penthouse screening, parapet walls, or other similar screening. Omnidirectional antennas shall be of a color compatible with the roof, structure or background. Antenna arrays attached to residential structures are not permitted in any residential zoning district other than NMF.
c. Antenna(s) for small cell facilities attached to a building facade shall be flush-mounted, mimic the facade they are attached to by use of color and materials and/or use other stealth tactics and shall not project above the facade wall on which they are mounted. Antenna arrays for macro cell facilities are not permitted on any building facade other than water towers.
d. Macro cell facilities and small cell facilities are prohibited on any historic landmark.
e. Operators shall consider undergrounding equipment if technically feasible or placing the equipment within existing structures.
f. Aboveground equipment enclosures for antenna(s) located on a building shall be located within the building, on the building rooftop, or on the sides or behind the building and screened to the fullest extent possible. Screening of associated aboveground equipment enclosures shall be of a material, color and design compatible with the building to appear as part of the building and/or a Type I visual screen, as shown in RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be created around the perimeter of the equipment enclosure. Landscaping for the purpose of screening shall be maintained in a healthy condition.
g. The use of concrete or concrete aggregate shelters is not allowed in UR, RA‐5 and R zones.
h. Any fencing required for security shall meet screening codes in the same manner as applied to screening for mechanical and service areas in RZC Chapter 21.45, Solid Waste Storage and Collection.
5. New Antenna Support Structures for Small Cell Facilities and Macro Cell Facilities and Associated Equipment Enclosures.
a. For macro cell facilities stealth technology shall be required using structures such as monopines (that mimic a native tree), slimline poles, flagpoles or other similar poles. The pole type chosen shall blend with existing characteristics of the subject site when located outside public rights‐of‐way or shall blend with the streetscape and street poles when located within public rights‐of‐way. Glulam poles may be allowed if compatible and only when blended with existing characteristics such as mature trees and/or other existing wooden poles. The new antenna support structure shall be painted to blend with the background of the surrounding environment. Guyed and lattice antenna support structures are prohibited.
b. For small cell facilities located in the rights-of-way, applicants shall use utility or lightpoles that have a similar or compatible design to existing neighboring utility or light poles in the rights-of-way.
c. Antennas shall be internal to the pole or placed in a canister at the top of the pole, if technically feasible; otherwise, external antenna mounts are allowed and shall be flush-mounted. Unified camouflage designs concealing antennas and equipment within a single enclosure meeting dimensional requirements as specified in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.c.v.E are permitted. If standoff mounts or brackets are used such mount or bracket shall be located as close to the pole as technically feasible; however, in no case shall the mount or bracket extend more than 12 inches off the pole, measured from the inside edge of the antenna to the surface of the pole.
d. Full concealment of antennas, equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment is required for all poles when located along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway, and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets. Equipment enclosures shall be fully concealed within the base of the pole, inside the pole or incorporated into street furniture, park furniture and/or other similar features and structures whenever technically feasible. Mounting to the exterior surface of the pole is not allowed unless camouflaged to appear as an integrated part of the pole.
e. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment shall be allowed after considering full concealment inside the pole. Pole-mounted equipment shall be located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Equipment enclosures shall be limited to a maximum of one enclosure per pole, unless the applicant can demonstrate that multiple equipment enclosures will provide less of a visual impact. The primary equipment enclosure may not exceed the size parameter outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.c.v.E. If photo simulations show that all equipment located outside an enclosure will provide less of a visual impact then no enclosures shall be required.
f. Equipment enclosures and transmission equipment mounted to the exterior surface of the pole shall be painted to match the pole and existing or required signage (such as but not limited to no parking signs and other similar signage) shall be utilized to conceal equipment whenever possible within public rights-of-way. The antennas and equipment shall not dominate the structure upon which it is attached and shall be visually concealed utilizing color and compatible material to camouflage the facility.
g. Collocations shall be prohibited for macro cell facilities located within public rights‐of‐way, except where fully concealed within a stealth or slimline pole.
h. Cable and/or conduit shall be routed through the inside of all poles.
i. A Type I visual screen (90 percent solid barrier or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be required for any ground equipment enclosure located within a new compound/lease area outside public rights-of-way. Landscaping for the purpose of screening shall be maintained in a healthy condition. The use of concrete or concrete aggregate shelters is not allowed in UR, RA‐5 and R zones. Any fencing required for security shall meet screening codes in the same manner as applied to screening for mechanical and service areas in RZC Chapter 21.45, Solid Waste Storage and Collection.
j. Within the Shoreline Jurisdiction, additional screening shall be provided through plantings or double rows of native conifers surrounding the base of the structure (SMP).
6. Small Cell Facility Attached to Existing and Replacement Utility Poles (Excluding Light Poles) and Miscellaneous Poles.
a. Except for wooden utility poles, antennas shall be internal to the pole whenever technically feasible; otherwise, external antenna mounts are allowed and shall be flush mounted to the surface of the pole. Unified camouflage designs concealing antennas and equipment within a single enclosure meeting dimensional requirements as specified in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.d.ix are permitted. If standoff mounts or brackets are used such mount or bracket shall be located as close to the pole as technically feasible; however, in no case shall the mount or bracket extend more than 12 inches off the pole, measured from the inside edge of the antenna to the surface of the pole, unless otherwise required by the pole owner. Side arm brackets are prohibited.
b. Antennas attached to the top of a miscellaneous pole shall be flush mounted as close to the top of the pole as technically feasible. Antennas shall be shrouded or screened to blend with the pole except for canister antennas which shall not require screening. Canister antennas or shrouding or other similar screening material shall be compatible with the pole and shall be painted to match the pole. Pole extensions and other such mounting hardware attached to the top of the pole shall be centered to the top of the pole. All cabling and mounting hardware/brackets from the bottom of the antenna to the top of the pole shall be fully concealed and integrated with the pole.
c. Antennas attached to the top of a utility pole and associated mounting hardware such as pole toppers or pole extenders are not allowed unless they are canister antennas or designed to blend with the pole. Pole extensions and other such mounting hardware attached to the top of the pole shall be centered to the top of the pole and shall substantially match the diameter of the pole. Canister antennas or shrouding or other similar screening material shall be compatible with the pole and painted to match the pole. All cabling and mounting hardware/brackets from the bottom of the antenna to the top of the pole shall be concealed.
d. Full concealment of antennas, equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment is required for all poles when located along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway, and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets. Equipment enclosures shall be fully concealed within the base of the pole, inside the pole or incorporated into street furniture, park furniture and/or other similar features and structures whenever technically feasible. Mounting to the exterior surface of the pole is not allowed unless camouflaged to appear as an integrated part of the pole.
e. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment shall be allowed after considering full concealment inside the pole. Pole-mounted equipment shall be located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Equipment enclosures shall be limited to a maximum of one enclosure per pole, unless the applicant can demonstrate that multiple equipment enclosures will provide less of a visual impact. The primary equipment enclosure may not exceed the size parameter outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.d.ix. If photo simulations show that all equipment located outside an enclosure will provide less of a visual impact then no enclosures shall be required.
f. Equipment enclosures and transmission equipment mounted to the exterior surface of the pole shall be painted or tinted to match the pole and existing or required signage (such as but not limited to no parking signs and other similar signage) shall be utilized to conceal equipment whenever possible within public rights-of-way. The antennas and equipment shall not dominate the structure upon which it is attached and shall be visually concealed utilizing color and compatible material to camouflage the facility.
g. Attachment of additional small cell facilities to a utility pole which has an existing small cell facility attached shall be permitted on utility poles if located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact.
h. Cable and/or conduit shall be routed through the inside of all poles except for wooden poles where cable and/or conduit shall be allowed on the outside of the pole. The outside conduit shall be painted to match the pole and shall comply with the engineering standards of the pole owner.
i. New poles for the sole purpose of accommodating WCFs shall be reviewed as a new antenna support structure.
7. Small Cell Facilities Attached to Existing, Replacement and New Light Poles.
a. Antennas shall be internal to the pole whenever technically feasible; otherwise, external antenna mounts are allowed and shall be flush mounted to the surface of the pole. Unified camouflage designs concealing antennas and equipment within a single enclosure meeting dimensional requirements as specified in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.e.v are permitted. If standoff mounts or brackets are used such mount or bracket shall be located as close to the pole as technically feasible; however, in no case shall the mount or bracket extend more than 12 inches off the pole, measured from the inside edge of the antenna to the surface of the pole, unless otherwise required by the pole owner. Side arm brackets are prohibited.
b. Antennas attached to the top of the pole shall be flush mounted as close to the top of the pole as technically feasible. Antennas shall be shrouded or screened to blend with the pole except for canister antennas which shall not require screening. Canister antennas or screening/shrouding for all other antennas shall be painted to match the pole. Pole extensions and other such mounting hardware attached to the top of the pole shall be centered to the top of the pole. All cabling and mounting hardware/brackets from the bottom of the antenna to the top of the pole shall be fully concealed and integrated with the pole.
c. Full concealment of antennas, equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment is required for all poles when located along Leary Way, Cleveland Street, Gilman Street, Bear Creek Parkway, and 152nd Avenue NE between NE 20th and NE 31st Streets. Equipment enclosures shall be fully concealed within the base of the pole, inside the pole or incorporated into street furniture, park furniture and/or other similar features and structures whenever technically feasible. Mounting to the exterior surface of the pole is not allowed unless camouflaged to appear as an integrated part of the pole.
d. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment shall be allowed after considering full concealment inside the pole. Pole-mounted equipment shall be located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Equipment enclosures shall be limited to a maximum of one enclosure per pole, unless the applicant can demonstrate that multiple equipment enclosures will provide less of a visual impact. The primary equipment enclosure may not exceed the size parameter outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.e.v. If photo simulations show that all equipment located outside an enclosure will provide less of a visual impact then no enclosures shall be required.
e. Equipment enclosures and transmission equipment mounted to the exterior surface of the pole shall be painted or tinted to match the pole and existing or required signage (such as but not limited to no parking signs and other similar signage) shall be utilized to conceal equipment whenever possible within public rights-of-way. The antennas and equipment shall not dominate the structure upon which it is attached and shall be visually concealed utilizing color and compatible material to camouflage the facility.
f. A Type I visual screen (90 percent solid barrier or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be required for any equipment enclosure located within a new compound area outside public rights‐of‐way.
g. Cable and/or conduit shall be routed through the inside of all poles.
h. Replacement and new light poles shall meet City design standards.
i. New poles for the sole purpose of accommodating WCFs shall be reviewed as a new antenna support structure except for when deemed necessary through a lighting analysis submitted by the applicant and when illumination design standards and pole standards are met.
8. Macro Cell Facility Attached to Existing and Replacement Utility Poles.
a. External antenna mounts are allowed and shall be flush mounted. Unified camouflage designs concealing antennas and equipment within a single enclosure are permitted. If standoff mounts or brackets are used such mount or bracket shall be located as close to the pole as technically feasible. Side arm brackets are prohibited.
b. Antennas attached to the top of a utility pole and associated mounting hardware such as pole toppers or pole extenders are not allowed unless they are canister antenna or designed to blend with the pole. Pole extensions and other such mounting hardware attached to the top of the pole shall be centered to the top of the pole and shall substantially match the diameter of the pole. Canister antennas or shrouding or other similar screening material shall be compatible with the pole and painted to match the pole. All cabling and mounting hardware from the bottom of the antenna to the top of the pole shall be concealed.
c. Pole-mounted equipment enclosures and all associated transmission equipment shall be allowed after considering full concealment inside the pole. Pole-mounted equipment shall be located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Equipment enclosures shall be limited to a maximum of one enclosure per pole, unless the applicant can demonstrate that multiple equipment enclosures will provide less of a visual impact. The primary equipment enclosure may not exceed the size parameter outlined in RZC 21.04.2230.E.1.f.v. If photo simulations show that all equipment located outside an enclosure will provide less of a visual impact then no enclosures shall be required.
d. Equipment enclosures and transmission equipment mounted to the exterior surface of the pole shall be painted to match the pole and existing or required signage (such as but not limited to no parking signs and other similar signage) shall be utilized to conceal equipment whenever possible within public rights-of-way. The antennas and all associated equipment shall not dominate the structure upon which it is attached and shall be visually concealed utilizing color and compatible material to camouflage the facility.
e. Attachment of additional wireless facilities to a utility pole which has an existing wireless facility attached shall be permitted on utility poles if located in a manner that minimizes clutter and visual impact. Canister antennas attached to the top of the pole shall be stacked as technically feasible.
f. A Type I visual screen (90 percent solid barrier or more) pursuant to RZC 21.32.120, Types of Planting, shall be required for any equipment enclosure located within a new compound area outside public rights‐of‐way.
g. Cable and/or conduit shall be allowed on the outside of the pole. The outside conduit shall be painted to match the pole and shall comply with the engineering standards of the pole owner.
h. New poles for the sole purpose of accommodating WCFs are reviewed as a new antenna support structure.
G. Special Exceptions.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide for the granting of special exceptions when adherence to all development and design standards of this chapter would result in a physical or technical barrier which would block signal reception or transmission or would otherwise be an effective prohibition of wireless services.
2. Applicability.
a. A special exception is required whenever an applicant desires to:
i. Vary from the height, location, or setback limitations on the siting of amateur radio towers; or
ii. Vary from the setback limitations for antenna support structure; or
iii. Locate a new antenna support structure within the UR, RA-5, and NR zones or within the shoreline areas of the City; or
iv. Exceed the height limit on structured-mounted facilities; or
v. Vary from the setback, size, screening, landscape, and service area requirements for large satellite dishes in all zones; or
vi. Requests to exceed the height limit for a proposed new or replacement antenna support structure in any zone.
b. The special exceptions provided in RZC 21.04.2230 do not apply to variations from the International Building Code.
c. A variance pursuant to RZC Chapter 21.76, Review Procedures, is required for variations from applicable zoning regulations not described in this section.
3. Procedures.
a. A request for a special exception shall be processed in conjunction with the permit approving the wireless communication facility and shall not require any additional application or fees. The final approval authority for granting of the special exception shall be the same as that for the permit approving the antenna(s) location.
b. Upon review of special exception requests, the approval authority shall consider first those standards having the least effect upon the resulting aesthetic compatibility of the antenna(s) or tower with the surrounding environment. The approval authority shall review setback, size, screening requirements, and height limits.
c. The decision-making body for review of a special exception shall be the Technical Committee.
4. Special Exception Decision Criteria.
a. The applicant shall justify the request for a special exception by demonstrating that the exception is requested for technological or aesthetic reasons or that the obstruction or inability to receive or transmit a communication signal is the result of factors beyond the property owner’s or applicant’s control, taking into consideration potential permitted development on adjacent and neighboring lots with regard to future reception window obstruction or other necessary facility design requirements. Pictures, drawings (to scale), maps and/or manufacturer’s specifications, and other technical information as necessary, should be provided to demonstrate to the City that the special exception is necessary.
b. The applicant for a special exception shall demonstrate that the proposed materials, shape, and color of the antenna(s) will, to the greatest extent possible, minimize negative visual impacts on adjacent or nearby residential uses and recreational uses in the Agriculture and Urban Recreation zones and shoreline areas. The use of certain materials, shapes and colors, and landscaping may be required in order to minimize visual impacts.
c. Large Satellite Dish Antenna(s) – Special Exceptions. In addition to the general criteria for approval of special exceptions, the following criteria apply to large satellite dishes:
i. Urban Recreation, Semirural, Residential Zones and Shorelines (SMP).
A. Modifications to requirements for setback, size, screening, and maximum height limit may be considered by special exception. If a special exception from the height limit for a ground-mounted dish is requested, the height of the dish shall be limited to a maximum of 18 feet.
B. Only if these modifications would still block an electromagnetic signal shall rooftop location be considered. If a special exception is sought to obtain a rooftop location, the diameter of the dish shall be limited to six feet and maximum permitted height shall be 15 feet above the roofline. The approval authority may require the applicant to place the antenna(s) in an area on the roof which takes into consideration view blockage and aesthetics, provided there is a usable signal.
ii. Other Zones.
A. Ground-Mounted Antenna(s). Exceptions to be first considered shall be from setback, landscape and service area requirements, size and screening requirements. Only if these waived regulations would still block an electromagnetic signal shall a special exception from height requirements be considered. If a special exception is sought to vary from the height limit, the height of the dish shall be limited to a maximum of 20 feet.
B. Roof-Mounted Antenna(s). The first exception to be considered shall be the center-of-roof requirement; the second exception shall be from the size and screening requirements, respectively. Only if these waived regulations would still result in a block of the signal shall a special exception from height requirements be considered. A special exception from the height limit shall be allowed up to a maximum of 20 feet above the existing or proposed structure. The approval authority may require the applicant to place the antenna(s) in an area on the roof which takes into consideration view blockage and aesthetics, provided there is a usable signal and structural considerations allow the alternative placement.
d. Additional requirements for locating a new antenna support structure in UR, RA-5, or shoreline areas; or proposals to exceed height limits for a proposed antenna support structure in any zone:
i. An applicant will be required to provide an evaluation of alternative sites during this process.
ii. An amplified public involvement process shall be required and shall be conducted and paid for by the applicant. The purpose of the public involvement process is to involve the persons within the zone of likely and foreseeable impacts, and to determine potential mitigation measures that would make siting of that facility more acceptable.
A. The applicant shall propose an acceptable public involvement plan to be reviewed and approved by the Administrator.
B. The public involvement process shall be initiated within 45 days of the issuance of a notice of application.
iii. In addition to meeting the criteria established in RZC 21.04.2230.E and 21.04.2230.F, the following criteria shall be used to make a determination on the application:
A. The impact of the facility including the design and operation on the surrounding uses, the environment and the City has been minimized;
B. The proposal considers possible mitigation measures that can be developed which would make siting the facility within the community more acceptable.
H. Technical Evaluation. In addition to the specific technical evaluations required in this section, whenever the Administrator determines that technical expertise, evaluation, or peer review is required in order to determine whether an application meets the requirements of this section, the Administrator may require that an applicant provide such expertise, evaluation, or review at the applicant’s expense, or the Administrator may obtain such expertise, evaluation, or peer review on the Administrator’s own and may require that the applicant pay the cost of such expertise, evaluation, or review.
The selection of the third-party expert shall be by mutual agreement between the applicant and the City; such agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld by either party. The third-party expert shall have recognized training and qualifications in the field of radio frequency engineering.
The expert review is intended to be a site‐specific analysis of technical aspects of the wireless communication facility and other matters as described herein. In particular, but without limitation, the expert shall provide a recommendation on the location and height of the proposed facility relative to the applicant’s technical and system design parameters. Such review shall address the accuracy and completeness of the technical data, whether the analysis techniques and methodologies are legitimate, the validity of the conclusions and any specific technical issues outlined by the City or other interested parties. Based on the results of the third-party review, the City may require changes to the application for the wireless communication facility that comply with the recommendations of the expert.
I. Cessation of Use. An antenna support structure or wireless communication facility shall be removed by the owner if operation of the same ceases for a period of 12 consecutive months or if the facility falls into disrepair and is not maintained. Disrepair includes structural features, paint, landscaping, or general lack of maintenance which could result in safety or visual impacts. Whenever a wireless communications facility ceases operation or falls into disrepair as provided in this section, the entire facility shall be removed, including but not limited to all antennas, antenna supports, feeder lines, equipment enclosures, all associated equipment, conduit, and the concrete pad upon which the structure is located. This requirement does not extend to the removal of a utility pole, light pole or miscellaneous pole. All permits issued for new antenna support structures and equipment enclosures under this chapter shall be conditioned upon removal as required in this section. (Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The following provisions authorizing and regulating certain temporary uses are intended to permit temporary uses and structures when consistent with the Zoning Code and when safe and compatible with the general vicinity, critical areas protections, and adjacent uses. Temporary uses are not to be permitted in order to avoid otherwise applicable development requirements, permits or fees.
B. Applicability.
1. Temporary uses are permitted throughout all zones provided they meet the purpose and decision criteria in this section. This section also describes the types of temporary uses, their permitted duration and associated permit type. Establishment of a temporary use which meets the criteria of this section shall not require any other type of land use approval. Other permits from the City may be required to comply with the Redmond Municipal Code.
2. The following types of temporary uses, activities and associated structures may be authorized, subject to specific limitations noted herein and as noted in RZC 21.04.4000.E, Decision Criteria:
a. Temporary or seasonal retail sales not associated with a permanent, on-site use, such as uses that are not otherwise limited, including Christmas tree lots.
b. Food trucks and other mobile services vendors unless specifically exempt.
c. Vending carts/kiosks.
d. Temporary outdoor dining on private property (when located in public right-of-way, permits are issued under RMC Title 12 and no temporary use permit is required).
f. Temporary uses not listed in this section may be classified by the Administrator when it is found that the proposed uses are within the scope of this section.
C. Exemptions.
1. The following activities and structures are exempt from requirements to obtain temporary use approval. Substantive requirements applicable to any use identified in this subsection shall still be met. Additional land use approvals or other permits may be required.
a. Manufactured homes, portable units, modular structures, travel trailers when used as a dwelling while a residential building on the same lot is being constructed or when a damaged residential building is being repaired, if adequate sewer and water are available.
b. Manufactured homes, portable units, modular structures, or travel trailers when used to support construction or site development.
c. Guests of Redmond residents in recreational vehicles when in compliance with RZC 21.40.010.G, Parking and Storage of Recreational, Utility, and Commercial Vehicles and Vessels in Residential Neighborhoods.
d. Temporary recycling and collection events that meet all of the following requirements:
i. Containers and structures shall be located on private property and not on public rights-of-way. The property owner’s approval must be obtained, and the Planning Department notified that the event will be located at that site;
ii. Structures shall not interfere with traffic circulation or visibility at intersections;
iii. The property owner’s name and telephone number shall be clearly posted on site; and
iv. If located in a parking area, the structures or containers shall take up no more than three parking stalls. One collection structure and associated staff booth are allowed in parking lots of 200 stalls or less and one additional container and staff booth for every additional 200 stalls.
e. Model homes or apartments and related real estate sales and display activities located within the subdivision or residential development to which they pertain.
f. Garage sales, moving sales, and similar activities for the sale of personal belongings when operated not more than three days in the same week and not more than twice in the same calendar year. Allowed in all residential zoning districts.
g. Fundraising car washes that meet the requirements for discharge of wastewater established by the City of Redmond Environmental and Utility Services Division.
h. Motorized catering that remains at one location for no more than three hours per day.
i. Mobile services that:
i. Are located outside the public right-of-way and not located on on-street parking;
ii. Are located at a site for no more than 14 total days over a period of three months;
iii. Are not located in required drive aisles or any area that would impede emergency or ADA access; and
iv. Are located on a lot with no more than one other mobile service vehicle at any given time.
j. Circuses, carnivals, fairs, or similar transient amusement or recreational activities. Such uses are subject to RMC Chapter 5.28, Carnivals, Circuses and Amusement Activities.
k. Activities, vendors and booths associated with City of Redmond-sponsored or authorized special events which have an approved special events permit.
l. Weekend (Saturday and Sunday) only, warehouse sales in Business Park, Manufacturing Park, and Industry zones, when held no more than once a month in an existing facility.
D. Temporary Use Permit Duration and Administration.
1. Temporary uses will have different permit administration requirements depending on the duration of the temporary use as described below:
Table 21.04.4000.D.1. Temporary Use Permit Duration and Required Permit Type
Duration1 | Permit Type |
|---|---|
Short-Term or Seasonal 0 – 6 months | Type I2 |
Medium-Term 6 – 18 months | Type II |
Long-Term 18 – 60 months | Type V3 |
Notes:
1Effective duration of a temporary use permit can be extended without necessitating additional permitting in the event of a manmade or natural disaster or emergency declaration which necessitates the extension of a previous approved temporary use permit.
2Temporary uses that occur seasonally on an annual basis may be processed over the counter upon the subsequent year’s renewal provided the first year’s business was processed under a Type I review and the proposal is substantially the same as the previous year.
3A long-term temporary use permit may be renewed; provided, that:
a. The permit renewal must be applied for in advance of the expiration of the original term;
b. The permit renewal shall follow the procedures for a Type V review pursuant to RZC 21.76.050.J;
c. The applicant shall pay a renewal fee equal to that prescribed by Council resolution for a new long-term temporary use permit;
d. The application for renewal meets the decision criteria outlined in RZC 21.04.4000.E;
e. The renewal may be conditioned upon the construction or installation of such improvements that are necessary to serve the temporary use and to mitigate impacts of the temporary use, taking into account the duration of the use; and
f. A long-term temporary use permit may be renewed for one or more additional two-year renewal terms if the conditions of this subsection are met at the time of such renewal.
2. Upon expiration of the initial term of a short- or long-term temporary use permit or upon the expiration of any renewal term of a temporary use permit:
a. The temporary use shall immediately cease; and
b. The property on which the use was located shall be restored as nearly as practicable to the state it was in prior to commencement of the temporary use.
E. Decision Criteria.
1. Temporary uses may be authorized only when all the following determinations can be made:
a. The temporary use will not impair the normal, safe, and effective operation of a permanent use on the same site.
b. The temporary use will not significantly impact public health, safety or convenience, or create traffic hazards or congestion, or otherwise interrupt or interfere with the normal conduct or uses and activities in the vicinity.
c. The temporary use will not be materially detrimental to the surrounding uses in terms of traffic, noise, and other external effects.
d. Temporary uses shall not be allowed as a mechanism to avoid otherwise applicable development requirements, permits or fees.
2. General Conditions.
a. A temporary use conducted in a parking facility shall not occupy or remove from availability more than 25 percent of the spaces required for the permanent use.
i. Up to 40 percent of the parking spaces required for the permanent use may be occupied with the submittal and approval of an alternative parking plan.
b. Each site occupied by a temporary use must provide or have available sufficient parking and vehicular maneuvering area for customers or other users. Such parking need not comply with RZC 21.40.010.G, Parking and Storage of Recreational, Utility, and Commercial Vehicles and Vessels in Residential Neighborhoods, but must provide safe and efficient interior circulation and ingress and egress to and from public rights-of-way.
c. The temporary use shall comply with all applicable standards of the Seattle-King County Health Department.
d. No temporary use shall occupy or use public parks in any manner unless specifically approved by the Parks Department.
e. All temporary uses shall obtain, prior to occupancy of the site, all applicable City of Redmond permits, licenses and other approvals (e.g., business license, building permit, administrative approvals, etc.).
f. The applicant for a temporary use shall supply written authorization from the owner of the property on which the temporary use is located.
g. Each site occupied by a temporary use shall be left free of debris, litter, or other evidence of the temporary use upon completion of removal of the use.
h. All materials, structures, and products related to the temporary use must be removed from the premises between days of operation on the site; provided, that materials, structures, and products related to the temporary use may be left on site overnight between consecutive days of operation. By virtue of having been in consistent operation prior to the existence of the ordinance codified in this chapter, the open air craft and farmers market operation, commonly known as the Saturday Market, shall be allowed to store structures on site between weekly activity of the market, but such structures must be reviewed by the Administrator annually and permission to leave them in place between market sessions may be denied if they become a visual blight, safety, or health problem. They shall be removed at the end of the permit period.
i. Additional conditions may be established as necessary to ensure land use compatibility and to minimize potential impacts on nearby uses. These include, but are not limited to, time and frequency of operation, temporary arrangements for parking and traffic circulation, requirement for screening or enclosure, and guarantees for site restoration and cleanup following temporary uses. (Ord. 3220)
A. An encampment temporary use permit shall be valid for a five-year period based on the following criteria:
1. Once approved, the encampment may occur at the host site for a maximum of four consecutive months per visit, with at least three consecutive months between visits, and for not more than six months in any calendar year. The site plan and conditions that were originally approved shall remain unchanged for each visit;
2. The encampment shall comply with the provisions outlined in this section;
3. All conditions of approval were fulfilled during the previous stay; and
4. The proposed host site shall not be within 1,000 feet of another approved host site.
B. Temporary encampments must also meet the following criteria:
1. The applicant shall apply for a temporary use permit at least 30 days before the planned opening of the temporary encampment.
2. The encampment shall be limited to a maximum of 100 persons. After the encampment reaches its 100-person capacity, individuals who arrive after sundown (and meet all screening criteria) will be allowed to stay for one night, after which they will not be permitted entry until a vacancy is available. Such occurrences shall be logged and reported to the City on a weekly basis.
3. The temporary encampment use permit may be revocable at any time if the encampment is found to be noncompliant with this section or conditions placed upon the permit.
4. The encampment, parking of any vehicles, or parking of tiny homes associated with the application shall not displace the minimum or required parking of the principal use on the host site as required by code or previous approvals unless an alternative parking plan has been approved by the Administrator.
5. The temporary encampment managing agency shall maintain a resident log for all who are residing at the encampment. Such log shall be kept on site at the encampment. Prospective encampment residents shall be asked to provide a reasonable form of identification when signing the log. Adequate information must be submitted by the encampment resident, sponsoring host, or organization group to allow for the Redmond Police Department to perform an active warrant and sex offender status check. Individuals identified as having an active warrant will not be allowed to stay at the encampment. For sex offender checks, the managing agency retains the authority to allow such offenders to remain on the property; provided, that required reporting requirements are followed.
6. The sponsoring host and organization group shall submit an operating agreement and code of conduct.
7. The Administrator may impose additional conditions for the purpose of maintaining the health, safety, and welfare of people in and around the temporary encampment, relating but not limited to any or all of the following:
a. Encampment resident code of conduct;
b. The presence of minors in the encampment;
c. The provision of transportation to/from the encampment; and
d. Setbacks and screening.
C. Temporary encampments shall be processed as a Type I permit with the following modifications:
1. A notice of application shall be mailed and posted on site meeting the standards outlined in RZC 21.76.080.B, Notice of Application.
2. A minimum of one major land use action sign shall be posted on site meeting the requirements outlined in RZC Appendix 6, Extraordinary Notice Requirements.
3. Prior to the decision on the application for a temporary encampment, the Administrator shall require that a neighborhood meeting be held.
4. With the exception of mailed notice, the provisions of RZC 21.04.4010.C shall only apply to the initial application. A mailed notice shall be sent prior to each stay in accordance with RZC 21.76.080.B.
5. The initial application shall be processed as a Type I permit. Subsequent stays within the allowed five-year period shall only require administrative review.
6. Emergencies. The Administrator may waive these requirements when a natural or manmade disaster necessitates the immediate establishment of a temporary encampment. (Ord. 3220)
See RZC Chapter 21.57, Permanent Supportive Housing, Transitional Housing, Emergency Shelters, and Emergency Housing. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. To implement the Comprehensive Plan for complete neighborhoods and vibrant, active spaces throughout the community.
B. Applicability.
1. Standards applicable for all mobile vendors working from a motorized vehicle.
2. See kiosk and mobile carts for nonmotorized mobile vendor requirements.
C. Food trucks and other mobile vendors may operate on private property in all zones where food trucks are permitted with the permission of the property owner and a shared restroom agreement.
D. Operation may be open to customers from 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. except in neighborhood zones operation shall not exceed eight hours per day and four days per week.
E. All mobile vendors must comply with RMC Title 6, Health and Sanitation, and requirements of the Seattle-King County Health Department. (Ord. 3220)
A. Shall not locate in required parking, landscaping, or drive aisle area, or any area that would impede emergency access.
B. Within the Shoreline Jurisdictions of Bear Creek and the Sammamish River, limited to uses associated with water enjoyment.
C. Shall not reduce or interfere with functional use of walkway or plaza to below standards of Americans with Disabilities Act.
D. Structures shall be secured to prevent tipping and endangering public safety.
E. Maximum size is six feet wide by 10 feet long.
F. Administrative design review required for structures. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The City recognizes that land, structures, and uses of land and structures which do not conform to the Redmond Zoning Code can become nuisances, can disrupt the orderly development of the City, and can create unsafe, hazardous, and unhealthful conditions. The City also recognizes that the eventual elimination of existing legal nonconforming uses and structures assists in the implementation of the Comprehensive Plan and benefits the health, safety, and welfare of the community. It is the intent of this chapter to establish regulations and procedures which ensure that the elimination of legal nonconforming uses and structures occurs as fair and orderly as possible and with justice to property owner(s) and business operator(s).
B. Scope.
1. The requirements and thresholds established within this section apply only to development standards regulated by the Planning Department.
2. For requirements and thresholds established by the Department of Public Works, see RZC Chapter 21.17, Adequate Public Facilities and Undergrounding of Utilities.
3. For requirements and thresholds established by the Fire Department, see RMC Chapter 15.06, Fire Code.
4. For requirements and thresholds established by the Building Division, see RMC Title 15, Buildings and Construction, and associated referenced documents.
5. Nothing in this chapter shall prohibit the establishment of special regulations for specific nonconforming uses and structures regulated by other sections of the RZC. Such regulations may provide for the retirement or amortization of those specific uses and structures.
C. Legal Nonconforming Lots of Record. Lots of record that do not conform to the dimensional requirements of the RZC may be used as otherwise permitted if they were legally created and were in conformance with the prior zoning code, or were a legal nonconformance under that code.
D. Continuance of Legal Nonconformities. Legal nonconforming uses and structures, as defined in RZC Article VII, Definitions, may continue to be used and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, except as otherwise provided in RZC 21.68.150.B, Amortization of Off-Premise Signs Within the Shoreline, or RZC 21.12.505.C, Incremental Redevelopment Provisions. The use and maintenance is permitted as a result of vested rights obtained through the legal establishment of the nonconforming use or structure.
E. Conditional Uses. Any use which was originally established in a zone by right and has since been reclassified as a conditional use in that zone shall obtain approval through the conditional use review procedure, as is required before the expansion of the use or any structure related to the use.
F. Maintenance. Ordinary and routine maintenance and repair of a legal nonconforming structure and structures containing a nonconforming use, such as painting or plumbing repair, shall be permitted as necessary to ensure the protection of general health, safety, and welfare. All legal nonconforming uses and structures are subject to all applicable property maintenance and substandard building laws.
G. Abandonment of Rights to Nonconformities.
1. All rights to a legal nonconforming use are lost:
a. If the use is changed; or
b. If the use is abandoned for 12 months; or
c. If the structure housing the nonconforming use is demolished or rebuilt as defined in RZC Article VII, Definitions, except as provided in RZC 21.76.070, Land Use Actions and Design Criteria.
2. All rights to nonconforming parking shall be lost if the primary structure on the lot is demolished or rebuilt as defined in RZC Article VII, Definitions. Rights shall not be lost if a building is merely vacated for less than one year.
H. Restoration. Any building containing a nonconforming use or any nonconforming structure may be repaired and restored to its nonconforming state if the need for repairs or restoration shall be the result of fire, explosion, earthquake, imminent public hazard, replacement of underground fuel tanks, vandalism, or other accidental destruction. Such restoration shall comply with the following conditions:
1. Level of Restoration. The damaged use or structure may be repaired to the area and footprint of the previous use or structure. In the case of total destruction or need for underground fuel tank replacement, a new structure may be established to the same area or footprint of the previous use or structure. Alternatively, the structure may be built to a more conforming area or footprint.
2. Time Limit. Building permits for the repair or restoration of the structure must commence within 18 months of the event causing damage to the structure, and the repairs must be diligently pursued until completed.
I. Alteration or Expansion of a Nonconformance.
1. General. The alteration or expansion of a legal nonconforming use or structure is prohibited unless it does not increase the degree of nonconformity, or unless it is specifically permitted through an official action as stated in RZC 21.76.050, Permit Types and Procedures, or RZC 21.12.505.C Incremental Redevelopment Provisions. (See RZC 21.68.200.B, Nonconformances, for nonconforming shoreline structures.) The alteration or expansion of a legal nonconforming use or structure is prohibited for land uses and activities listed in RZC 21.64.050.C, Prohibited Land Uses and Activities in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II.
2. Bringing Nonconforming Structures Into Compliance. A legal nonconforming structure shall be brought into full compliance with the RZC when alteration or expansion of the structure takes place, and the following takes place within any three-year period:
a. The gross floor area of the structure is increased by 100 percent or more; or
b. The costs stated on all approved building permit applications for the structure equal or exceed the value of the existing structure at the beginning of that three-year period.
3. Bringing Nonconforming Landscaping and Pedestrian System Area into Compliance. A nonconforming landscaping or pedestrian system area shall be brought into compliance with RZC Chapter 21.32, Landscaping, and RZC 21.10.300, Public Realm Standards, in accordance with the following:
a. When the gross floor area of the structure is increased by 100 percent or more; or
b. The costs stated on all approved building permit applications for the structure equal or exceed 100 percent of the value of the existing structure at the beginning of that three-year period. The percentage (by value) of the required landscaping or pedestrian system to be installed shall be determined in the same manner as the value of the existing structure.
c. For the purposes of RZC 21.04.5000.I.3.a and I.3.b, improvements shall not include those improvements required by the City for health and safety reasons, nor ordinary repair and maintenance.
d. The Technical Committee shall have the authority to specify the location and phasing sequence of the landscaping or pedestrian system improvements which fall under this section.
4. Abatement of Public Nuisances. Regardless of any provisions in this section, any nonconformance found to be a public nuisance shall be terminated.
5. Prior Nonconformance. Any nonconformance, which under the prior zoning ordinance was nonconforming and was required to terminate by a certain date, shall continue to be subject to the amortization provisions of the prior zoning ordinance.
6. Illegal Uses or Structures. Illegal uses or structures have no vested rights, and no rights or privileges are conferred upon such uses or structures by this section. Illegal uses and structures shall either be brought into legal conforming status or shall be removed.
J. Legislative Enactments. Nothing in this title or the permit processing procedures shall limit the authority of the City Council to make changes to the City’s Comprehensive Plan as part of an annual revision process or to make changes to the City’s development regulations.
K. Calculation of Time. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all times established in RZC are indicated as calendar days, not working days. (Ord. 3220. Formerly 21.04.500)
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Transit-oriented development (TOD) focus areas are used in conjunction with incentive programs and design guidelines and other tools to achieve the following goals:
A. Implement the vision and policies for TOD and equitable TOD (eTOD) as set forth in the Redmond Comprehensive Plan and neighborhood plans;
B. Improve social and economic opportunity for current and future residents with close proximity to high-frequency transit access by:
1. Maximizing the number of homes and affordable homes near light rail and high-frequency bus routes;
2. Improve housing and job access to households earning a broad range of incomes; and
3. Improve access to public spaces and private developments for people with disabilities and other special needs through:
a. The application of inclusive and universal design principles for public realm elements; and
b. Through increased production of accessible housing units; and
C. Create opportunities to co-locate public safety facilities and community services and amenities. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
The TOD Focus Area for the Overlake Metro Center is as shown in Map 21.05.120.A.
Map 21.05.120.A |
|---|
|
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Cultural heritage plays an invaluable role in developing a deeper understanding and awareness of our shared history. Redmond is committed to safeguarding the historical, social, and economic value of its neighborhoods to strengthen understanding and appreciation of our significant places and cultures. These aspects can take the form of tangible and intangible resources.
Cultural districts are distinguished by unique social and historical associations and living traditions. While they have physical geographic boundaries, the cultural districts are primarily identified by the activities that occur within them, including commerce, services, arts, events, and social practices.
Development incentives for contributing features are provided for in RZC Chapter 21.55. The Redmond Arts and Culture Commission shall serve as an advisory body to the Redmond Planning Commission for revisions to the items that qualify as contributing features for incentive purposes. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. The Overlake Village Intercultural District shall be established in the area shown in Map 21.05.220.A.
Map 21.05.220.A |
|---|
|
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Marymoor Village is a place of importance to many local tribes since time immemorial and has been a place of occupation as well as a gathering place for trade and community for centuries. The Marymoor Arts and Cultural District seeks to honor and share local tribes’ connection to the land through placemaking standards, partnerships with local tribes on housing and other services, and incentives for contributing features and services.
2. The Arts and Cultural District continues to focus on local arts-based business as well as highlighting opportunities for unique architectural and public art features, activities, and events that contribute to neighborhood quality of life and economic diversity of our community.
B. The Marymoor Arts and Cultural District is shown in Map 21.05.230.B.
Map 21.05.230.B |
|---|
|
C. Inclusive Neighborhood Pilot Project. The Marymoor Arts and Cultural District boundaries shown in Map 21.05.230.B also define the boundaries of the Marymoor Village inclusive neighborhood pilot project. The universal design standards in RZC 21.58.2000 shall apply to all development within this district. See related incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55 and universal design incentives in RZC Appendix 12. (Ord. 3220)
Reserved. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. A noise overlay area where nonresidential uses will adjoin residential areas is established. The purpose is to protect new residential development from potential significant noise impacts from nonresidential uses.
B. Applicability. The Southeast Redmond Noise Overlay area is located as shown on Map 21.05.310B, Southeast Redmond Noise Overlay. The overlay shall be 350 feet wide. Where the overlay is shown over right-of-way, the centerline of the right-of-way shall be the center point of the overlay. Where the overlay is shown over a zone boundary, the center point of the overlay shall be zone boundary.
1. Requirements. Development within the overlay area shall meet the following requirements:
a. New or expanding industrial, manufacturing, and business park uses shall provide noise restricting techniques such as earthen berms, locating noisiest activities farthest from residential areas, and providing densely vegetated open space between residential and more intensive uses to protect existing and future residential development from potential significant noise impacts.
b. Operations and/or business activities that generate significant noise impacts, such as heavy truck traffic at nighttime with loading and unloading, should be restricted from the noise overlay area.
Map 21.05.310.B |
|---|
Note: Online users may click the map for a full-size version in PDF format. |
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. To allow for limited commercial uses to support the nearby manufacturing, industrial, and residential uses while maintaining the primary purpose of the underlying Manufacturing Park zone. See RZC 21.04.0200, table notes 15 and 16 for uses allowed in the Overlay area.
B. Manufacturing Park Overlay. The Manufacturing Park Overlay is shown in Map 21.05.400.B, Manufacturing Park Overlay.
(Ord. 3220)
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to:
1. Set performance standards and create transition areas as a means of implementing the policies of the Redmond Comprehensive Plan promoting land use compatibility;
2. Use techniques such as citywide development and performance standards in order to minimize potential conflicts between abutting higher and lower intensity zones; and
3. Regulate site design, construction, uses, and site operations in transition areas within higher intensity zones in order to protect the character of abutting lower density zones.
B. Transition Overlay Areas.
1. Transition Overlay regulations shall apply to those portions of “complying zones” within the Transition Overlay area, as designated in Table 21.05.600.B, Protected and Complying Zones.
2. The Administrator may waive some or all of the regulations of RZC 21.05.600 where a proposed development in a complying zone consists of uses and activities whose noise, glare, light trespass, outdoor storage, and other similar site and building impacts are equal to or less than what is allowed for development in the abutting protected zone. Where such a waiver is granted, the proposed development in the complying zone must:
a. Comply with site requirements for the abutting protected zone as shown in the Development Standards section of the zone chapter for the abutting protected zone;
b. Provide a site plan and perimeter landscaping plan that protects development in the abutting protected zone from adverse impacts resulting from the proposed development; and
c. Restrict the uses and activities of the proposed development to those on which the waiver was based.
Notwithstanding the above, the City may impose select requirements of this section where it determines that doing so would mitigate adverse impacts resulting from the proposed development.
3. Transition Overlay development standards shall apply in addition to the development standards applicable in the underlying zone. Where there is a conflict between the standards, the most restrictive shall apply.
4. Property in complying zones rezoned to a protected zone on or after April 14, 2007, shall not be designated “protected,” as designated in Table 21.05.600.B, nor shall property in zones that would otherwise be designated “complying” as a result of that rezone be designated as such. Instead, the developer of the property rezoned to a complying zone shall have the responsibility of providing within the property’s own boundaries protections that would otherwise be accorded to “protected” zones in this chapter. Those protections would buffer uses in protected zones from, and mitigate the impacts associated with, uses typical of complying zones, which may include, but are not limited to, various manufacturing, assembly, warehouse, entertainment, and other uses that operate both at day and at night, at noise levels consistent with existing regulations governing complying zones. The mitigation may be achieved through visual and audio screening, increased setbacks, building placement, open space, landscaping, architectural screening, berms, fences, topographical separation, or other methods that meet the intent of this provision as determined by the Administrator.
5. Protected and Complying Zones.
Table 21.05.600.B. Protected Zones
Complying Zones (Required to Comply with Transition Overlay Regulations*) | Protected Zones (Protected by Transition Overlay Regulations) | ||
|---|---|---|---|
UR, COS, RA-5 | NR, NMU, ORS1 | NMF, OUMF, ORM2 | |
NMF, CMU | 150 to 300 ft Δ | 150 ft | |
OBAT, BP, MP, I | 150 to 300 ft Δ | 300 ft | 150 ft |
UMU | 150 to 300 ft Δ | 300 ft | 150 to 300 ft Δ |
TABLE NOTES:
Table Notes:
ΔWhere the Administrator determines that, because of potential adverse impacts resulting from allowed uses and intensities in the complying zone, the transition overlay regulations shall apply, the Administrator shall assign a Transition Overlay width up to 300 feet. The specific width of the Transition Overlay shall be the minimum width deemed necessary by the Administrator to be sufficient to protect development in the protected zone from the potential adverse impacts of the allowed uses and intensities in the complying zone.
*No Transition Overlay supplemental setback requirements for properties within the Overlake Metro Center or within a designation TOD Focus Area (see RZC 21.05.100) but building heights will be limited to 40 feet in the area where the setback would apply without this exception. Zoning district setbacks and build-to lines and other requirements may apply.
1ORS (Outside Redmond Single-Family) refers to primarily residential zones in neighboring jurisdictions that have an allowed density of eight or fewer housing units per gross acre.
2ORM (Outside Redmond Multifamily) refers to primarily small lot residential zones in neighboring jurisdictions that have an allowed density greater than eight units per gross acre.
6. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the Transition Overlay shall be located within the complying zone.
7. The Transition Overlay shall be measured at right angles along the boundary of the complying zone, except as described in RZC 21.05.600.B.8.
8. The Transition Overlay shall include the following areas within the protected zone:
a. Street and railroad rights-of-way;
b. The Sammamish River, parks or easements for park and open space uses owned by a public agency, and trail rights-of-way or corridors where a public agency owns or leases the right-of-way or corridor or has an easement or equitable servitude for the right-of-way or corridor;
c. Native Growth Protection Areas and easements or equitable servitudes with similar purposes; and
d. Undeveloped critical areas and their buffers where structure construction is generally prohibited through RZC Chapter 21.64, Critical Areas Regulations; provided, that the Technical Committee determines that the area is unlikely to ever be developed based on the nature and extent of the critical area.
C. Use, Operations, and Development Standards in a Transition Overlay.
1. Use and Operations Standards and Limitations in a Transition Overlay.
a. Outdoor nonemergency maintenance and testing activities may only take place from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Saturday. No maintenance and testing activities may take place on legal holidays. Emergency maintenance activities may take place at any time and on any day.
b. All exterior work activities ordinarily allowed by the underlying zone shall be prohibited except for the following uses: restaurants, plant nurseries, entertainment and recreation uses that are commonly performed outside, sales of motor vehicle fuels, car washes, parking lots, outdoor markets, and sidewalk sales. This regulation does not apply in transition overlay areas in the Industry zone.
c. Except for in the Industry (I) zone, no exterior storage of goods or materials shall be allowed within the Transition Overlay. Exterior storage of construction materials and construction equipment during temporary construction activities is allowed.
2. Site and Building Design Standards in a Transition Overlay.
a. Site Design Standards.
i. Uses shall be located on a site so as to minimize adverse impacts on protected zones.
ii. Streets, driveways, parking, parking structures, and other vehicle use areas shall be designed, located, constructed, and maintained to minimize the impacts on protected zones of noise, and direct and reflected light trespass. Joint use driveways shall be used where possible. Parking structures shall be designed and constructed to minimize light from cars and lighting within the structure spilling over or intruding into protected zones.
iii. New driveways, curb cuts, and streets shall be located, designed, and constructed to minimize cut-through traffic in protected zones. The Technical Committee may authorize an exception to this requirement when compliance would create an undue hardship on the applicant.
iv. Surface parking lots, loading areas, and refuse collection areas shall be located away from bordering protected zones and screened from street level views. This screening shall be done by placing the areas behind buildings or by the use of berms, hedges, walls, or equivalent or better methods. The Technical Committee may authorize an exception to this requirement when compliance would create an undue hardship on the applicant.
v. Loading and refuse collection areas shall not be located within a front setback.
vi. Nearby topography, vegetation, street patterns, parking configuration, building massing, and building and site design should be considered in order to result in a compatible fit between the proposed development and existing residential developments.
b. Building Design Standards.
i. Building surfaces and design shall minimize light reflecting into protected zones and allowing light from inside the building to intrude into residential zones. Glass curtain walls, metallic wall or roof coverings, or similar materials shall not face residential zones.
ii. Building facades visible from protected zones shall be stepped back or projected forward at intervals to provide a minimum of 40 percent facade modulation. The minimum depth of modulation shall be one foot and the minimum width shall be five feet.
3. Signs in a Transition Overlay.
a. Only freestanding and wall signs shall be permitted. Freestanding signs shall be affixed directly to the ground and be no higher than five feet from the finished grade.
4. Building Setbacks in a Transition Overlay.
a. The following table shows the required setback from property lines that border a protected zone or property lines adjacent to a street that borders a protected zone.
Table 21.05.600.C.4. Required Setbacks From Property Lines
i. This setback shall not apply to property lines bordering a multimodal corridor as designated in the Transportation Master Plan, or an arterial street served by all-day or peak-hour transit service.
ii. This setback shall not apply to property lines bordering the SR 520 right-of-way.
5. Maximum Height of Structures in a Transition Overlay.
a. Maximum Height of Structures (In Feet) With and Without Bonuses in a Transition Overlay.
Table 21.05.600.C.5.a. Maximum Height of Structures
Protected Zones | Maximum structure height in complying Zones (maximum height with bonuses shown in parenthesis) | ||
|---|---|---|---|
NMF, I | BP | MP, CMU, UMU | |
UR, COS, RA-5, NR, and ORS | 40 (50) | 35 (45) | 40 (45) |
NMF, NMU, CMU, and ORM | 50 (60) | 45 (55) | |
b. The maximum height of structures may be increased to the height shown in Table 21.05.600.C.5.a if one or more of the following features are provided and if the potential adverse impacts of the height increase on properties in the protected zone are mitigated. In no case shall the maximum height of structures set in Table 21.05.600.C.5.a be exceeded through this subsection.
Table 21.05.600.C.5.b. Features
Feature |
|---|
At least one-quarter of the on-site parking is provided in subterranean parking structures (not permitted in Critical Aquifer Recharge Area (CARA)). |
At least one-quarter of the on-site parking is located in parking structure(s) outside the transition zone. |
The building has a pitched roof. |
No mechanical equipment is located on the roof. |
The existing grade under the proposed building pad is at least 10 feet below the grade at the property lines of all properties in the protected zone that border the development site or are across the street from the development site. |
A landscape buffer at least 100 feet wide is provided along at least one public street bordering a protected zone. |
TDRs are used to increase building height. |
c. The maximum height of structures set in Table 21.05.600.C.5.a may be increased by the Administrator if all the following conditions are met:
i. The modified building height does not exceed the maximum height, without bonuses, permitted by the underlying zone for properties outside the transition overlay.
ii. The proposal, with the height modification, will provide an equivalent or better transition to the protected properties as the maximum height of structures without bonuses in Table 21.05.600.C.5.a.
6. Landscaping and Buffers in a Transition Overlay.
a. Required Buffers.
i. Landscape buffers at least 20 feet wide shall be provided in the following locations, unless otherwise provided in the Zoning Code:
A. Along property lines that border a protected zone.
B. Along street frontages where any portion of the street bordering the development site borders an N-R, ORS, or ORM zone.
C. Where the development site is zoned CMU, MP, or I, along the street frontages where any portion of the street bordering the development site borders an N-R through N-MF, ORS or ORM zone.
b. In addition to the requirements of RZC Chapter 21.32, Landscaping, the following planting requirements shall apply in all setbacks, open spaces, and buffers:
i. All significant trees within 15 feet of the property line where a required transition overlay buffer or setback must be provided shall be retained unless the removal is necessary for streets, sidewalks, or utilities.
ii. Where a CMU, UMU, MP, or I zone borders a neighborhood zone on an interior property line, an evergreen hedge a minimum of three feet in height at the time it is planted and capable of achieving a continuous visual screen with a height of four feet within three years shall be planted, or a combination of shrubs and a fence shall be added within the required planting area, to achieve the effect of a hedge.
c. Except as otherwise provided in this section, no structures shall be placed in required buffers.
i. Up to 20 percent of the buffer area may be used for streets, driveways, utility crossings, trails, or ground level features such as patios.
ii. Patios shall not be placed closer than 10 feet from the property line.
iii. No existing structure, except as noted in RZC 21.05.600.C.6.c.i and 21.05.600.C.6.c.ii shall be considered a legal nonconforming use.
d. Buffers may be counted towards required open space, required pervious surfaces, and other requirements that they meet. Except for trails, any impervious surfaces within the buffer shall not be counted towards fulfilling open space requirements. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Identify gateways to the City and establish design standards for them.
2. Establish design standards to protect view corridors identified in RZC Chapter 21.05. These are views from public spaces, such as parks, trails, or streets that have particular significance in preserving the unique character of the City of Redmond.
B. Scope and Implementation.
1. Scope. There are two sets of standards: Citywide public view corridor design standards and Shoreline Master Program view design standards. Citywide standards shall apply to all projects located in the City within any of the view corridors identified in this chapter. Additional standards shall apply within Shoreline Jurisdictions identified under RZC Chapter 21.68, Shoreline Master Program.
2. Implementation of Citywide Public View Corridor Design Standards.
a. Implementation of measures to protect the public view corridor shall take into consideration any undue economic hardship to both the public and private property owner.
b. When appropriate, factors such as the following should be considered:
i. The number of persons impacted, both by the view and by the measure to protect the view.
ii. The need for safety devices such as guardrails and whether these safety devices can be designed to maintain views through the device.
iii. The need for noise prevention measures such as sound walls which may obstruct such view corridors and whether alternate technologies such as sound deadening pavement are feasible.
c. Removal of existing view-obstructing barriers on public property, both built or caused by nonnative vegetation, by the City or the County shall be encouraged. When projects such as trail projects are reviewed, the Administrator shall have the ability to require removal of barriers located on the public property in direct relationship to the scope of the project.
d. Nothing in RZC Chapter 21.05 shall be construed to require the removal of existing trees to maintain an identified view.
e. When conflicts with site requirements arise, RZC 21.58.0020.C and D shall apply. However, RZC 21.58.0300, Alternative Design Compliance, shall apply if it can be shown that minor variations in site requirements would allow the intent of the view corridor regulations to be more fully achieved.
f. Views shall be determined at a point four feet above grade to ensure that the subject view corridor is preserved for the passerby.
C. Administration. Review of development on properties affected by these standards shall be by the Administrator.
D. Gateways Design. Gateways serve the function of identifying entrances to the City, including street and trail entrances. Future design shall take into consideration the wayfinding function of gateway designs. As opportunities arise, reduce the appearances of strip development at major City entrances and add landscaping and street trees to provide for a tree-lined or boulevard appearance where consistent with the vision for the zoning district set forth in the Comprehensive Plan and this Zoning Code.
E. Unidentified Public Views.
1. Criteria. Should additional views be identified through situations, such as annexation, creation of a view due to development/redevelopment, or during a public planning process, the following criteria will be used to adopt a public view corridor that would warrant protection:
a. The feature being viewed is strongly associated with the identity of the City of Redmond. An example is the Sammamish River.
b. The view is from a public space that is readily accessible to most of the public, such as from a public park.
c. The view will remain for an extended period and existing landscaping, pruned properly, or native vegetation will not obscure it in the future.
d. There is a reasonable means of protecting such a view.
e. The feature being viewed, or a significant portion of it in the case of lakes, rivers or mountain ranges, is able to be seen clearly.
2. Process. The addition of a new view corridor shall require a Zoning Code amendment.
F. Identification of Citywide Public View Corridors. Map 21.05.700.F identifies areas from which there are significant views from public spaces. Each area identified corresponds to a more detailed map/diagram and a narrative description that may be supplemented with photos/diagrams of the views to be preserved together with design guidelines to be used to protect that particular view.
Map 21.05.700.F |
|---|
Note: Online users may click the map for a full-size version in PDF format. |
1. View 1, Territorial View of the Sammamish Valley from Redmond-Woodinville Road Looking Northwest.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Territorial view of the open farmlands of the Sammamish Valley, including several parcels permanently protected as farmlands. Distant ridgelines enclose this view.
b. Improvements to portions of Redmond-Woodinville Road, within the approximately 1,100 feet area south of NE 124th Street as shown below, shall avoid the use of sight-obstructing guardrails or barriers along the western side of Redmond-Woodinville Road. Landscape materials shall not consist of hedges or street trees that would obscure entire lengths of the public view corridor. Low-lying plant materials are encouraged. If taller plant materials are used, they shall be clustered and clusters widely spaced to provide for continuous views to the Sammamish Valley.
View 1 |
|---|
|
2. View 2, Territorial View of the Sammamish Valley Along NE 116th Street.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. A territorial view of the Sammamish Valley and Mt. Rainier that can be seen along NE 116th Street from Willows Road to the York Bridge.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges or rows of trees are prohibited south of NE 116th Street in the Urban Recreation zone if the fencing or the height of the landscaping at mature growth would block views of the Sammamish Valley or of Mt. Rainier. The use of street trees or median dividers with hedges for roadway improvements is prohibited.
View 2 |
|---|
|
3. View 3, Territorial View of the Sammamish Valley Along Willows Road.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. A territorial view of the Sammamish Valley with distant ridgelines of Education Hill in the background, and a view of Mt. Rainier that can be seen along Willows Road from just north of the Willows Run Golf Course complex to the City limit.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges, or rows of trees are prohibited along the east edge of Willows Road or along property lines between the road and the Sammamish River. The use of street trees on the eastern edge or median dividers with hedges for roadway improvements is prohibited.
View 3 |
|---|
|
4. View 4, Puget Sound Energy Trail to Sammamish Valley.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Views are of the Sammamish Valley and the west ridgeline above the Sammamish Valley, beginning as one descends the trail on the Puget Sound Energy right-of-way almost to Redmond-Woodinville Road.
b. Trail fencing in this public view corridor should be kept to a minimum, be built low when feasible, use natural or natural-looking materials and colors, and use fence types, such as post and rail or split rail.
View 4 |
|---|
|
5. View 5, Reservoir Park.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. This view is a territorial view of the Sammamish Valley and distant ridgelines of Northeast Rose Hill from the Downtown to the northern border of the City from Reservoir Park. There are some interspersed trees, both conifer and deciduous, that break the ridgelines but do not obstruct the primary view.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges, or rows of trees are prohibited where they would obstruct views of the Sammamish Valley. Avoid planting evergreen trees or trees with broad canopies in areas of the park where they would occlude major portions of the view.
View 5 |
|---|
|
6. View 6, Downtown and Sammamish Valley from 148th Avenue NE.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Beginning approximately 500 feet south of the Redmond Way intersection, views of the Sammamish Valley and distant mountains are evident. Near the intersection, the details of Downtown development patterns become apparent. From the point north of Redmond Way, views are to the north and northeast to about halfway to the bottom of the hill.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges, or rows of trees are prohibited where they would obstruct views of the Sammamish Valley or Downtown. Signage located in this public view corridor shall be designed to minimize view obstruction.
View 6 |
|---|
|
7. View 7, Views Along the SR 520 Corridor.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Southbound, the SR 520 corridor has framed views of Mt. Rainier and northbound presents territorial views of Downtown Redmond, Marymoor Park, and the Cascade Mountain Range.
b. Transportation projects that involve structures, such as sound walls, bridges, or the addition of high capacity transit, shall submit an analysis for plan review of potential view obstruction and the possible means to mitigate this obstruction. Design proposals shall not call for complete obstruction of identified views unless it can be demonstrated that there is no reasonable alternative.
8. View 8, Cascade View Park and NE 40th Street.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. There are Cascade Range views from the north side of NE 40th Street and from locations within the Cascade View Park directly east from some vantages and to the northeast from others.
b. Solid fencing, solid hedges, or rows of trees are prohibited where they would obstruct views across those portions of the park where the Cascade Range can be seen. Any additional structures, signs, or landscaping in the park should be designed to protect these views.
View 8 |
|---|
|
9. View 9, NE 24th Street and Viewpoint Open Space Park.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. From the top of the hill and from points entering the trail in the Viewpoint Open Space Park, views of the Sammamish Plateau and a very distant view of the Cascades are visible. From the trail the views are filtered but not completely obstructed by trees and vegetation.
b. The addition of signage along NE 24th Street that would obstruct views should be avoided. To enhance views from the Viewpoint Open Space Park, blackberry and nonnative vegetation removal is encouraged, and replacement shall be with native species that would maintain existing framed or filtered views from the park.
View 9 |
|---|
|
10. View 10, Lake Sammamish Along Idylwood Park.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Views are of Lake Sammamish from West Lake Sammamish Parkway alongside Idylwood Park. Views are from the sidewalk, bike lanes, and the roadway. Views are through existing vegetation and are more open on the northern half of the park.
b. Sight-obscuring objects such as fencing or hedges are prohibited with road projects along the eastern edge of West Lake Sammamish Parkway. Sight-obscuring objects such as fencing or hedges are prohibited within the park as well, and any additional structures, signs, or landscaping within the park shall be designed to protect views to the lake. Development along this stretch of the corridor shall also follow the shoreline view regulations.
View 10 |
|---|
|
11. View 11, Bear/Evans Creek Valley/Cascade Range from NE 80th Street and 172nd Avenue NE.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Where NE 80th Street curves north to turn into 172nd Avenue NE, a narrow public view corridor exists, following the existing electric lines, that overlooks the business park area; however, the primary view is of the Bear/Evans Creek Valley and to distant mountain peaks. The corridor extends nearly to Avondale Way.
b. Maintain the right-of-way/utility corridor for potential pedestrian use. Trail enhancements could create additional accessibility for the public to this view corridor. Undergrounding of utility lines would also enhance this view.
View 11 |
|---|
|
12. View 12, Bear/Evans Creek Valley.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. Pastoral views of the Bear/Evans Creek Valley towards the east of the Bear/Evans Creek Valley extend nearly a half-mile along a stretch of Avondale Road just below the entrance to the Ashford Park Condominiums to just short of the Bear Creek crossing. The view is currently almost unobstructed with only a handful of single-family structures in the northern stretch.
b. Sight-obscuring fencing is prohibited along Avondale Road anywhere between the road and Bear/Evans Creek. Fences such as split rail would be allowed. Sight-obscuring fencing and tall hedge-like landscaping is prohibited in new development. Development along this stretch of the corridor shall also follow the shoreline view regulations.
View 12 |
|---|
|
13. View 13, Cascade Range from 172nd Avenue NE Trail.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. A panoramic view of the Cascade Range can be seen perpendicular to the trail corridor along the southern portion of the Redmond High School athletic field. The winter view is more open because the foliage is deciduous; however, the trees are spaced to provide views between them. There is a section of the trail between the end of the track to the bleachers (approximately 150 feet of trail frontage from NE 104th Street to the north) where the view is unimpaired by either landscaping or structures.
b. Ensure that any structures such as additional seating built in this public view corridor would allow views out over or through them. Solid fences high enough to be in the line of sight are prohibited. Fences, if constructed, shall be constructed of materials that allow views through them. Any additional landscaping placed within 25 feet of the east portion of the trail along this section shall be Type III or IV (low shrubs and ground cover) plant materials except that additional trees shall be prohibited. Blackberry removal along the existing fence is encouraged to prevent encroachment into the view.
View 13 |
|---|
|
14. View 14, Cascade Range from Westside Neighborhood Park and from NE 57th Street.
a. Description of View to Be Protected. A panoramic view of the Cascade Range can be seen from several locations within Westside Neighborhood Park as well as from NE 57th Street, east of 156th Avenue NE. The winter view is more open because the foliage is deciduous. However, existing tree locations and the easterly, downward slope of the park support mountain views. In particular, the most western portion of the park provides the most viewing opportunities.
b. Ensure that any structures built in this public view corridor allow views out over or through them. Sight-obscuring fencing is prohibited. Fences, if constructed, shall be sighted to minimize view obstruction and shall be designed and constructed of non-sight-obstructing materials that allow views through them. As needed or required, replacement of existing vegetation should occur using similar or site appropriate species located in similar manner to maintain staggered viewing opportunities. Any additional landscaping shall be Type III or IV (low shrubs and ground cover) plant materials.
View 14 |
|---|
|
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan vision for complete neighborhoods and vibrant mixed-use zones that provide a variety of housing choices in low and middle densities and opportunities to get access to services in residential neighborhoods.
2. Allow a mixture of residential and commercial uses along major corridors and transit routes outside of centers.
3. Retain vital commercial services while areas are transitioning to mixed-use.
B. There are three neighborhood zones: Neighborhood Residential (NR), Neighborhood Multifamily (NMF), and Neighborhood Mixed-Use (NMU). These zones allow for a variety of housing types and some commercial activity.
1. Neighborhood Residential Purpose. The Neighborhood Residential zone provides for primarily residential neighborhoods with a variety of housing types that serve households at a variety of income levels. The zone allows for different types of homes such as, but not limited to, detached single-family homes, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, fiveplexes, sixplexes, townhouses, stacked flats, courtyard apartments, and cottage housing. Some nonresidential uses are allowed to provide amenities to nearby residential uses and to support complete neighborhoods.
2. Neighborhood Multifamily Purpose. The Neighborhood Multifamily zone provides for multifamily residential neighborhoods on lands suitable for residential development. This designation provides for stable and attractive residential neighborhoods which have an urban character and a full range of public services and facilities. To complement the primarily residential nature of these zones and encourage complete neighborhoods, some nonresidential uses are allowed.
3. Neighborhood Mixed-Use Purpose. The Neighborhood Mixed-Use intent is to create complete neighborhoods. These are neighborhoods where most human needs are located within a comfortable walking distance. The zone allows for small commercial spaces such as corner stores and food and beverage.
C. Mixed-Use Zones. There are two citywide mixed-use zones: Corridor Mixed-Use (CMU) and Urban Mixed-Use (UMU). The integration of residential, commercial, and recreational spaces fosters vibrant, walkable, and economically robust areas that cater to the diverse needs of our community.
1. Corridor Mixed-Use Purpose. This zone accommodates a broad mix of commercial uses and low- to medium-density mixed-use housing along transit corridors.
2. Urban Mixed-Use Purpose. This zone creates vibrant, walkable, economically robust nodes outside of centers. The zone permits a broad mix of commercial, employment, retail, service, cultural, and residential uses in a walkable, urban format. These zones are appropriate for small to large-format commercial goods and services in a mixed-use setting and urban forms. (Ord. 3220)
A. For allowed uses, see RZC Chapter 21.04.
B. For incentives see:
2. RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing;
3. RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program.
C. For mandatory Green Building requirements, see RZC Chapter 21.67.
D. For design standards, see RZC Chapter 21.58.
E. For information on how to measure various site requirements like height and setbacks, see RZC Chapter 21.16, Site Requirements Measurement and Other Applicable Regulations. (Ord. 3220)
A. Incremental Redevelopment Provisions.
1. Applicability. Buildings, uses, and sites must comply with the provisions of RZC 21.04.5000, Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures, except as provided herein to allow for property owners to gradually transition to new standards.
2. Bringing Nonconforming Structures into Compliance. For building additions and remodels and associated site improvements, thresholds have been established to guide how the standards of this chapter are applied to such projects (see RZC 21.04.5000.I.).
3. Building Additions.
a. Front Addition. Any addition to the front of the building must comply with requirements in RZC 21.08.300, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings.
b. Rear Addition. Rear additions are permitted, provided they do not increase the degree of rear setback/build-to nonconformity.
c. Side Additions. Side additions are not permitted unless the proposed work results in the building meeting the requirements in RZC 21.08.300, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings. If no build-to requirements apply, side additions are permitted.
4. New Buildings Where Existing Building Remains in Place. New buildings and associated improvements must comply with RZC standards.
5. Administrative Design Flexibility for Additions, Remodels, or New Buildings Added to the Parcel.
a. Design flexibility for site layout, setbacks, and/or screening standards may be approved by the Administrator when the Administrator determines that:
i. The alternative would assist legal nonconforming structures to gradually come into compliance with new regulations or the proposed alternative removes a barrier to reinvestment; and
ii. The alternative meets the intent of the standards; and
iii. The alternative is designed in a manner that ensures that new investments do not impede future implementation of the standards of this chapter.
b. Publicly Accessible Open Space Design Alternative.
i. In the TOD focus area, the Administrator may consider the use of pedestrian-oriented publicly accessible open space in lieu of meeting setback or build-to requirements in the following circumstances:
A. The Administrator may approve the use of publicly accessible enhanced amenity spaces (PEAS) in lieu of some or all of the building addition meeting the requirements in RZC 21.08.200 and 21.08.300 subject to the design standards of RZC 21.08.150, 21.36.200, and RZC Chapter 21.58.
B. The placement of the proposed building or addition shall not conflict with any applicable requirements of RZC 21.76.070.P, Master Planned Development (MPD).
ii. Design Standards. To be approved by the Administrator as a publicly accessible open space design alternative, the open space must:
A. Provide a continuous pedestrian connection from the sidewalk to the front of the building. There shall be no parking or other interruptions between the open space and the building.
B. Average a minimum of 10 linear feet in width from interior edge of the sidewalk and provide an ADA compliant access along the entire path of travel from the sidewalk to the front entrance(s) of the building.
C. Comply with the requirements of RZC 21.36.400.C, Open Space Amenities, and D, Plazas, and the standards in RZC 21.36.200, Publicly Accessible Enhanced Amenities Spaces (PEAS).
iii. Publicly accessible open space design alternative for setback and build-to requirement flexibility may be used to meet minimum open space requirements for the parcel but is not eligible for open space incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55.
6. Buildings added to the site or other alterations or additions that comply with RZC 21.08.150 and do not impact the space used by the legal nonconforming use will not impact the use’s legal nonconforming status.
7. Expiration. This section automatically expires on December 31, 2029. (Ord. 3220)
A. All legal lots in Citywide Mixed-Use zones are allowed the greater of either the maximum allowed floor area ratio (FAR) or 10,000 square feet of buildings, provided all other applicable site requirements are met.
B. Table 21.08.200.B contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Neighborhood and Mixed-Use zones.
Table 21.08.200.B. Neighborhood and Mixed-Use Development Standards
Development Standards | Neighborhood Zones | Citywide Mixed-Use | References | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NR | NMF | NMU | CMU | UMU | ||
Base Maximum Dwelling Units Per Lot (w/o one on-site affordable housing unit) | 6 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | |
Base Maximum Dwelling Units Per Lot (with one on-site affordable housing unit) | 8 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | RZC 21.20.060.A.1, at least one affordable unit, affordable to households earning up to 80 percent AMI, must be provided on site on the same lot. |
Base Maximum FAR (w/o Incentives) | N/A | 1.1 1 | 0.6 1 | 2.0 1 | 4.5 1 | |
Maximum FAR with incentives | N/A | 1.5 / N/A | 1.0 2 / N/A | 3.0 / N/A | 6.5 / 8.0 | Portions of UMU zones qualify for Marymoor Village TOD incentives. See RZC Chapters 21.05 and 21.55. |
Commercial Square Feet | N/A | N/A | Min. 500 sq. ft. | N/A | No Net Loss 3 | |
Ground Floor Ceiling Height (minimum) | N/A | N/A | N/A | Applicable to nonresidential and mixed-use projects. | ||
Base Maximum Height (w/o Incentives) | 38 ft. | 60 ft. | 38 ft. | 45 ft. 6 | 60 FT 6 | • See RZC Chapter 21.58 for design standards options impacting maximum building height. • Portions of UMU zones qualify for Marymoor Village TOD incentives. See RZC Chapters 21.05 and 21.55. • See RZC Chapter 21.55 for incentive adjustments to building height. • See RZC 21.58.5200, Towers, for additional regulations regarding building heights and floorplates. |
Maximum Height with Incentives | N/A | N/A | N/A | 65 ft. / N/A 6 | 85 ft. / 144 ft. 6 | |
Maximum Impervious Surface | 70% 7 | 75% 7 | 70% 7 | 70% 7 | 75% 7 | |
50% / 60% 8 | 60% | 60% | 65% | 70% | ||
NOTES:
1The FAR may be calculated for the entire project then distributed across the site throughout multiple buildings and phases provided the maximum FAR is not exceeded. Where publicly accessible open space and amenities are provided on upper stories or rooftop, and spaces meet all requirements of RZC 21.36.400, the FAR for those spaces may be excluded from maximum FAR calculations when spaces include access to adjacent outdoor spaces designed per RZC 21.36.400, plaza and open space design criteria.
2Maximum FAR can be increased through incentives if the property contains one or more housing units. Incentives are not available for properties that do not contain housing. See RZC Chapter 21.55.
3New development must retain or replace existing commercial square footage (excluding hotel and lodging uses). Development may reallocate or modify areas allocated to commercial uses, subject to a minimum floor area and active pedestrian uses requirements to be negotiated as a condition to any development agreement.
4Exemptions from ground floor ceiling height requirements:
a. Buildings that do not contain nonresidential uses; and
b. Buildings where 100 percent of residential units are affordable housing units meeting the affordability threshold of RZC Chapter 21.20; and
c. Where buildings that are interior to the lot and not adjacent to a public parking garage, an urban pathway or other pedestrian-oriented sidewalks or pathways; and
d. Parcels zoned UMU within the Marymoor Village Center shall have a minimum 16-foot ground floor ceiling height to be consistent with the adjacent Marymoor Core zone.
5A minimum of 50 percent of the first floor nonresidential space must meet the minimum ceiling height. First floor nonresidential spaces shall have a ceiling height of 16 feet minimum for the entire first floor.
a. Where first floor ceiling height varies, the tallest ceiling heights shall be provided on street frontage, spaces fronting urban pathways and/or mid-block connections, and in parking garage loading/unloading and waste pickup areas.
b. For portions of the building that have a first floor ceiling height greater than 10 feet to meet minimum ground floor ceiling height requirements, the additional ground floor ceiling height may increase the maximum building height. For example, if first floor is 20 feet, the maximum building height increases by 10 feet (20 - 10 = 10 foot increase in max building height).
6Properties in the CARA
a. In the critical aquifer recharge area (CARA), construction methods for building foundation support will be limited to types that can be constructed to meet temporary construction dewatering (TCD) requirements of RMC Chapter 13.25.
b. Where underground parking is not possible due to RMC Chapter 13.25’s TCD limitations, the maximum building height may be exceeded by up to 12 feet if all of the following criteria are met:
i. The additional height is the result of building a maximum of one level of additional above-grade parking; and
ii. Proposed parking added by the additional height shall not exceed the maximum fully dedicated parking ratios in RZC Chapter 21.40; and
iii. The additional height on street frontages meets a 20 foot step-back to limit impacts to the pedestrian realm.
7Other regulations will impact the impervious surface area and may result in less than the maximum impervious area. These include but are not limited to critical areas requirements, open space and landscaping requirements, parking, mid-block connections, utility easements, and stormwater management.
8Lot coverage for structures maximum will be 60 percent of total area for lots which meet the following requirements:
a. The lot is 18,000 square feet or less; and
b. The lot contains at least three dwelling units.
C. Dimensional standards for the Neighborhood Residential zone are as shown on Table 21.08.200.C.
Table 21.08.200C. Maximum Total Gross Floor Area for All Structures Within the Lot
Standards | |
|---|---|
The maximum for the total square footage for all structures within the lot shall be determined by the quantity of dwelling units provided on the lot. Below grade floor area shall count toward maximum total gross floor area. | |
Provisions for the measuring of gross floor area for all structures within the Neighborhood Residential zone are described in RZC 21.16.200, Building Measurements and Placement Standards. | |
Total Number of Dwelling Units for All Structures on Lot | Maximum Square Footage for Total Structures |
1 | 4,500 |
2 | 6,000 |
3 | 7,500 |
4 | 9,000 |
5 | 10,500 |
6 | 12,000 |
7 | 13,500 |
8 | 15,000 |
(Ord. 3220)
A. Building and Street Relationships.
1. The table below sets standards that contribute to an attractive public realm.
2. Improvements less than 30 inches above grade, including decks, patios, walks and driveways are permitted in setbacks. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters, and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other applicable requirements are met. No other structures, including accessory structures, are permitted in setback areas.
3. Administrative design flexibility for setbacks is allowed for site-specific conditions that limit the ability to place the building at the street level, including but not limited to topography, easements, SR 520 ROW, or trails.
Table 21.08.300.A. Neighborhood and Mixed-Use Building Placement Standards
Development Standards | Neighborhood Zones | Citywide Mixed Use | References | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
NR | NMF | NMU | CMU | UMU | ||
Front Setback Min. | 10 feet | 30 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | NMU reduced front setback for commercial spaces (2 feet) |
10 feet 1 | 15 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | ||
Side (Interior) Setback Min. | 3 feet 1 | 15 feet | 3 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | |
Rear Setback Min. | 5 feet | 10 feet | 5 feet | 10 feet | 10 feet | |
N/A | N/A | 3 feet 2 | N/A | N/A | ||
2 feet | 4 feet | 2 feet | N/A | N/A | ||
Lake Sammamish Setback Min. | 35 feet | 35 feet | 35 feet | N/A | N/A | |
Building Separation Min. | 5 feet 1 | 15 feet | 5 feet | N/A | N/A | |
NOTE:
1Zero lot line exception: Standards may vary for developments that comply with the zero lot line regulations in RZC 21.16.200.D.
2If a residential garage door or carport faces the street front, the minimum driveway depth outside the building – measured from the outer edge of the existing or ultimate sidewalk, or from the right-of-way line, whichever is closer to the building – shall be at least 18 feet, to prevent vehicle parking on the driveway from overhanging into the sidewalk or right-of-way area.
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. Implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan vision for Downtown as a vibrant urban center.
1. Maintain and enhance Downtown Redmond by creating visually distinctive and human-scaled urban areas.
2. Accommodate job and housing growth.
3. Retain, locate, and promote existing businesses while attracting new business to create vibrant, bustling activity.
4. Encourage redevelopments and infill development that includes natural landscaping and open space.
5. Encourage a mix of residential and nonresidential uses within buildings and mix of uses throughout Downtown.
B. The Downtown neighborhood contains three zones: Downtown Core, Downtown Edge, and Town Center. These zones will continue to develop as distinct places within the Downtown, characterized by different building heights, designs, and land uses, distinctive entrance corridors, streetscapes, roadway designs, landscaping, and amenities.
1. Downtown Core Purpose. Downtown Core is the epicenter of Downtown life, anchored by community spaces like Downtown Park, Edge Skate Park, Anderson Park, the Redmond Senior and Community Center, and Redmond Library. It features mixed-use development that provides for significant housing and job growth, as well as opportunities for growth in professional, business, health, and personal services.
2. Town Center Purpose. Town Center is one of the City’s primary gathering places. Its mix of shops and restaurants, offices, hotel rooms, and housing brings people together during the day and evenings. Comfortable walking connections from Town Center to the rest of Downtown help both areas thrive. Town Center will continue to develop as a major gathering and entertainment place within the community, connected with accessible and active transportation to Marymoor Park, the rest of Downtown, and the region.
3. Downtown Edge Purpose. Downtown Edge is the part of Downtown that transitions to adjacent neighborhoods. While still allowing goods and services, it is intended to retain a quieter and mainly residential character. Downtown Edge will provide a variety of housing types in developments that include more typical residential features, such as front yards, landscaping, and ground-related patios and porches. These areas are all located within walking distance to the various retail and service areas and transit options in the rest of Downtown. (Ord. 3220)
A. Projects Under Review.
1. Applicability. RZC 21.10.150.A shall apply exclusively to the following permit application types within the Downtown Center except permit applications within the Mixed-Use Subarea of the TWNC zone:
a. Type II and III permit applications.
b. Type V permit applications projects encompassing at least three acres that are subject to the MPD and development agreement requirements in RZC 21.76.070.P; provided, that the Type V permit application includes a site plan entitlement application to construct the project in one phase.
2. At the discretion of the applicant, the above permit applications that are under review as of June 28, 2025, may continue to be reviewed under the RZC as it existed as of June 27, 2025. For the purpose of RZC 21.10.150, “under review” means having received a determination of completeness.
3. To continue to advance projects reviewed under the RZC as it existed on June 27, 2025, applicants must notify the Administrator of this preference in writing by July 28, 2025. In addition, applicants must:
a. Meet all application review and decision timeframes required of the applicant pursuant to RZC 21.76.040.D; and
b. Submit complete building permit applications for all proposed new buildings by June 28, 2027.
An application shall be considered void and deemed withdrawn if the milestones in RZC 21.10.150.A.3.a or A.3.b are not met and the project will be required to comply with Redmond Zoning Code regulations in effect at the time of the approval.
4. RZC 21.10.150 applies only to Redmond Zoning Code regulations (RZC Title 21) and not to any regulation outside of the Redmond Zoning Code.
5. Expiration of Project Review Flexibility. This section automatically expires on June 27, 2027.
B. Projects Under Review in the Mixed-Use Subarea of the TWNC Zone.
1. At the discretion of the applicant, Type V applications that were subject to the MPD and development agreement requirements of RZC 21.10.050.D as it existed on June 27, 2025, and that are under review as of June 28, 2025, may continue to be reviewed under the RZC as it existed as of June 27, 2025. For the purpose of RZC 21.10.150, “under review” means having received a determination of completeness.
2. To continue to advance projects reviewed under the RZC as it existed on June 27, 2025, applicants must notify the Administrator of this preference in writing by July 28, 2025 and must execute a development agreement by December 31, 2025.
C. Except as explicitly stated in RZC 21.10.150, development agreement applications may not be used to vest projects to regulations in place before June 28, 2025, or to extend the vesting provided in this section. (Ord. 3220)
A. All legal lots are allowed the greater of either the maximum allowed floor area ratio (FAR) or 10,000 square feet of buildings provided all other applicable site requirements are met.
B. Table 21.10.200 contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Town Center (TWNC), Downtown Core (DTE), and Downtown Edge (DTE) zoning districts.
Table 21.10.200. Downtown Development Standards
Development Standards | Downtown Zones | Notes | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
TWNC | DTC | DTE | ||
Base Max FAR (w/o incentives) | 5.0 1 | 4.5 1 | 3.0 1 | |
Max FAR w/ incentives | 6.5 / 8.0 1 | 6.5 / 8.0 1 | 3.75 1 / N/A | Additional floor area can be earned with incentives (see RZC Chapter 21.55) and through the transfer of development rights program (see RZC Chapter 21.48). |
Base Max Height (w/o incentives) | 60 ft. 2 | 60 ft. 2 | 45 ft. 2 | • See RZC Chapter 21.58 for building design options with building height impacts. • See RZC Chapter 21.55 for incentive adjustments to building height. • See RZC 21.58.5200, Towers, for additional regulations regarding building heights and floorplates. |
Max Height with Incentives | ||||
Ground Floor Ceiling Height (minimum) in TOD Focus Area | Applicable to nonresidential and mixed-use projects. | |||
100% 6 | 100% 6 | 100% 6 | ||
Notes:
1 Floor Area Ratio: The FAR may be calculated for the entire project then distributed across the site throughout multiple buildings and phases, provided the maximum FAR is not exceeded.
2Building Height
a. Building height is limited to three stories for parcels fronting Leary Way from NE 80th Steet to a half-block south of NE 76th Street.
b. Additional height can be earned with incentives (see RZC Chapter 21.55) and through the transfer of development rights program (see RZC Chapter 21.48).
c. Additional height can be earned by utilizing specified architectural techniques in RZC Chapter 21.58 or via incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55.
d. The height limit in the Shoreline Jurisdiction (SMP) is 35 feet (see RZC 21.68.020).
3Exemptions from ground floor ceiling height requirements:
a. Buildings that do not contain nonresidential uses; and
b. Buildings where 100 percent of residential units are affordable housing units meeting the affordability threshold of RZC Chapter 21.20; and
c. Where buildings that are interior to the lot and not adjacent to a public parking garage, an urban pathway or other pedestrian-oriented sidewalks or pathways.
4A minimum of 50 percent of the first floor nonresidential space must meet the minimum ceiling height of 16 feet.
a. Where first floor ceiling height varies, the tallest ceiling heights shall be provided on street frontage, spaces fronting urban pathways and/or mid-block connections, and in parking garage loading/unloading and waste pickup areas.
b. For portions of the building that have a first-floor ceiling height greater than 10 feet to meet minimum ground-floor ceiling height requirements, the additional ground floor ceiling height may increase the maximum building height. For example, if first floor is 16 feet, the maximum building height increases by 10 feet (16 - 10 = six foot increase in maximum building height).
5Properties in the CARA
a. In the critical aquifer recharge area (CARA), construction methods for building foundation support will be limited to types that can be constructed to meet temporary construction dewatering (TCD) requirements of RMC Chapter 13.25.
b. Where underground parking is not possible due to RMC Chapter 13.25’s TCD limitations, the maximum building height may be exceeded by up to 12 feet if all of the following criteria are met:
i. The additional height is the result of building a maximum of one level of additional above-grade parking; and
ii. Proposed parking added by the additional height shall not exceed the maximum fully dedicated parking ratios in RZC Chapter 21.40; and
iii. The additional height on street frontages meets a 20-foot step-back to limit impacts to the pedestrian realm.
6Other regulations will impact the maximum lot coverage and may result in less than the maximum, including critical area requirements, open space and landscaping requirements, parking, mid-block connections, utility easements, and stormwater management.
(Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose.
1. Provide safe pedestrian and bicycle routes removed from traffic.
2. Enhance the appearance of buildings and their settings.
3. Provide a unified and human-scaled design element.
4. Provide for the open space and landscaping.
B. Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings.
1. Urban core purpose: An active, pedestrian-oriented main street with highest urban intensity, and engaging building frontage.
2. Urban mixed purpose: An active, pedestrian-oriented urban street with a mix of uses, and varied landscape, and frequent weather protection.
3. Landscape yard purpose: A well-landscaped residential urban street with small front yards.
a. Where private front yards are not present, deeper setbacks provide a range of opportunities to articulate the landscaped walkway, including pedestrian and bike amenities, native plants, and small parklet or plaza gathering spaces.
4. Shared street purpose: A slow-speed street shared by pedestrians, cyclists, other active transportation users, and vehicles.
5. Urban trail purpose: Multi-purpose trail for pedestrians, cyclists, and other active transportation.
6. Mid-block Passage Purpose: A small human-scaled street or walkway designated to provide connectivity within and between blocks.
Map 21.10.300 |
|---|
|
Table 21.10.300.B . Downtown Street Types and Relationship to Buildings
Street Type | Urban Core | Urban Mixed | Landscape Yard | Urban Trail | Mid-Block Passage | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Notes | 21.10.300 (1) | 21.10.300(2) | 21.10.300 (3) | |||
Cross Sections for Pedestrian System in Appendix 2A, Downtown Street Requirements | ||||||
Setback Zone – (Furnishing and Planter area) | 2 feet | 2 feet | 5 feet | 30 feet | 11 feet | 11 feet |
Sidewalk (Clearway) | 8 feet (minimum) | 8 feet (minimum) | 8 feet (minimum) | 8 feet (minimum) | 12 feet (trail width) | 8 feet |
Tree Well | 4 feet | 4 feet | 4 – 5 feet | See Appendix 2A and/or standard specifications | See Appendix 2A and/or standard specifications | See Appendix 2A and/or standard specifications |
Lot Placement | ||||||
2 feet (minimum) | 2 feet (minimum) | 14 feet (minimum) | N/A | 11 feet (minimum) | N/A | |
Ground Floor Uses | No ground floor residential. Active retail uses open to the public required. (See RZC 21.04.2020) | No residential within 100 feet or a quarter-block length from the street intersection, whichever is less. | ||||
For guidance on building placement and complete design standards see RZC Article III, Design Standards. | ||||||
Notes:
(2)Shared-street standards can be found in Appendix 2A.
(3) Mid-Block Passage Notes: An alternative is a 14-foot-wide pathway that is passing through the portal of buildings that is at least 12 feet, and no greater than 20 feet, in height clearance and is well-lit. The portal path is also allowed to be located on vehicular driveways where the ceiling height is at least 10 feet, and the driveway is at least 20 feet wide and is paved with a textured concrete or pavers (not painted) to indicate that it is also a pedestrian path. Public access signage/plaques shall be installed at both ends.
(Ord. 3220)
A. The purposes of the Overlake zoning district regulations are to:
1. Implement the vision and policies for the Overlake neighborhood, Overlake Metro Center, and Overlake zoning districts as set forth in the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
2. Allow for densities that accommodate the jobs and housing growth allocations and that maximize transit-oriented development potential;
3. Encourage a broad mix of medium- and high-density uses and amenities in order to: achieve a vibrant, engaging metropolitan growth center that is equitable, sustainable, and resilient; enliven the area in the evening; and contribute to a sense of place;
4. Promote compact development forms that:
a. Are pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly;
b. Are conducive to and supportive of transit use and provide a variety of mobility options for community members of all ages and abilities;
c. Provide for commercial uses and flex spaces on the ground floor along arterials while allowing residential uses on the ground floor of development along local streets;
5. Allow additional building height and density and other approved incentives to facilitate:
a. Achieving sustainable, equitable transit-oriented development, with higher bonuses available for properties closer to the light rail stations;
b. Provision of public and private infrastructure, green buildings, affordable housing, open space, and other City goals to implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
6. Provide affordable housing unit options and accessible and universally designed housing units in the Metro Center for community members with disabilities;
7. Use SEPA planned actions and exemptions to efficiently accomplish environmental review within the Overlake Metro Center; and
8. Encourage use of environmentally sustainable site design and building features, urban tree canopy management, and enhanced use of landscaping to buffer and mitigate urban impacts (heat, noise, etc.) and provide places of refuge and rest.
B. Overlake Village (OV) Purpose.
1. Promote mixes of medium- and high-density residential and commercial uses with substantial residential development integrated into a pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly urban neighborhood;
2. Promote a mix of cultural, entertainment, educational, retail, restaurants, professional offices, services, and uses that meet needs of residents and employees, enliven the area in the evening, and contribute to a sense of place;
3. Maximize opportunities for equitable transit-oriented development and transit-supportive uses; and
4. Honor and acknowledge the rich multicultural community in Overlake and display this identity through site design, building design, and streetscape improvements.
C. Overlake Business and Advanced Technology (OBAT) Purpose.
1. Provide a high-wage employment area that accommodates advanced technology, research and development, corporate offices, high technology manufacturing and similar uses to serve City and regional economic goals;
2. Provide medium- and high-density employment and housing uses;
3. Encourage walking, bicycling, carpools, vanpools, and transit use; and
4. Provide convenience commercial and neighborhood services, arts, cultural, and entertainment uses and other transit-supportive uses in the transit-oriented development focus area.
D. Overlake Urban Multifamily (OUMF) Purpose.
1. Enhance compatibility between the uses and densities in the Overlake Metro Center and neighboring residential areas;
2. Permit medium-density urban multifamily residences in either mixed-use developments or single-use structures; and
3. Permit a full range of public services and facilities uses that primarily serve the residents of the neighborhood, such as retail (including grocery stores), neighborhood services, educational, childcare, community centers, social services, and other supportive uses in mixed-use residential buildings. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. The Overlake Metropolitan Growth Center (Metro Center) has been established pursuant to regional planning policies as governed by the Puget Sound Regional Council.
B. For incentives available to properties outside of the Overlake Metro Center, see:
2. RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing.
3. RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program.
C. See RZC Chapter 21.58 for design standards.
D. For information on how to measure various site requirements like height and setbacks, see RZC Chapter 21.16. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Master plans are required in Overlake Metro Center where any of the following apply:
A. All developments encompassing at least three acres and optional for sites under three acres; or
B. A future development plan will be required with the master plan application if the proposed development is less than 70 percent of the maximum base FAR without incentives (see Table 21.12.500).
1. Future development plan must illustrate the conceptual layout of lots, building sites, trails, open space, and other infrastructure or site features in conformance with the standards herein and demonstrate how the site retains the potential for future development that would result in a total site development equal to or greater than 70 percent of maximum baseline capacity. For the purpose of this section, the FAR calculation shall not include open space shown on an approved site plan.
2. Staff will review the proposal and any applicable future development plan to ensure:
a. Buildings or lots are not in conflict with plans for future infrastructure (including roads, trails, and utilities) as approved in an adopted Comprehensive Plan, capital improvement plan, transportation improvement plan, nonmotorized trails plan, or similar plan adopted by the Redmond City Council; and
b. The project is not developed in a manner that precludes future urban densities.
3. The plan must show how space is allocated to allow for potential development in the future.
a. Required open space must be calculated and the plan shall demonstrate available space to meet the required open space.
b. Required parking must be calculated and the plan shall demonstrate available space to meet all on-site parking minimums. A shared parking factor may be utilized for these calculations if applicable.
4. The Administrator may approve an alternative to the minimum future density if site conditions limit potential future development (i.e., due to topography, critical areas, significant tree groves, etc.).
5. This provision may be waived if a development agreement is approved that accomplishes the same objectives as a future development plan.
6. A change of use will not trigger the requirement for a future development plan. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
The uses within the Overlake Village (OV), Overlake Business and Advanced Technology (OBAT), and Overlake Urban Multifamily (OUMF) zoning districts can be found in RZC Chapter 21.04. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
The following table contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Overlake Village (OV), Overlake Business and Advanced Technology (OBAT), and Overlake Urban Multifamily (OUMF) zones:
Table 21.12.500. Overlake Development Standards
Development Standards | Overlake Zoning Districts | Notes | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
OV | OBAT | OUMF | ||
Maximum Base FAR 1 (w/o Incentives) | 5 | 3 | 3 | |
Maximum FAR With Incentives | FAR maximum waived when maximizing incentive program | Outside TOD Focus Area: maximum 9.5 FAR Inside TOD Focus Area: FAR maximum waived when maximizing incentive program | See RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program, for incentive related adjustments to FAR 3 | |
Minimum Height | ||||
Base Maximum Height (w/o Incentives) | Mixed-use: 14 stories or 150 feet, whichever is less 3, 4 Nonresidential: 8 stories or 120 feet, whichever is less 3, 4 | Mixed-use: 14 stories or 150 feet, whichever is less 3, 4 Nonresidential: 8 stories or 120 feet, whichever is less 3, 4 | ||
Maximum Height With Incentives | 300 feet 4b | 160 feet 4 | See RZC 21.12.600 for incentive related adjustments to building height. | |
Ground Floor Ceiling Height (Minimum) in TOD Focus Area | 14 feet 5 | Ground floor ceiling height not applicable outside of TOD Focus Area | ||
Maximum Impervious Surface | 100% 7 | 80%7 | 60%7 | |
Notes:
1The FAR may be calculated for the entire project then distributed across the site throughout multiple buildings and phases provided the maximum FAR is not exceeded and no building is less than the minimum building height. Where publicly accessible open space and amenities are provided on upper stories or rooftop, and spaces meet all requirements of RZC 21.55.600 (see note 1 for Table 21.55.600), the FAR for those spaces may be excluded from maximum FAR calculations when spaces include access to adjacent outdoor spaces designed per RZC 21.36.400 open space design requirements.
2Portions of a building may be lower than the minimum building height providing that 80 percent of the building meets or exceeds minimum building height. Covered entryway features, including port-cochere pick-up and drop-off zones, are exempt from minimum building height requirements. Sites with multiple buildings may average building heights provided 80 percent of the buildings or portions of buildings on the project site meet or exceed minimum building height.
3Maximum height is limited to three stories or 35 feet, whichever is less, within 150 feet of adjacent Neighborhood Residential zoning districts or equivalent zoning district outside of Redmond.
4Building Height Exemptions:
a. Maximum building height does not include mechanical equipment (see RZC 21.58.5200.C.4, Tower Rooftop, for rooftop screen design standards).
b. Where rooftop amenities are offered, including restaurants, observation areas, childcare and activity spaces, and services for tenants and/or are publicly accessible, those amenity spaces may exceed the maximum building height by one story or 14 feet, whichever is greater, but may not exceed 30 stories.
c. Maximum building height may be exceeded for ground floor ceiling heights in greater than the minimum required (see note 6b below).
5Exemptions From Ground Floor Ceiling Height Requirements:
a. Buildings where 100 percent of residential units are affordable housing units meeting the affordability threshold of RZC Chapter 21.20; and
b. Where buildings that are interior to the lot and not adjacent to a public parking garage, an urban pathway or other pedestrian-oriented sidewalks or pathways.
6A minimum of 50 percent of the first-floor space must meet the minimum ceiling height. At no point do the first-floor nonresidential spaces have a ceiling height of less than 14 feet.
a. Where first floor ceiling height varies, the tallest ceiling heights shall be provided on street frontage, spaces fronting urban pathways and/or midblock connections, and in parking garage loading/unloading and waste pickup areas.
b. For portions of the building that have a first-floor ceiling height greater than 14 feet, the additional ground floor ceiling height may increase the maximum building height (example: if first floor is 20 feet, the maximum building height increases by six feet (20 - 14 = 6 additional height).
7Other regulations will impact the impervious surface area and may result in less than the maximum allowed, including open space and landscaping requirements, parking, midblock connections, utility easements, stormwater management, etc. To meet stormwater management, the infiltration capacity of the soil must be evaluated and the building designed to accommodate full infiltration of roof areas where feasible.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Projects Under Review.
1. Applicability. This section shall apply exclusively to the following permit application types within the Overlake Metro Center:
a. Type II and III permit applications.
b. Type V permit applications projects encompassing at least three acres that are subject to the MPD and development agreement requirements in RZC 21.76.070.P; provided, that the Type V permit application includes a site plan entitlement application to construct the project in one phase.
2. At the discretion of the applicant, the above permit applications that are under review as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this section, may continue to be reviewed under the RZC as it existed as of December 31, 2024. For the purpose of this section, “under review” means having received a determination of completeness.
3. To continue to advance projects reviewed under the RZC as it existed on December 31, 2024, applicants must notify the Administrator of this preference in writing by January 31, 2025. In addition, applicants must:
a. Meet all application review and decision time frames required of the applicant pursuant to RZC 21.76.040.D; and
b. Submit complete building permit applications for all proposed new buildings by December 31, 2026.
An application shall be considered void and deemed withdrawn if the milestones in RZC 21.12.505.A.3.a or A.3.b are not met and the project will be required to comply with Redmond Zoning Code regulations in effect at the time of the approval.
4. This subsection applies only to Redmond Zoning Code regulations (RZC Title 21) and not to any regulation outside of the Redmond Zoning Code.
5. Expiration of Project Review Flexibility. This subsection automatically expires on December 31, 2026.
B. Development agreements may not be used to vest projects to regulations in place before January 1, 2025, or to extend the vesting provided in this section.
C. Incremental Redevelopment Provisions.
1. Applicability. Buildings, uses, and sites must comply with the provisions of RZC 21.04.5000, Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures, except as provided herein to allow for property owners to gradually transition to new standards.
2. Bringing Nonconforming Structures Into Compliance. For building additions and remodels and associated site improvements, thresholds have been established to guide how the standards of this chapter are applied to such projects (see RZC 21.04.5000.I.2).
3. Building Additions.
a. Front Addition. Any addition to the front of the building must comply with requirements in RZC 21.12.510, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings.
b. Rear Addition. Rear additions are permitted provided they do not increase the degree of rear setback/build-to nonconformity.
c. Side Additions. Side additions are not permitted unless the proposed work results in the building meeting the requirements in RZC 21.12.510, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings. If no build-to requirements apply, side additions are permitted.
4. New Buildings Where Existing Building Remains in Place.
a. New buildings and associated improvements must comply with RZC standards.
b. New buildings do not conflict with any applicable requirements of RZC 21.12.310, Overlake Master Planning.
5. Administrative Design Flexibility for Additions, Remodels, or New Buildings Added to the Parcel.
a. Design flexibility for site layout, setbacks, and/or screening standards may be approved by the Administrator when the Administrator determines that:
i. The alternative would assist legal nonconforming structures to gradually come into compliance with new regulations or the proposed alternative removes a barrier to reinvestment; and
ii. The alternative meets the intent of the standards; and
iii. The alternative is designed in a manner that ensures that new investments do not impede future implementation of the standards of this chapter.
b. Publicly Accessible Open Space Design Alternative.
i. In the TOD focus area the Administrator may consider the use of pedestrian-oriented publicly accessible open space in lieu of meeting setback or build-to requirements in the following circumstances:
A. The Administrator may approve the use of publicly accessible enhanced amenity spaces (PEAS) in lieu of some or all of the building addition meeting the requirements in RZC 21.12.510, Street Typology and Relationship to Buildings, or RZC 21.12.500, subject to the design standards of this section, RZC 21.36.200 and RZC Chapter 21.58.
B. For a new building proposed in the rear of a legal nonconforming structure, the Administrator may approve the use of this open space design alternative in lieu of bringing the existing building up to the build-to line when there are no modifications proposed to existing building.
C. The placement of the proposed building or addition shall not conflict with any applicable requirements of RZC 21.12.310, Overlake Master Planning.
ii. Design Standards. To be approved by the Administrator as a publicly accessible open space design alternative, the open space must:
A. Provide a continuous pedestrian connection from the sidewalk to the front of the building. There shall be no parking or other interruptions between the open space and the building.
B. Average a minimum of 10 linear feet in width from interior edge of the sidewalk and provide an ADA compliant access along the entire path of travel from the sidewalk to the front entrance(s) of the building.
C. Comply with the requirements of RZC Chapter 21.36, Open Space, and the standards in RZC 21.36.200, Publicly Accessible Enhanced Amenity Spaces (PEAS).
iii. Publicly accessible open space design alternative for setback and build-to requirement flexibility may be used to meet minimum open space requirements for the parcel but is not eligible for open space incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55.
6. Buildings added to the site or other alterations or additions that comply with this section and do not impact the space used by the legal nonconforming use will not impact the use’s legal nonconforming status.
7. Expiration. RZC 21.12.505.A and B automatically expire on December 31, 2029. (Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Improvements less than 30 inches above grade, including decks, patios, walks and driveways, are permitted in setbacks. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other applicable requirements are met. No other structures, including accessory structures, are permitted in setback areas.
1. The tables below set standards that contribute to an attractive public realm.
2. Building placement standards apply to street types listed, internal circulation drives or private streets internal to a project.
B. Overlake Village.
Figure 21.12.510.B |
|---|
![]() |
Table 21.12.510B. Overlake Village Building and Street Relationships
Street Type | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Retail (A) | Neighborhood (B) | Access (C) | Shared (D) | NE 24th St. (E) | Other (F) | ||
Building | Minimum setback (side, rear) | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet |
0 – 10 feet | 0 – 10 feet | 0 – 15 feet | 0 – 10 feet | 0 – 15 feet | 0 – 15 feet | ||
80% | 50% | 50% | 80% | 50% | 50% | ||
Building | Building orientation | Building fronts shall be oriented, in priority order, to: Retail Street, Neighborhood Street, NE 24th St., Other Street, Access Street, or Shared Street. | |||||
Maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | ||
Maximum distance between ground floor nonresidential entries | 50 feet | 50 feet | No standard | 50 feet | No standard | No standard | |
Minimum ground floor nonresidential depth | 20 feet | No standard | |||||
Residential privacy standards | RZC 21.58.6010 applies | ||||||
Building | Ground floor pedestrian-oriented uses | Required See RZC 21.04.2020 | See RZC 21.04.2020 | ||||
Ground floor residential uses | Prohibited | No standard | No standard | Prohibited | No standard | No standard | |
Public | 26 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 15 – 25 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 14 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 20 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 21.5 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 12 – 18 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | |
Note:
1Facade zone may be measured from behind the pedestrian zone if a trail system is provided at the street frontage.
C. OBAT and OUMF Zones.
Figure 21.12.510.C |
|---|
![]() |
Table 21.12.510C. OBAT and OUMF Building and Street Relationships in TOD Focus Area
Street Type | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
148th Ave. NE (A) | Minor Arterial (D) | Collector Arterial (C) | Local Street (E) | ||
Building | Minimum setback (side, rear) | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet |
0 – 20 feet | 0 – 20 feet | 0 – 20 feet | NS | ||
50% | 50% | 50% | 50% | ||
Building | Building fronts shall be oriented to, in priority order: 148th Ave. NE, Minor Arterial, Collector Arterial, Local Street | ||||
Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | Residential use: 2 to 5 feet Nonresidential use: maximum 6 inches | NS | ||
Maximum distance between ground floor nonresidential entries | 50 feet | 50 feet | 50 feet | NS | |
Residential privacy standards | RZC 21.58.6010 applies | ||||
Public | 13 – 17 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 8 – 20 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 13 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 5 – 6 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | |
Notes:
1Facade zone may be measured from behind the pedestrian zone if a trail system is provided at the street frontage.
Table 21.12.510D. OBAT and OUMF Building and Street Relationships Outside TOD Focus Area
Street Type | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
148th Ave. NE (A) | Bel-Red Rd. (B) | Minor Arterial (D) | Collector Arterial (C) | Local Street (E) | ||
Building | 20 feet for buildings less than 20 feet in height; 30 feet for all other buildings | 120 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 10 feet | |
Minimum setback (side and rear) | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | 0 feet | |
NS | NS | 0 – 20 feet | 0 – 20 feet | NS | ||
200 feet for buildings north of NE 51st St. | 100 feet | 50 feet only for buildings on north side of NE 40th St. between 159th Ave. NE and the 16500 block | NS | See Figure 21.12.510C | ||
Building | Building fronts shall be oriented to, in priority order: 148th Ave. NE, Bel-Red Rd., Minor Arterial, Collector Arterial, Local Street | |||||
Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | Residential use: 2 – 5 feet | ||
Residential privacy standards | RZC 21.58.6010 applies | |||||
Public | 13 – 17 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 11 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | 8 – 20 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | NS | 5 – 6 feet, see RZC Appendix 7 | |
Notes:
1Facade zone may be measured from behind the pedestrian zone if a trail system is provided at the street frontage.
(Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 3186)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 3186)
A. Purpose. The Marymoor Village Center has been established as a countywide growth center pursuant to the King County Countywide Planning Policies.
The purpose of the Marymoor Village Center (“Marymoor Village”) is to implement policy calling for a walkable subarea that develops in a way that leverages investment in light rail and supports Bear Creek, Lake Sammamish, Redmond’s drinking water aquifer, and other natural features. Shallow groundwater and lack of a stormwater outfall mean that stormwater must be infiltrated in this area. Regulations are intended to allow developers to work within the natural constraints of the land.
Marymoor Village includes opportunities for living, employment, community gathering, education, and small-scale shopping, all enhanced by proximity to Marymoor Park. Regulations for this design district support business growth and adaptation, allow some general retail and service uses while encouraging the location and growth of businesses in primary industries, and take advantage of the planned light rail station for transit-oriented housing and employment. Marymoor Village is also an inclusive neighborhood with regulations that implement universal design and inclusive design to implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan.
The Marymoor Village zoning district regulations:
1. Implement the vision and policies for the Marymoor Village Center and zoning districts as set forth in the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
2. Allow for densities that accommodate the jobs and housing growth allocations and that maximize transit-oriented development potential;
3. Encourage a broad mix of medium-density uses and amenities in order to: achieve a vibrant, engaging center that is equitable, sustainable, and resilient; meet daily needs close to residential and office uses; enliven the area in the evening; and contribute to a sense of place;
4. Promote compact development forms that:
a. Are pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly;
b. Are conducive to and supportive of transit use and provide a variety of mobility options for community members of all ages and abilities;
c. Provide for active pedestrian commercial uses and flex spaces on the ground floor along arterials while allowing residential uses on the ground floor of development along local and interior streets;
d. Incorporates universal design and other inclusive design elements;
5. Allow additional building height, density, and other incentives to facilitate:
a. Achieving sustainable, equitable transit-oriented development, with higher bonuses available for properties closer to the light rail stations;
b. Provision of public and private infrastructure, green buildings, affordable housing, open space, and other city goals to implement the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
c. Achieving an inclusive neighborhood;
6. Provide affordable housing options and accessible and universally designed housing in the Center for community members with disabilities; and
7. Encourage use of environmentally sustainable site design and building features; urban tree canopy management; enhanced use of landscaping to buffer and mitigate urban impacts such as heat, noise, and concentrated stormwater runoff; and provide places of refuge and rest.
B. Zoning Districts. The Marymoor Village Center comprises Marymoor Core (MMC), Marymoor Edge (MME), and Marymoor Manufacturing (MMM). Some areas of the Center have citywide zones that are not Center-specific: Urban Mixed-Use (UMU), Corridor Mixed-Use (CMU), and Neighborhood Multifamily (NMF). The regulations for these districts can be found in RZC Chapter 21.08.
1. Marymoor Core (MMC). The purpose of the MMC zone is to provide transit-oriented services, entertainment, education, housing, and employment uses adjacent to and integrated with the planned light rail station and parking structure. This zone encourages nonresidential uses closest to the station and also allows upper-story multifamily and ground-floor pedestrian-oriented uses. The MMC features an active ground plane, accomplished through a well-designed public realm and a range of commercial uses that appeal to commuters, workers and residents alike. Connecting the station and Marymoor Park is critical in this zone. The MMC allows more intense development than other Marymoor Village zones while working within the natural constraints of the land.
2. Marymoor Edge (MME). The purpose of the MME zone is to provide opportunities for community gathering, multifamily living, and locally oriented goods and services, enhanced by proximity to Marymoor Park, while supporting existing buildings and uses. Ground-floor active pedestrian-oriented uses interface with the interior streets as well as to Marymoor Park; building and open space orientation to the park makes it an active amenity for community members.
3. Marymoor Manufacturing (MMM). The purpose of the MMM zone is to allow business to grow, adapt and change over time. This zone allows manufacturing and light industrial uses, including artisan manufacturing uses, along with other kinds of employment uses. It is connected to the light rail station area via NE 67th St. and NE 68th St. Employees at businesses in the MMM zone have easy access to recreation via the East Lake Sammamish Trail and to a variety of goods and services on the other side of the trail and housing opportunities in the surrounding zones. (Ord. 3220)
A. Use regulations for the Marymoor Village Center zones can be found in RZC Chapter 21.04.
B. For incentives available to properties outside of the Marymoor Center, see:
2. RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing;
3. RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program.
C. For information on how to measure various site requirements like height and setbacks, see RZC Chapter 21.16, Site Requirements Measurement and Other Applicable Regulations.
D. See RZC Chapter 21.58 for design standards.
E. See RZC 21.70.095 for SEPA infill exemptions. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the land use transition strategy for the Marymoor Design District is to effect a transition from existing uses to land uses that are consistent with the subarea vision in a way that allows for the continued economic vitality of existing and future manufacturing uses and encourages the reasonable expansion, modification, and re-leasing of existing properties over their useful economic lives. The strategy is more fully described in the community development and design chapter of the Redmond Comprehensive Plan.
B. Special Notification Requirements.
1. Purpose. The purpose of these requirements is to promote awareness among potential new residents of existing and potential manufacturing park and regional park uses when prospective residents are considering purchasing or leasing homes in the Marymoor Design District.
2. Applicability. Notification as described in this section shall be required when a site is developed with residential uses in the Marymoor Design District.
3. Requirements. Property owners shall, as a condition of land use entitlement, record a Notice of Manufacturing Park and Regional Park Uses against applicable properties, and all properties resulting from subdivision of applicable properties. Lessors shall, as part of residential lease disclosures, provide the same notice to prospective lessees prior to finalizing a lease agreement. The notice shall read as follows:
This property is within the Marymoor Center, formerly zoned Manufacturing Park and adjacent to a regional park. Activity may occur on or near this property that creates undesirable or detrimental impacts both day and night, including, but not limited to, noise, dust, light, and traffic. Uses on or near such property include various manufacturing, assembly, warehouse, entertainment, recreation and other activities. It is the City of Redmond’s policy to support existing and future manufacturing uses in the Marymoor Center as allowed in the Redmond Zoning Code and Redmond Municipal Code, and that the undesirable and/or detrimental impacts described above are allowed up to the legal limit. Nothing in the Redmond Municipal Code or Redmond Zoning Code shall be construed to require that legal existing or future uses abate activities that are consistent with the Municipal Code and Zoning Code.
C. Projects Under Review.
1. Applicability. This section shall apply exclusively to the following permit application types within the Marymoor Village Center:
a. Type II and III permit applications.
b. Type V permit applications projects encompassing at least three acres that are subject to the MPD and development agreement requirements in RZC 21.76.070.P; provided, that the Type V permit application includes a site plan entitlement application to construct the project in one phase.
2. At the discretion of the applicant, the above permit applications that are under review as of June 28, 2025, may continue to be reviewed under the RZC as it existed as of June 27, 2025. For the purpose of this section, “under review” means having received a determination of completeness.
3. To continue to advance projects reviewed under the RZC as it existed on June 27, 2025, applicants must notify the Administrator of this preference in writing by July 28, 2025. In addition, applicants must:
a. Meet all application review and decision time frames required of the applicant pursuant to RZC 21.76.040.D; and
b. Submit complete building permit applications for all proposed new buildings by June 27, 2027.
An application shall be considered void and deemed withdrawn if the milestones in RZC 21.13.150.C.3.a or C.3.b are not met and the project will be required to comply with Redmond Zoning Code regulations in effect at the time of the approval.
4. This section applies only to Redmond Zoning Code regulations (RZC Title 21) and not to any regulation outside of the Redmond Zoning Code.
5. Expiration of Project Review Flexibility. This section automatically expires on June 27, 2027.
D. Development agreements may not be used to vest projects to regulations in place before June 28, 2025, or to extend the vesting provided in this section. (Ord. 3220)
A. All legal lots are allowed the greater of either the maximum allowed floor area ratio (FAR) or 10,000 square feet of buildings, provided all other applicable site requirements are met.
B. Each zone has a minimum FAR; the minimum FAR is the minimum required FAR for a development proposal requiring a land use permit, excluding administrative modifications. In no case shall proposed FAR exceed the maximum combined FAR.
C. Master plans are required for all developments encompassing at least three acres and are optional for sites under three acres.
D. The following table contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Marymoor Core (MMC), Marymoor Edge (MME), and Marymoor Manufacturing (MMM) zoning districts.
Table 21.13.200.D. Marymoor Village Development Standards
Development Standards | Marymoor Village Districts | Notes | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
MMC | MME | MMM | ||
Min. FAR | 1.5 | 1.5 | 0.5 | |
Max. FAR (no incentives / with incentives) | 3.0 / 8.0 1 | 2.54 / 8.0 1 | 1.4 / 2.0 1 | See RZC Chapter 21.55 for incentive adjustments to FAR |
Max. Height (no incentives / with incentives) | 45 ft. / 144 ft. 2 | 38 ft. /144 ft. 2 | 38 ft / 45 ft 2 | • See RZC Chapter 21.55 for incentive adjustments to building height. • See RZC 21.13.300.E, upper story step-backs, and RZC 21.58.5200, Towers, for additional regulations regarding building heights and floorplates. • Development above six stories does not qualify for the Marymoor Village Infill Exemption (see RZC 21.70.095). |
Ground Floor Ceiling Height (min.) in TOD Focus Area | • Applicable to nonresidential and mixed-use projects. • See RZC 21.13.300.D, Ground Floor Uses. | |||
Max. Impervious Surface | 75% 5 | 70% 5 | 70% 5 | |
Min. Land Dedication for Stormwater Infiltration | 7% | 7% | 7% | |
Max. Lot Coverage | 70% | 65% | 55% | |
Notes:
1FAR may be calculated for the entire project then distributed across the site throughout multiple buildings and phases provided the maximum FAR is not exceeded. Where publicly accessible open space and amenities are provided on upper stories or rooftop, and spaces meet all requirements of RZC 21.36.200, the FAR for those spaces may be excluded from max FAR calculations when spaces include access to adjacent outdoor spaces designed per RZC Chapter 21.36, Open Space.
2Properties in the CARA
a. In the critical aquifer recharge area (CARA), construction methods for building foundation support will be limited to types that can be constructed to meet temporary construction dewatering (TCD) requirements of RMC Chapter 13.25.
b. Where underground parking is not possible due to RMC Chapter 13.25’s TCD limitations, the maximum building height may be exceeded by up to 12 feet if all the following criteria are met:
i. The additional height is the result of building a maximum of one level of additional above-grade parking; and
ii. Proposed parking added by the additional height shall not exceed the maximum fully dedicated parking ratios in RZC Chapter 21.40; and
iii. The additional height on street frontages meets a 20-foot step-back to limit impacts to the pedestrian realm.
3Exemptions from ground floor ceiling height requirements:
a. Buildings that do not contain nonresidential uses; and
b. Buildings where 100 percent of residential units are affordable housing units meeting the affordability threshold of RZC Chapter 21.20; and
c. Where buildings that are interior to the lot and not adjacent to a public parking garage, an urban pathway or other pedestrian-oriented sidewalks or pathways.
4A minimum of 50 percent of the first-floor nonresidential space must meet the minimum ceiling height of 16 feet.
a. Where first floor ceiling height varies, the tallest ceiling heights shall be provided on street frontage, spaces fronting urban pathways and/or mid-block connections, and in parking garage loading/unloading and waste pickup areas.
b. For portions of the building that have a first-floor ceiling height greater than 10 feet to meet minimum ground-floor ceiling height requirements, the additional ground floor ceiling height may increase the maximum building height. For example, if the first floor is 20 feet, the maximum building height increases by 10 feet (16 - 10 = 6 foot increase in max building height).
5Other regulations will impact the impervious surface area and may result in less than the maximum impervious area. These include but are not limited to critical areas requirements, open space and landscaping requirements, parking, mid-block connections, utility easements, and stormwater management.
(Ord. 3220)
A. Access and Circulation.
1. RZC Appendix 8A describes typical mid-block street and pathway cross section requirements for streets in the Marymoor Subarea. The widths and existence of cross section components may vary at intersections, as determined by the Technical Committee.
2. The Technical Committee shall review and approve each component of the street cross section on a project-by-project basis and has the authority to alter street cross section widths and uses, including utility locations.
3. Intersection design shall be based upon the pedestrian system plan, and bicycle system plan, and design guidance chapters of the Transportation Master Plan; the Bicycle Facilities Design Manual; the City’s Construction Specifications and Design Standards for Streets and Access; and any corridor study adopted by the City Council for the street(s) in question.
4. Provisions of medians and left turn lane access shall be determined on a project-by-project basis, based on traffic speeds, volumes and collision history, and using recognized engineering standards, such as those published by AASHTO, ITE, or other recognized authority.
5. Utilities, such as power, telephone, and cable, shall be placed under the sidewalk.
B. Map 21.13.300.B shows which block faces permit vehicle access. Where vehicle access is shown as “limited,” vehicle driveways shall be permitted only if the City determines that no other vehicle access is feasible or for traffic circulation purposes. Where vehicle access is shown as “prohibited,” vehicle access is limited to emergency response only. Unless otherwise indicated, primary vehicle access shall be from lowest-classification street (see RZC 21.52.030.E).
Typology | Access and Design Priorities |
|---|---|
![]() Type I Urban Core | Vehicle access permitted; primary truck route for businesses and main transit and bicycle circulation routes. Public right-of-way. |
![]() Type II Urban Mixed | Vehicle access permitted; designed for pedestrian, bicycles, and vehicles. Public right-of-way. |
![]() Type III Shared Street | Vehicle access limited; primary access to parking garages, and designed for pedestrian and vehicles with features that would allow for occasional closures to vehicles for events. May be public right-of-way or private with easements. |
![]() Type IV Limited Access | Vehicle access limited; pedestrian prioritization (parking garage access, fire, sanitation, or loading/unloading allowed access). May be public right-of-way or private with easements. |
![]() Mid-Block Passage/Paseo | Vehicle access prohibited except for first responders. Typically private with access easement. |
See Appendix 8A for street cross-sections. Please note exact locations of street alignment and locations for mid-block passages will be reviewed and confirmed at project submittal.
Table 21.13.300.B. Access and Circulation
NONMOTORIZED ACCESS | MMC | MME | MMM |
|---|---|---|---|
Primary Access | Primary access shall be provided along all block faces requiring or encouraging ground-floor pedestrian-supportive uses. | ||
Secondary Access | Secondary access is permitted from other block faces and the Marymoor Park perimeter path. | ||
Ground Floor Residential | Only allowed when facing interior of development (not facing a Type I, II, or III street) unless otherwise shown on Map 21.13.300.D. | Ground-oriented residential units facing a street or pathway shall have individual entries. | N/A |
Access to the Marymoor Park | Access to the Marymoor Park perimeter path shall be provided at the end of Type III and Type IV streets abutting Marymoor Park. | ||
Access to the East Lake Sammamish Trail | Access to the East Lake Sammamish Trail shall be provided along block faces abutting the trail. Requirement may be waived if access not granted by County (must show County review and denial). | ||
Parking Garage Standards | See RZC 21.58.5310, Parking Design. | ||
C. Building and Street Relationships. Table 21.13.300.C sets standards that contribute to an attractive public realm.
Table 21.13.300.C | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| |||
MMC | MMM | MME | |
Ⓐ and Ⓑ • Build-to line (BTL): 0 ft. • BTL defined by facade on pedestrian-supportive block faces: min. 80% • BTL defined by facade on other block faces: min. 50% Ⓒ and Ⓓ Min. setback: 0 ft. Park setback: min. 5 ft. from back of perimeter path shoulder | Ⓐ Min. setback: 30 ft. Ⓑ , Ⓒ , Ⓓ Min. setbacks: 10 ft. NE 68th St: • BTL: 0 ft Park setback: min. 5 ft. from back of perimeter path shoulder | Ⓐ •Facade zone: 5-15 ft. • Min. facade within zone: 50% • Buildings fronting NE 65th St. shall measure setback from back of landscape strip Ⓑ Facade zone: 5-15 ft. Min. facade within zone: 50% Ⓒ Min. setback: 5 ft.; no minimum if abutting uses are both residential or both nonresidential Ⓓ Min. setback: 10 ft. Park • Facade zone: 15-25 ft. from back of perimeter path shoulder • Min. facade within zone: 50% (assumes 12-ft. shared-use path along park edge) | |
D. Ground Floor Uses. Map 21.13.300.D shows which block faces require or encourage ground floor pedestrian-oriented uses. Where not specified, pedestrian-oriented uses are permitted, provided they are listed in the allowed uses table for the zone.
Map 21.13.300.D |
|---|
|
1. Where pedestrian-oriented ground floor uses are required as shown in Figure 21.13.300.D the following requirements must be met in addition to the design requirements found in RZC Article III, Design Standards.
a. A minimum of 50 percent of the linear sidewalk-level facade shall be occupied by pedestrian-oriented uses and must be continuous.
b. Up to 50 percent of the linear sidewalk-level frontage may be designed to accommodate future conversion to pedestrian-oriented uses. Any uses other than residential may be permitted until conversion of the space.
c. Active retail uses open to the public are required where shown in Figure 21.13.300.D and incentivized at podium top adjacent to Marymoor Park (see incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55).
d. Where active retail uses are encouraged, they shall be designed at a maximum of six inches above sidewalk grade with zero step access and entryways provided.
2. Where pedestrian-oriented (nonresidential) ground floor uses are encouraged, 100 percent of the linear sidewalk-level facade shall be designed to accommodate future conversion to pedestrian-oriented uses.
a. Residential and live-work uses are permitted up to a maximum of 50 percent of the linear block length except on corners and where active use retail is required.
b. In locations where ground floor residential uses are permitted, the units shall be set back a minimum of 10 feet from the sidewalk edge. The Administrator may consider alternative design solutions that retain resident privacy while enhancing the pedestrian environment on the sidewalk.
c. First floor residential units designed to be fully ADA accessible or meet the visitability checklist are encouraged (see incentives in RZC Chapter 21.55).
E. Upper-Story Stepbacks Adjacent to Marymoor Park.
1. Purpose. All building faces facing a street or path shall integrate upper-story building stepbacks to reduce the perceived scale of building facades, increase the amount of light and air to adjacent streets and paths, promote modulation of building facades that adds variety and provides visual interest, encourage the integration of courtyards and open space; and allow for flexibility in the design of buildings.
2. Building stepbacks shall be provided per the standards in Figure 21.13.300.E and RZC Article III.
3. Calculations for determining compliance with these standards shall consider the development’s first 30 feet of depth along streets and paths.
4. Portions of building may project beyond the average step-back, provided the block frontage as a whole complies with the minimum average.
5. Podium and tower standards apply per RZC Chapter 21.58.
Figure 21.13.300.E |
|---|
|
Where indicated on the map above, buildings must comply with the following standards: • A 20-foot building step-back is required at the 3rd or 4th floor where indicated in Figure 21.13.300.E. Podium-top publicly accessible amenity spaces (PEAS) with direct access to the ground level without requiring access through the interior of the building are encouraged to provide connection to Marymoor Park and trail system. See incentive provision in RZC Chapter 21.55 and PEAS standards in RZC 21.36.200. • No structure above 35 feet in height within 40 feet of property line except as allowed in RZC 21.16.200.A.3 and RZC Article III. |
(Ord. 3220)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2614; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2753; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3028; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2614; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3028; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2642; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2708; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2836; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the Business Park (BP) zone is to provide business and manufacturing employment opportunities that complement commercial activities that are typically found in the Downtown, involve limited outdoor storage, and include a high level of amenities. The Business Park zone provides areas to locate research and development, software development, advanced technology industries, wholesale businesses, manufacturing businesses with largely indoor operations, offices associated with these uses, and uses that require large floor plates such as major medical facilities. Compatible uses that directly support surrounding business park uses, such as restaurants, fitness centers, and cannabis retail sales, are allowed. This zone is not intended for uses that primarily serve the general public.
B. Maximum Development Yield.
Table 21.14.030A | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Base | Residential Bonuses Available, and Quantity | Maximum | Illustrations | ||
Floor area ratio (FAR) | 0.45 | TDRs or GBP: 0.55 | 1.0 | Example of a 45-foot building with FAR = 0.45 ![]() | Example of a 60-foot building with FAR = 1.0 ![]() |
Height | 45 feet | TDRs or GBP: 15 feet | 60 feet | ||
C. Regulations Common to All Uses.
Table 21.14.030B | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Regulation | Standard | Exceptions | |
Minimum | Tract Area (acres) | 1.5 | Regulation does not apply to: A. Unoccupied accessory utility facilities, or B. Building pad sites where the pad site and the property leased for parking, landscaping, or other purposes exceed the minimum tract area. |
30 | |||
30 | A. Side and rear setback distances may be modified to permit zero side and rear setbacks to accommodate joint wall construction and clustering of buildings. B. Front setbacks may be modified from private streets and access corridors, provided front setbacks are maintained from all public streets. C. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other requirements are met; no other structures, and no accessory structures are permitted in setback areas. D. Setbacks from Willows Road north of NE 95th Street shall average 100 feet and in no instance be less than 75 feet. This setback shall also apply to parking areas. E. Setbacks may be reduced by 50 percent if located adjacent to a nonresidential zone and reduced by 25 percent if located adjacent to a residential zone through RZC Chapter 21.67, Green Building Program (GBP), except as required along Willows Road north of NE 95th Street, as provided above. | ||
Rear Setbacks (feet) | 20 | ||
Side Setbacks (feet) | 40 | ||
Landscaping | 20 percent | ||
Maximum | 75 percent | Limited to 60 percent in the Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood north of NE 95th Street. | |
Height | 45 feet without TDRs or GBP 60 feet with TDRs or GBP | Maximum height in shoreline area is 35 feet. This height limit is restricted to that portion of the building physically located within the Shoreline Jurisdiction. This height restriction does not apply to rock crushing equipment, asphalt and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment necessitated to meet environmental controls and structures housing manufacturing facilities which require more clear space than by a 35-foot height limit. The maximum height limit for these features shall be 90 feet. The maximum height of structures, including bridges, that support a regional light rail transit system may be higher than 35 feet but shall be no higher than is reasonably necessary to address the engineering, operational, environmental, and regulatory issues at the location of the structure. (SMP) | |
FAR (Floor Area Ratio) | 0.45 without TDRs or GBP 1.0 with TDRs or GBP | All legal lots are entitled to 10,000 square feet gfa without the use of TDRs; provided, that other site requirements can be met. | |
Some land uses and activities are prohibited in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II. Refer to RZC 21.64.050.C, Prohibited Land Uses and Activities in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II, for more information. | |||
D. Supplemental Standards in Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this subsection is to implement Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood vision and policies and to retain the following features of the Willows Business Park Corridor:
a. Important natural features of the hillside corridor;
b. A pastoral and parkway appearance;
c. Visual compatibility between buildings and the forested hills and open pastures of the Willows Corridor;
d. Developments separated from each other with areas of open space.
f. Visual buffering of nearby residential uses from development along the Willows Corridor.
2. Applicability. These regulations apply to properties zoned Business Park in the Willows/Rose Hill Neighborhood that are located north of NE 95th Street.
3. Design Standards.
a. Requirements.
i. Parking shall be screened by buildings or trees from Willows Road.
ii. Structures shall be screened by topography, trees, or other measures to visually buffer the development from nearby residential uses to the west.
iii. Repealed by Ord. 3220.
iv. Convenience uses should be located to minimize walking distance between them and to enable the convenience use to serve as a gathering and meeting place for employees in the BP zone.
v. Convenience uses shall be located to encourage employee access by walking or bicycling.
vi. Developments should be separated from one another and from Willows Road. Forested gullies, wetlands, old pastures and treed areas are the preferred means of separating uses. The separation areas may include trails, open recreation areas, and natural-looking stormwater ponds.
vii. Open space, critical areas and treed areas should be connected to existing or projected open space on adjoining properties to provide for a continuous band of open space across the hillside.
4. Tree Preservation.
a. No more than 35 percent of the significant trees on any property may be removed without approval of a planting plan that provides improved wildlife habitat and provides for the replacement of more healthy trees than are removed. (Ord. 2652; Ord. 2709; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3053; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the Manufacturing Park (MP) zone is to provide locations for existing and future manufacturing and industrial uses, particularly those that require significant areas for storage of materials and equipment (both indoors and outdoors), and that are better suited for locations outside of Downtown and Overlake due to site requirements, noise impacts, transportation needs, or other considerations. The intent of the Manufacturing Park zone is to allow manufacturing, research and development, light industry, wholesale, assembly and distribution businesses, and essential public facilities. Office and other secondary uses are limited to those that support these primary uses. Other uses such as day care centers, retail vehicle fuel sales, and technical colleges may be considered. Residential uses, except for secure community transition facilities, are not allowed. A broader range of commercial uses are allowed within the Manufacturing Park Overlay in SE Redmond as shown in RZC 21.05.400.
B. Maximum Development Yield.
Table 21.14.040A | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Base | Residential Bonuses Available, and Quantity | Maximum | Illustrations | ||
Floor area ratio (FAR) | 0.5 | TDRs or GBP: 0.5 | 1.0 | Example of a 45-foot building with FAR = 0.50 ![]() | Example of a 60-foot building with FAR = 1.0 ![]() |
Height | 45 feet | TDRs or GBP: 15 feet | 60 feet | ||
C. Regulations Common to All Uses.
Table 21.14.040B | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Regulation | Standard | Exceptions | |
Minimum | Tract Area (acres) | 1.5 | Regulation does not apply to: A. Unoccupied accessory utility facilities, or B. Building pad sites where the pad site and the property leased for parking, landscaping, or other purposes exceed the minimum tract area. |
30 | |||
30 | A. Side and rear setback distances may be modified to permit zero side and rear setbacks to accommodate joint wall construction and clustering of buildings. B. Front setbacks may be modified from private streets and access corridors, provided front setbacks are maintained from all public streets. C. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other requirements are met; no other structures and no accessory structures are permitted in setback areas. D. Setbacks may be reduced to 50 percent if located adjacent to a nonresidential zone and reduced by 25 percent if located adjacent to a residential zone through the GBP. | ||
Rear and side setbacks (feet) | 10 | ||
Landscaping | 20 percent | ||
Maximum | 80 percent | ||
Height | 45 feet without TDRs or GBP 60 feet with TDRs or GBP | Maximum height in shoreline area is 35 feet. This height limit is restricted to that portion of the building physically located within the Shoreline Jurisdiction. This height restriction does not apply to rock crushing equipment, asphalt and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment necessitated to meet environmental controls and structures housing manufacturing facilities which require more clear space than by a 35-foot height limit. The maximum height limit for these features shall be 90 feet. (SMP) | |
FAR (Floor Area Ratio) | 0.5 without TDRs or GBP 1.0 with TDRs or GBP | All legal lots are entitled to 10,000 square feet gfa without the use of TDRs or GBP; provided, that other site requirements can be met. | |
Some land uses and activities are prohibited in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II. Refer to RZC 21.64.050.C, Prohibited Land Uses and Activities in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II, for more information. | |||
D. General Allowed Uses and Cross-References. For use regulations, refer to RZC Chapter 21.04. (Ord. 2642; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2708; Ord. 2709; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3053; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose Statement. The purpose of the Industry (I) zone is to provide locations for manufacturing, industrial uses, mineral and resource extraction and processing, wholesale trade and distribution, and associated warehouse and storage activities. Residential uses are generally prohibited.
B. Maximum Development Yield.
Table 21.14.050A | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Base | Residential Bonuses Available, and Quantity | Maximum | Illustrations | ||
Floor area ratio (FAR) | 0.5 | TDRs or GBP: 0.5 | 1.0 | Example of a 60-foot building with FAR = 0.5 ![]() | Example of a 70-foot building with FAR = 1.0 ![]() |
Height | 60 feet | TDRs or GBP: 10 feet | 70 feet | ||
C. Regulations Common to All Uses.
Table 21.14.050B | |||
|---|---|---|---|
Regulation | Standard | Exceptions | |
Minimum | Tract Area (acres) | 1 | Regulation does not apply to: A. Unoccupied accessory utility facilities, or B. Building pad sites where the pad site and the property leased for parking, landscaping, or other purposes exceed the minimum tract area. |
30 | |||
30 | A. Side and rear setback distances may be modified to permit zero side and rear setbacks to accommodate joint wall construction and clustering of buildings. B. Front setbacks may be modified from private streets and access corridors, provided front setbacks are maintained from all public streets. C. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other requirements are met; no other structures, and no accessory structures, are permitted in setback areas. D. Setbacks may be reduced to 50 percent if located adjacent to a nonresidential zone and reduced by 25 percent if located adjacent to a residential zone through the GPB. | ||
Rear and side setbacks (feet) | 10 | ||
Landscaping | 20 percent | ||
Maximum | 80 percent | Industrial uses on sites less than 10 acres may exclude lined ponds that are part of a water treatment facility from impervious surface area calculations. | |
Height (feet) | |||
Without TDRs or GBP | 60 | Maximum height in shoreline area is 35 feet. This height limit is restricted to that portion of the building physically located within the Shoreline Jurisdiction. This height restriction does not apply to rock crushing equipment, asphalt and concrete batch plants, silos and other related equipment necessitated to meet environmental controls and structures housing manufacturing facilities which require more clear space than by a 35-foot height limit. The maximum height limit for these features shall be 90 feet. (SMP) | |
With TDRs or GBP | 70 | ||
FAR (Floor Area Ratio) | |||
Without TDRs or GBP | 0.5 | All legal lots are entitled to 10,000 square feet gfa without the use of TDRs or GBP; provided, that other site requirements can be met. | |
With TDRs or GBP | 1.0 | ||
Some land uses and activities are prohibited in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II. Refer to RZC 21.64.050.C, Prohibited Land Uses and Activities in Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas I and II, for more information. | |||
D. General Allowed Uses. For use regulations, refer to RZC Chapter 21.04. (Ord. 2642; Ord. 2652; Ord. 2709; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 2978; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186; Ord. 3220)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2652; Ord. 2803; Ord. 2919; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3158; Ord. 3186)
Repealed by Ord. 3220. (Ord. 2951; Ord. 3059; Ord. 3074; Ord. 3083; Ord. 3154; Ord. 3186)
A. Urban Recreation Zone. The Urban Recreation zone is meant to provide for limited urban uses on lands inappropriate for more intense urban development due to: (1) extensive environmentally critical areas, natural hazards, or significant natural or cultural resources; and (2) extreme cost or difficulty in extending public facilities. This zone provides for suitable urban uses, such as recreational uses needed to serve Redmond and the region.
B. RA-5 Semirural Residential Zone. The RA-5 Semirural Residential zone maintains low, semirural residential densities within the urban growth area on lands not suited to intense urban uses and not already characterized by urban development. Densities in this zone cannot exceed one unit per five acres, exclusive of density bonuses. The Semirural Residential zone may be used to maintain the semirural character of lands with significant amounts of critical areas that make the land unsuited to urban development, that are characterized by urban development, and that are not appropriate for long-term agriculture or forestry use. Land uses other than residential that may be appropriate and are allowed in the Semirural Residential zone would include uses that do not impact the primarily residential character and uses of the zone.
C. Conservation Open Space Zone. This zone is intended for wetland banking and conservation. No development activity will occur within this zone other than for trails and passive recreational uses. (Ord. 3220)
A. For allowed uses, see RZC Chapter 21.04.
B. For incentives see:
2. RZC Chapter 21.20, Affordable Housing;
3. RZC Chapter 21.55, Development Incentive Program.
C. For mandatory green building requirements, see RZC Chapter 21.67.
D. For design standards, see RZC Chapter 21.58.
E. For information on how to measure various site requirements like height and setbacks, see RZC Chapter 21.16, Site Requirements Measurement and Other Applicable Regulations. (Ord. 3220)
A. Table 21.15.100.A contains the basic zoning regulations that apply to development within the Conservation and Recreation zoning districts.
Table 21.15.100.A . Conservation and Recreation Development Standards
Development Standards | Conservation and Recreation Zones | References | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
UR | RA-5 | COS | ||
Max Height | 35 ft., 30 ft. within shorelines | 35 ft., 30 ft. within shorelines | 0 ft. | For properties subject to the King County Farmland Preservation Program, the maximum building height shall be 45 feet. Agricultural structures shall not exceed 45 feet. |
Max. Impervious Surface 1 | 10% | 20% | N/A | For properties in the COS zone, impervious surface area resulting directly from the Bear and Evans Creek Trail and Greenway is exempt from impervious surface area calculations. |
N/A | 2.5% of total lot area | N/A | ||
Notes:
1Other regulations will impact the impervious surface area and may result in less than the maximum impervious area, including open space and landscaping requirements, parking, mid-block connections, utility easements, and stormwater management.
(Ord. 3220)
A. Urban Recreation Location of Structures. In order to reduce lengthy public facility or road extensions, buildings on a single development site shall be clustered together; provided, that the separation requirements of the City’s Buildings and Construction Code, RMC Title 15, shall be met.
B. Parcel size, setbacks, and public realm standards are as shown on Table 21.15.200.B.
Table 21.15.200.B . Conservation and Recreation Site Design Standards
Standards | Conservation and Recreation Zones | References | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
UR | RA-5 | COS | ||
Average Minimum Lot Size | 10 acres | 4.5 acres | N/A | |
Lot Width Minimum | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | N/A | |
Lot Depth Minimum | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | N/A | |
Minimum Lot Frontage | 300 ft. | 20 ft. | N/A | |
Lot Width Circle Minimum Diameter | 100 ft. | 100 ft. | N/A | |
Front Setback Minimum | 30 ft. | 30 ft. | N/A | |
40 ft. | 30 ft. | N/A | ||
Side (Interior) Setback Minimum | 20 ft. | 30 ft. | N/A | a. Within the Urban Recreation zoning district, building separation is not applicable to accessory structures on the same lot as the primary structure. b. Within the RA-5 Semirural zoning district, for zero lot line development, a dwelling unit may be placed on one interior side property line, giving it one zero side/interior setback. If it is an interior lot line, the setback from the other side property line shall be 30 feet. See RZC 21.16.200.D, Zero Lot Line Development, for additional requirements. |
Rear Setback Minimum | 40 ft. | 30 ft. | N/A | |
Lake Sammamish Setback Minimum | N/A | 35 ft. | N/A | |
Building Separation Minimum | N/A | 10 ft. | N/A | |
(Ord. 3220)
A. Urban Recreation Special Use Standards. To protect agricultural uses from nuisance lawsuits and reduce potential land use conflicts, a statement describing the nature of the agricultural uses shall be recorded with the property. All approved plats, development permits, and building permits within 500 feet of land used for agricultural uses or vacant land within the Urban Recreation zone shall include the following notice:
The property covered by this approval is located in or near an area where agricultural uses are allowed. A variety of commercial and agricultural activities may occur which are not compatible with some development.
(Ord. 3220)
A. This chapter explains how to measure site requirements, such as height and setbacks. Each zone has different site requirements, but the manner in which those requirements must be measured is the same for each zone. Definitions of site requirements can be found in RZC Chapter 21.78, Definitions. This chapter also identifies regulations in the zoning code and generally when they apply. These requirements implement Redmond’s Comprehensive Plan, the Growth Management Act, the Multicounty Planning Policies, and the Countywide Planning Policies, while also protecting from public nuisances, incompatible uses, and other hazards.
B. Relationship to Building and Construction Codes. Compliance with the general residential requirements of this chapter does not relieve a unit owner from complying with any requirement set forth in RMC Title 15, Buildings and Construction Codes. In the event of a conflict between the requirements in this chapter and the requirements of the City Building and Construction Code, the most restrictive requirement shall apply. (Ord. 3220)
A. Net Buildable Area Calculation. Net buildable area, for the purpose of determining the minimum density for a site, shall be calculated by subtracting areas where building is prohibited or subject to significant restrictions from the gross area of a site. The area remaining after these exclusions from the gross site area represents the net buildable area. The following exclusions from the gross site area, and only these exclusions, may be used in determining net buildable area:
1. Critical areas and shoreline areas where development is prohibited or restricted shall be excluded from the net buildable area. These critical areas and shoreline areas shall include: landslide hazard areas; Category I through IV wetlands; Class I through IV streams; floodways; floodplains; critical areas buffers; the area waterward of the line of the ordinary high water mark on Lake Sammamish, regardless of the extent of ownership; lands required to be maintained in open space; and native growth protection areas.
2. Surface water retention areas that are dedicated or otherwise held in common shall also be excluded from the net buildable area.
3. Public rights-of-way, private streets and access corridors, parks and open space that are dedicated or otherwise held in common, and aboveground public facilities shall also be excluded from the net buildable area.
4. For example, where gross site area equals 87,120 square feet or two acres, the following calculation is made to determine net buildable area:
Table 21.16.100.A. Calculating Net Buildable Area
FORMULA | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
– | – | Public rights-of-way | = | |||
EXAMPLE | ||||||
87,120 sq. ft. | – | 6,100 sq. ft. | – | 15,680 sq. ft. | = | 65,340 sq. ft. (1.5 acres) |
5. In order to avoid the expense of technically assessing a site’s net buildable area, a builder/developer may elect to apply the minimum required density percentage to the gross area of the site instead of the net buildable area in order to determine the minimum required number of units or gross floor area.
B. Tract Area. Some zones require a minimum tract area in order to develop a site. This is the land area that is part of the development application. Existing rights-of-way are excluded from the calculation. (Ord. 3220)
A. Building Height.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the maximum height of structures requirement is to:
a. Maintain a consistent land use pattern and visual character in residential neighborhoods;
b. Protect important community-recognized view corridors; and
c. In the case of shoreline height limits, to protect habitat values and the aesthetic resources of the shoreline and aid in preserving views in shoreline areas.
2. Measuring Building Heights. All zones set limits on building height. To calculate the height of a structure:
a. Draw the smallest rectangle possible around it.
b. Find the midpoint of each side of the rectangle.
c. Calculate the finished grade at that point.
d. Average the elevations for the four midpoints.
e. Subtract the result from the building’s highest elevation.
3. Requirements. The maximum height of structures requirement sets the limit above which structures shall not extend, as set forth in the zone use chart for each zone.
a. Maximum Height Exceptions. The following projections above the roof height maximum are allowed:
i. Hose towers (when associated with a fire station), chimneys, antennae, smoke and ventilation stacks flagpoles, heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, mechanical equipment screens and enclosures, roof access stair enclosures, solar panels, and wind turbines may exceed the highest point of the existing or proposed structure by no more than 15 feet.
ii. Faith-Based and Structures. Special height exceptions for steeples, bell towers, crosses or other symbolic religious icons are contained in RZC 21.04.2130, Faith-Based and Funerary.
iii. Parapets, cupolas, light monitors, and rooftop railings may extend four feet above the height limit.
iv. Walls or fences located between rooftop decks may extend six feet above the height limit.
v. Stairway enclosures, elevator penthouses, or other mechanical equipment that provide rooftop access, including vestibules for entry and exit to rooftop amenity spaces, and cumulatively cover no more than 10 percent of the roof area may extend up to 10 feet above the height limit; provided, that the enclosures are set back at least 15 feet from all roof edges on the street facing facades.
vi. Encroachments are also permitted for green building construction methods and technologies that project from or are attached to the building, including but not limited to building integrated photovoltaics, wind and solar energy devices, shade structures, foundation and structural reinforcement in support of net zero or green building construction.
vii. Where design flexibility is allowed per RZC Chapter 21.58.
4. Maximum Height of Structures – Height Limits Within Shorelines (SMP). Maximum height limits for structures within shorelines can be found in Table 21.68.050.B.
B. Building Separation.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the building separation requirement is to:
a. Maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern for Redmond’s neighborhoods;
b. Provide for adequate light and air to all properties;
c. Minimize incompatibilities, such as excessive light and noise;
d. Prevent public nuisances such as the potential for fire damage from buildings constructed too close to each other; and
e. Allow for easy access to structures in the event of fire or other emergency.
2. Requirement. Buildings, except for accessory structures, shall maintain the separation required in the zone use chart for the zone in which the building is located.
C. Building Setbacks.
1. Purpose. The purpose of front, rear, side/interior, and side street setbacks is to:
a. Maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern for Redmond’s residential neighborhoods;
b. Provide for adequate light and air to all properties;
c. Minimize incompatibilities, such as excessive light and noise; and
d. Prevent public nuisances, such as the potential for fire damage from buildings constructed too close to each other.
2. Measuring Setbacks. All zones require minimum or maximum setbacks or have build-to lines. Setbacks shall be measured:
a. From the property line.
b. At right angles, or as near to right angles as possible.
c. In a plane horizontal to the ground.
3. Requirements.
a. The front of the lot is the side nearest the street or access corridor that provides the primary access. The rear is opposite the front, or as nearly so as the lot shape permits. The sides are 90 degrees to the front, or as nearly so as the lot shape permits. Where a lot does not front on a named street and it is most logical to have the front oriented towards the unnamed access corridor, the yard towards the unnamed access corridor is considered the front.
Figure 21.16.200.C.3 |
|---|
|
b. Measurement. All setbacks shall be measured at right angles, or as near to right angles as possible, to the nearest property line in a plane horizontal to the ground, or in the case of access corridors for single-family residential development, from the nearest edge of the easement to the foundation line of the structure. Front, side street, side/interior, and rear directions shall be determined as provided in RZC 21.16.200.C.3.a.
c. Side Street Setbacks. Side street setbacks shall apply whenever a side yard adjacent to a structure faces a public street, private street, or access corridor.
d. Corner Lots. Corner lots shall be subject to only one front setback requirement.
e. Side/Interior Setbacks. In those zones where the side/interior setback is a total of six feet between buildings, each lot shall have no less than a three-foot side/interior setback. The total of six feet may be shared between the abutting setbacks; provided, that no individual setback is less than three feet from the nearest property line.
f. Rear Setbacks – Alleys. When vehicular access to a lot is by an alley, the rear setback shall be four feet from the nearest alley line.
Figure 21.16.200.C.3.f |
|---|
|
4. Encroachments – Front, Rear, Side Setbacks. Minor structures, appurtenances and improvements may encroach into required front, rear, and side setbacks as follows:
a. Encroachments Into Setbacks. The following features are permitted to encroach up to five feet into front, rear, and side street setback areas: chimneys, porches, bay windows, roof structures, eaves, ground mounted mechanical equipment, and other building extremities, such as gas fireplace enclosures. Encroachments are also permitted for green building construction methods and technologies that project from or are attached to the building, including but not limited to building integrated photovoltaics, wind and solar energy devices, shade structures, foundation and structural reinforcement in support of net zero or green building construction. No encroachments into setback areas may extend more than three feet from the nearest property line.
b. Lake Sammamish Encroachments. No encroachments are allowed with the Lake Sammamish waterfront building setbacks, except as provided in RZC 21.16.200.C.5.c, Waterfront Building Setbacks along Lake Sammamish (SMP).
c. Improvements. Improvements less than 30 inches above grade including decks, patios, walks and driveways are permitted in setback areas. Fences, landscaping, flagpoles, street furniture, transit shelters, public utility equipment, and slope stability structures are permitted in setback areas; provided, that all other applicable requirements are met.
5. Setback Modifications.
a. Multifamily/Front Setbacks. A binding site plan, site plan, or preliminary plat may modify front setbacks along access corridors within multifamily developments; provided, that front setbacks are maintained from all public streets.
b. Zero Lot Line Development. Within zero lot line developments, buildings may be located within the side yard setback according to the requirements set forth in RZC 21.16.200.D, Zero Lot Line Development.
c. Waterfront Building Setbacks along Lake Sammamish (SMP). Waterfront building setbacks for Lake Sammamish can be found in Table 21.68.050.B and RZC 21.68.060.B.
D. Zero Lot Line Development.
1. Purpose. The purpose of zero lot line development is to:
a. Provide more usable private open space;
b. Promote the efficient use of land;
c. Protect critical areas; and
d. Provide greater flexibility in site development standards while at the same time assuring that the single-family character of the development is maintained.
2. Requirements. All zero lot line developments shall comply with the standards and requirements of site requirements set in the zone use chart for the underlying residential zone, as well as other related policies and regulations of the Zoning Code. In the event that any of the zero lot line requirements described below conflict with other standards of the Zoning Code, the requirements for zero lot line development shall apply:
a. Building Setbacks.
i. One building side/interior setback may also be reduced so long as the opposite side/interior or side street setback on the lot is increased by an amount corresponding to the original side setback reduction.
ii. These side/interior setback reductions shall not apply to side setbacks adjacent to lots that are not part of the zero lot line development.
iii. Accessory buildings and structures shall conform to the setbacks set or required for the primary dwelling unit.
b. Maintenance and Drainage Easements. A perpetual easement related to maintenance, eaves, and drainage of at least five feet shall be provided on the lot adjacent to the zero lot line property line which, with the exception of wall and/or fences, shall be kept clear of structures. This easement shall be shown on the face of the plat map and incorporated into each deed transferring title on the property. The building wall along the zero lot line shall be maintained in its original color and treatment unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the two affected lot owners.
c. Platting Requirements. The final plat or short plat shall show the approximate location of buildings proposed to be placed within the required setbacks.
E. Maximum Gross Floor Area for Structures on a Lot in Neighborhood Residential Zone.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the maximum gross floor area for structures on lots within the Neighborhood Residential zone requirement is to:
a. Serve Redmond’s planned housing needs and increase Redmond’s housing supply;
b. Ensure that the maximum for the total square footage for all structures is regulated with consistent methods; and
c. Provide for a greater net maximum for the total square footage for all structures to lots with multiple dwelling units.
2. Requirements.
a. RZC 21.08.200 establishes the maximum for gross floor area (GFA) of all structures on a lot within the Neighborhood Residential Zone. The maximum for the total square footage for all structures within the lot shall be determined by the quantity of dwelling units provided on the lot.
b. Measurements. For the purpose of calculating maximum GFA in the Neighborhood Residential zone, the following shall be applied. The area included within the inside finished wall surface of the surrounding exterior walls of a building, exclusive of vent shafts, elevator shafts, stairwells, courts, second-story atriums, lobbies, unroofed areas, roofed areas open on two or more sides, and accessory structures less than 200 square feet. Gross floor area shall include garages and below grade floor. (Ord. 3220)
A. Purpose. The purpose of the allowed density requirement is to:
1. Maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern in Redmond in compliance with the Redmond Comprehensive Plan;
2. Serve Redmond’s planned housing needs; and
3. Prevent public nuisances that result from a lack of adequate open space and the over-utilization of public facilities.
B. Density Calculations for Residential Zones.
1. RA-5 Density Calculation. When calculating allowed density for a site in the RA-5 zoning district, the gross area of the site is multiplied by the allowed density per acre. The result is the maximum number of units (other than ADUs) that may occupy that site. Any available density bonuses are calculated on the base density.
Table 21.16.300.B. Calculating Maximum Number of Dwelling Units in the RA-5 Zoning District
FORMULA | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
Gross Site Area (sq. ft.) | x | Density per Acre (in sq. ft.) | = | Max Dwelling Units |
EXAMPLE | ||||
217,800 sq. ft. | x | 0.2/43,560 | = | 1 unit max |
2. Neighborhood Residential Density Calculation. Allowed density in the Neighborhood Residential zoning district is measured in dwelling units per lot, inclusive of accessory dwelling units and exclusive of bonuses.
3. Neighborhood Multifamily Density Calculation. Allowed density in the Neighborhood Multifamily zoning district is measured in floor area ratio.
C. Floor Area Ratio (FAR).
1. Many zones set FAR limits. To calculate FAR:
a. Determine the gross site area (but exclude existing rights-of-way).
b. Determine the gross floor area of all structures on the site (excluding parking structures).
c. Divide the gross floor area by the gross site area.
d. Use the same units (e.g., feet or acres) for both site and structure area.
2. For properties under a common ownership that are contiguous or separated only by rights-of-way, FAR may be calculated based on the average FAR across those properties, and density and impervious surface coverage may be transferred among contiguous properties, provided the properties meet other applicable regulations.
D. Minimum Required Density.
1. Purpose. The purpose of minimum required density is to:
a. Establish a consistent and compatible land use pattern in Redmond residential neighborhoods;
b. Provide for the efficient use of land;
c. Provide for the efficient use of public facilities and services; and
d. Reduce public nuisances that often result when undeveloped areas are urbanized.
2. Relationship to Allowed Density. While allowed density places an upper limit on the number of units that may be located on a site, the minimum required density establishes a lower limit. When taken together, the site calculations for allowed density and minimum required density create an upper and lower range that defines the number of units that may be built on a site. One important difference between allowed density and minimum required density is that allowed density is calculated using gross site area while minimum required density uses the net buildable area of a site.
3. Requirements.
a. RA-5 Zoning District. The minimum required number of dwelling units for a site is equal to the site’s net buildable area multiplied by the site’s allowed or “zoned” density, and multiplied again by the minimum required density (80 percent of net acres). The net buildable area calculation is explained in RZC 21.16.100.A.
b. Neighborhood Residential Zoning District. One dwelling unit is required per lot.
c. Neighborhood Multifamily Zoning District. The minimum required gross floor area for a site is equal to the site’s net buildable area multiplied by the minimum FAR of 0.44.
d. Neighborhood Mixed-Use Zoning District. One dwelling unit is required per lot.
4. Applicability/Exceptions. Minimum required density applies to all new residential development with the following exceptions:
a. The construction of any new dwelling unit on an existing lot of record;
b. The renovation or conversion of existing dwelling units; provided, that such a renovation or conversion does not result in a reduction in the number of dwelling units to a number below the minimum required;
c. An existing legal lot, with one existing home, being divided into two lots;
d. New development where 60 percent or more of the new units provided would be affordable to households earning 50 percent or less of area median income; and
e. Lots with an approved food truck court are exempt from minimum density requirements. (Ord. 3220)
A. Lot Coverage for Structures.
1. Purpose. The maximum lot coverage for structures requirement sets the maximum percentage of a lot that may be covered with primary and accessory structures. The purpose of the maximum lot coverage for structures requirement is to:
a. Maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern for Redmond’s residential neighborhoods;
b. Provide for adequate light and air to all properties; and
c. Prevent public nuisances that may result from a reduction of open space, such as increased stormwater runoff and other environmental hazards.
2. Measuring Lot Coverage. Many zones have lot coverage limits. Calculate lot coverage area by summing all structure and accessory structure footprints as viewed in plan view, including decks exceeding 30 inches in height above grade, decks with roofs, patios with roofs, and porches with roofs, and dividing the total by the lot area.
B. Impervious Surface Area.
1. Purpose. The maximum impervious surface percentage in the zone use chart for each zone establishes the maximum percentage of a lot’s area that may be covered with structures (including outdoor storage), paved areas, and other impervious surfaces. The purpose of the maximum impervious surface requirement is to:
a. Maintain open space;
b. Prevent adverse impacts from stormwater runoff;
c. Replenish ground water resources; and
d. Minimize flooding.
2. Calculating Maximum Impervious Surface Area. All zones have impervious surface area limits. Calculate impervious surface area by summing the area of all impervious surfaces on the site. Developments can meet impervious surface area requirements on a lot-by-lot basis or on a development-wide basis.
3. Modifications. As part of an approved binding site plan or subdivision, the Technical Committee may allow for increased maximum impervious surface limits on individual lots within a multi-lot development; provided, that the total amount of impervious surface for the development as a whole does not exceed the limit established for that zone in the zone summary. If a modification is approved, the development shall be conditioned to ensure compliance with the maximum impervious surface limits set by the zone summary for the zoning district.
C. Lot Frontage.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the minimum lot frontage requirement is to:
a. Prevent congestion by allowing for on-site parking; and
b. Reduce public nuisances that result from an inability of emergency vehicles to access a building either because vehicles block the access to a residence or because the lot is not wide enough to allow emergency vehicles to enter from the street.
2. Calculating Lot Frontage. Some zones require a minimum lot frontage in order to develop a site. Calculate this by measuring the length of the lot abutting a public or private street or access corridor. See Figure 21.16.500.C.3 for an example.
3. Requirement. Minimum lot frontage is the minimum width of a lot, as defined by the zone use chart for each zone, where it shall adjoin a street or approved access corridor. For individual flag lots, lot frontage is measured where the access corridor meets the street. For private streets and access corridors serving less than three lots and accessing directly onto a public street, lot frontage may be reduced to 14 feet.
Figure 21.16.500.C.3 |
|---|
|
D. Lot Size Averaging.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the average lot size requirement is to:
a. Allow for the development of consistent and compatible land use patterns throughout Redmond’s residential neighborhoods; and
b. Minimize public nuisances that may result from a lack of adequate open space and the overutilization of public facilities.
2. Requirements.
a. Limitations on Averaging.
i. No lot shall be created as a result of lot averaging that results in a lot size that is less than 50 percent of the average lot size standard. For example, with an average lot size of 3,000 square feet in an NR zone, no single lot in a proposed subdivision in this zone may be sized at less than 1,500 square feet. For short subdivisions where three or fewer lots are created, no lot shall be created that is less than 75 percent of the average lot size standard.
ii. Critical areas and their associated buffers and shoreline areas (the area waterward of the line of the ordinary high-water mark on Lake Sammamish) shall not be included in the average lot size determination for all residential zones.
iii. Nothing in this section shall be construed to allow for an increase in the allowed density in the RA-5 zone as calculated in RZC 21.16.300.B.1 and as shown for all residential zones in the zone use charts in RZC Chapter 21.04.
b. Areas of Lots with Access Corridor. The calculation of lot area shall not include any area of the lot that serves as an access corridor.
E. Lot Width Circle.
1. Purpose. The purpose of the minimum lot width circle requirement is to:
a. Ensure that each lot is wide enough to maintain a consistent and compatible land use pattern; and
b. Ensure that a minimum buildable area is included in each lot created.
2. Requirement.
a. The zone use chart for each zone identifies the minimum lot width circle diameter that must fit within each newly created lot, if applicable. This circle establishes that at least some portion of a lot must be at least as wide as the minimum lot width. The lot width circle shall not include the area waterward of the line of ordinary high-water mark on Class I through Class IV streams and Lake Sammamish, regardless of the extent of ownership; floodways; Category I wetlands; or Landslide Hazard Areas (SMP).
b. In the area between Lake Sammamish and West Lake Sammamish Parkway, the minimum lot width circle diameter shall be 45 feet.
c. The minimum lot width circle requirement does not apply where structures overlap two or more lot lines.
(Ord. 3220)
Residential land adjacent to commercial zones.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the notification special requirements is to promote among potential new residents awareness of existing and potential business park, manufacturing and industrial uses when prospective residents are considering purchasing property located within, adjacent to, or near properties in Business Park, Manufacturing Park, or Industrial zones.
B. Applicability. Notification as described in RZC 21.16.600 shall be required when:
1. A site is developed in a Neighborhood zone that was created from an existing Business Park, Manufacturing Park or Industrial zone;
2. A site is developed in a Neighborhood Residential (NR), Neighborhood Multifamily (NMF), or Neighborhood Mixed-Use (NMU) zone that is adjacent to or within 300 feet of a Business Park, Manufacturing Park, or Industrial zone (measured from the edge nearest the BP, MP, or I zone); or
3. A residential development is created within an existing BP or MP zone (subject to allowed uses shown in RZC 21.04.0100).
4. See RZC 21.58.1100, Relationship to Adjacent Properties, and 21.58.1600, High Traffic Corridors, BP, MP, and I Zones, for additional applicable standards.
5. See RZC Chapter 21.05 for special districts, buffering, and overlays for additional applicable site planning criteria.
C. Requirements. For the properties described in RZC 21.16.600, the City shall require the owners of said properties, as a condition of land use entitlement, to record a notice of business park, manufacturing park, and industrial uses against said properties, and all properties resulting from subdivision of the properties. The notice shall read as follows:
1. This property is within, adjacent to, or within 300 feet of property zoned Business Park (BP), Manufacturing Park (MP), or Industry (I). Activity may occur on such property that creates undesirable or detrimental impacts both day and night, including, but not limited to, noise, dust, light, and traffic. Uses on such property include various manufacturing, assembly, resource extraction, warehouse, entertainment, and other activities. It is the City of Redmond’s policy to support existing and future uses in BP, MP, and I zones as allowed in the Redmond Zoning Code and Redmond Municipal Code, and that the undesirable and/or detrimental impacts described above are allowed up to the legal limit. Nothing in the Redmond Municipal Code or Redmond Zoning Code shall be construed to require that legal existing or future uses abate activities that are consistent with the Municipal Code and Zoning Code.
2. This notice shall be recorded against this property and any future subdivisions of this property as long as the Business Park, Manufacturing Park, or Industrial zone that warranted this notice exists. This notice shall remain recorded against this property even if future subdivisions of the property are not within 300 feet of the Business Park, Manufacturing Park or Industrial zone that warranted this notice. (Ord. 3220)